Imc Cronos PL Manual

2007 imc Mesysteme GmbH
imc CRONOS PL/SL

01.06.2007 Version 3.0
imc Mesysteme GmbH, Voltastrasse 5, 13355 Berlin
user's manual
Rev 2
imc CRONOS PL/SL user's manual 2
Inhaltsverzeichnis
imc CRONOS-PL/SL user's manual
................................................................................................................................... 10 1.1 imc Customer Support - Hotline
................................................................................................................................... 11 1.2 Guide to Using the Manual
................................................................................................................................... 12 1.3 Guidelines
......................................................................................................................................................... 12 1.3.1 CE Certification
......................................................................................................................................................... 13 1.3.2 Guarantee of Year 2000 conformity
......................................................................................................................................................... 13 1.3.3 Quality Management
......................................................................................................................................................... 13 1.3.4 imc Limited Warranty
......................................................................................................................................................... 13 1.3.5 ElektroG, RoHS, WEEE
......................................................................................................................................................... 14 1.3.6 Product improvement
................................................................................................................................... 15 1.4 Important notes
......................................................................................................................................................... 15 1.4.1 Remarks Concerning EMC
......................................................................................................................................................... 15 1.4.2 FCC-Note
......................................................................................................................................................... 15 1.4.3 Modifications
......................................................................................................................................................... 16 1.4.4 Cables
......................................................................................................................................................... 16 1.4.5 Other Provisions
Chapter 1: General Notes
................................................................................................................................... 17 2.1 After unpacking ...
................................................................................................................................... 17 2.2 Transporting imc CRONOS-PL/SL
................................................................................................................................... 17 2.3 Guarantee
................................................................................................................................... 18 2.4 Before starting
................................................................................................................................... 18 2.5 Grounding, shielding
................................................................................................................................... 19 2.6 Power supply
......................................................................................................................................................... 19 2.6.1 Main switch
......................................................................................................................................................... 20 2.6.2 Remote control of the main switch
................................................................................................................................... 21 2.7 UPS
......................................................................................................................................................... 21 2.7.1 Buffering time constant and maximum buffer duration
......................................................................................................................................................... 22 2.7.2 Charging time
......................................................................................................................................................... 22 2.7.3 Take-over threshold
................................................................................................................................... 22 2.8 Modularity
......................................................................................................................................................... 23 2.8.1 Exchanging modules
................................................................................................................................... 23 2.9 Rechargeable batteries
................................................................................................................................... 23 2.10 Fuses
................................................................................................................................... 24 2.11 Precautions for operation
................................................................................................................................... 24 2.12 Notes on maintenance and servicing
................................................................................................................................... 25 2.13 Cleaning
................................................................................................................................... 25 2.14 Industrial Safety
Chapter 2: Introduction
................................................................................................................................... 26 3.1 What does imc CRONOS-PL/SL have to offer?
3
......................................................................................................................................................... 29 3.1.1 The optimum housing for every application
.................................................................................................................................................. 29 3.1.1.1 imc CRONOS-PL Properties common to all devices
........................................................................................................................................... 29 3.1.1.1.1 imc CRONOS-PL-4
........................................................................................................................................... 30 3.1.1.1.2 imc CRONOS-PL-8
........................................................................................................................................... 30 3.1.1.1.3 imc CRONOS-PL-13 AC, imc CRONOS-PL 15 DC
........................................................................................................................................... 31 3.1.1.1.4 imc CRONOS-PL-16
.................................................................................................................................................. 32 3.1.1.2 imc CRONOS-SL
........................................................................................................................................... 32 3.1.1.2.1 imc CRONOS-SL-2
........................................................................................................................................... 33 3.1.1.2.2 imc CRONOS-SL-4
................................................................................................................................... 33 3.2 Device Overview
................................................................................................................................... 34 3.3 Features you don't find just anywhere
......................................................................................................................................................... 34 3.3.1 imc CRONOS-PL/SL trigger capabilities
......................................................................................................................................................... 35 3.3.2 Flexible data storage
.................................................................................................................................................. 35 3.3.2.1 Storage options
......................................................................................................................................................... 35 3.3.3 Real-time data reduction "Transitional Recording"
Chapter 3: Conditioning and
Signal Connection
................................................................................................................................... 36 4.1 General
......................................................................................................................................................... 36 4.1.1 Sampling interval
......................................................................................................................................................... 36 4.1.2 Specific parameters
......................................................................................................................................................... 37 4.1.3 Filter-Settings
.................................................................................................................................................. 37 4.1.3.1 Theoretical background
.................................................................................................................................................. 37 4.1.3.2 General filter concept of imc CRONOS-PL/SL
.................................................................................................................................................. 37 4.1.3.3 Filters implemented through imc-Devices Versions 2.4, 2.5 R1
.................................................................................................................................................. 38 4.1.3.4 Filters implemented as of imc-Devices Version 2.5 R2:
......................................................................................................................................................... 39 4.1.4 Synchronicity
................................................................................................................................... 40 4.2 Measurement types
......................................................................................................................................................... 40 4.2.1 Temperature measurement
.................................................................................................................................................. 40 4.2.1.1 Thermocouples as per DIN and IEC
.................................................................................................................................................. 41 4.2.1.2 PT100 (RTD) - Measurement
.................................................................................................................................................. 41 4.2.1.3 imc CRONOS-PL/SL Thermo-plug
........................................................................................................................................... 42
4.2.1.3.1 Schematic: imc-Thermoplug (ACC/DSUB-T4) with isolated
volatage channels
......................................................................................................................................................... 43 4.2.2 Bridge measurements
.................................................................................................................................................. 43 4.2.2.1 General remarks
.................................................................................................................................................. 44 4.2.2.2 Carrier frequency amplifier: Modulation principle
.................................................................................................................................................. 45 4.2.2.3 Bridge measurements with wire strain gauges (WSGs)
........................................................................................................................................... 46 4.2.2.3.1 Quarter bridge for 120 Ohm WSG
........................................................................................................................................... 46 4.2.2.3.2 General half bridge
........................................................................................................................................... 47 4.2.2.3.3 Poisson half bridge
........................................................................................................................................... 47 4.2.2.3.4 Half bridge with two active strain gauges in uniaxial direction
........................................................................................................................................... 48 4.2.2.3.5 Half bridges with one active and one passive strain gauge
........................................................................................................................................... 48 4.2.2.3.6 General Full bridge
........................................................................................................................................... 49 4.2.2.3.7 Full bridge with Poisson strain gauges in opposed branches
........................................................................................................................................... 49 4.2.2.3.8 Full bridge with Poisson strain gauges in adjacent branches
........................................................................................................................................... 50 4.2.2.3.9 Full bridge with 4 active strain gauges in uniaxial direction
........................................................................................................................................... 50
4.2.2.3.10 Full bridge (Half bridge-shear strain) opposite arms two
active strain gauges
........................................................................................................................................... 51 4.2.2.3.11 Scaling for the strain analysis
........................................................................................................................................... 51 4.2.2.3.12 Bridge balancing
......................................................................................................................................................... 52 4.2.3 Measurement with current-fed sensors
......................................................................................................................................................... 52 4.2.4 Incremental encoders
................................................................................................................................... 53 4.3 Modules
......................................................................................................................................................... 53 4.3.1 AUDIO-4 Voltage
.................................................................................................................................................. 53 4.3.1.1 Voltage measurements
........................................................................................................................................... 53 4.3.1.1.1 1/3-octave calculation
.................................................................................................................................................. 53 4.3.1.2 Measurements with ICP sensors
......................................................................................................................................................... 54 4.3.2 AUDIO-4-MIC Microphone supply module
......................................................................................................................................................... 55 4.3.3 BR-4 Bridge amplifier
.................................................................................................................................................. 55 4.3.3.1 Block schematic of bridge channels BR-4
.................................................................................................................................................. 55 4.3.3.2 Terminal scheme of the imc BR-4 amplifier terminal pods
.................................................................................................................................................. 56 4.3.3.3 BR-4 connectionc scheme
........................................................................................................................................... 56 4.3.3.3.1 Full bridge, double sense
........................................................................................................................................... 56 4.3.3.3.2 Full bridge, double and single line-sense
........................................................................................................................................... 56 4.3.3.3.3 Half-bridge, double sense
........................................................................................................................................... 57 4.3.3.3.4 Half-bridge, single line-sense
........................................................................................................................................... 57 4.3.3.3.5 Half-bridge, without sense
........................................................................................................................................... 58 4.3.3.3.6 Quarter bridge, with sense
........................................................................................................................................... 58 4.3.3.3.7 Quarter-bridge, without sense
...................................................................................................................................... 59 4.3.3.3.7.1 Background info on quarter-bridge configuration:
.................................................................................................................................................. 59 4.3.3.4 Overload recognition
.................................................................................................................................................. 60 4.3.3.5 Cable qualities and configuration
......................................................................................................................................................... 61 4.3.4 C-8 voltage and temperature
.................................................................................................................................................. 61 4.3.4.1 Voltage measurement Standard (DSUB) and Var. I (BNC)
.................................................................................................................................................. 61 4.3.4.2 Temperature measurement
........................................................................................................................................... 61 4.3.4.2.1 imc Thermoplugs (Type: Standard DSUB)
........................................................................................................................................... 62 4.3.4.2.2 Measurement with PT100 (RTD) (Type: Standard DSUB)
........................................................................................................................................... 62 4.3.4.2.3 Thermocouple measurement (Variety II - plugs for Type K)
.................................................................................................................................................. 63 4.3.4.3 Optional sensor supply module
.................................................................................................................................................. 63 4.3.4.4 Connector plugs
......................................................................................................................................................... 64 4.3.5 DAC-8 Analog outputs
......................................................................................................................................................... 65 4.3.6 DCB-8 Voltage, current, ICP and bridge
.................................................................................................................................................. 65 4.3.6.1 Voltage measurement
........................................................................................................................................... 65 4.3.6.1.1 Case 1: Voltage source with ground reference
........................................................................................................................................... 66 4.3.6.1.2 Case 2: Voltage source without ground reference
........................................................................................................................................... 66 4.3.6.1.3 Case 3: Voltage source at a different fixed potential
........................................................................................................................................... 66 4.3.6.1.4 Voltage measurement: With zero-adjusting (tare)
.................................................................................................................................................. 67 4.3.6.2 Current measurement
........................................................................................................................................... 67 4.3.6.2.1 Case 1: Differential current measurement
........................................................................................................................................... 67 4.3.6.2.2 Case 2: Ground-referenced current measurement
........................................................................................................................................... 67
4.3.6.2.3 Case 3: 2-wire for sensors with a current signal and variable
supply
.................................................................................................................................................. 68 4.3.6.3 Bridge measurement
........................................................................................................................................... 69 4.3.6.3.1 Case 1: Full bridge
........................................................................................................................................... 69 4.3.6.3.2 Case 2: Half bridge
........................................................................................................................................... 70 4.3.6.3.3 Case 3: Quarter bridge
...................................................................................................................................... 70 4.3.6.3.3.1 Quarter bridge with 350 Ohm option.
........................................................................................................................................... 71 4.3.6.3.4 General notes
........................................................................................................................................... 71 4.3.6.3.5 Balancing and shunt calibration
.................................................................................................................................................. 72 4.3.6.4 Sensor supply module
.................................................................................................................................................. 72 4.3.6.5 Bandwidth
......................................................................................................................................................... 73 4.3.7 DI-16 Digital inputs
.................................................................................................................................................. 73 4.3.7.1 Block schematic
.................................................................................................................................................. 74 4.3.7.2 Possible configurations
.................................................................................................................................................. 74 4.3.7.3 Data format, asynchronous polling mode
.................................................................................................................................................. 74 4.3.7.4 Display digital channels
5
......................................................................................................................................................... 75 4.3.8 DI-HV-4: Digital inputs for high voltages
.................................................................................................................................................. 75 4.3.8.1 DC-Mode
.................................................................................................................................................. 75 4.3.8.2 AC-Mode
.................................................................................................................................................. 78 4.3.8.3 Connection
......................................................................................................................................................... 79 4.3.9 DI16-DO8-ENC4 Digital inputs and outputs, incremental encoder
.................................................................................................................................................. 79 4.3.9.1 16 Digital Inputs (DI16-DO8-ENC4)
........................................................................................................................................... 79 4.3.9.1.1 Input voltage
........................................................................................................................................... 80 4.3.9.1.2 Sampling interval and brief signal levels
.................................................................................................................................................. 81 4.3.9.2 Digital outputs
........................................................................................................................................... 82 4.3.9.2.1 Block schematic
........................................................................................................................................... 82 4.3.9.2.2 Possible configurations
.................................................................................................................................................. 83 4.3.9.3 Incremental Encoder Channels (DI16-DO8-ENC4)
........................................................................................................................................... 83 4.3.9.3.1 Incremental encoder track configuration options
........................................................................................................................................... 84 4.3.9.3.2 Block schematic
......................................................................................................................................................... 85 4.3.10 DO-16 Digital outputs
.................................................................................................................................................. 86 4.3.10.1 Block schematic
.................................................................................................................................................. 86 4.3.10.2 Possible configurations
.................................................................................................................................................. 86 4.3.10.3 Notes on exerting control through Online FAMOS
......................................................................................................................................................... 87 4.3.11 DO-HC-16 Digital high current outputs
.................................................................................................................................................. 88 4.3.11.1 Schematic diagram
.................................................................................................................................................. 88 4.3.11.2 Configuration of driver mode:
........................................................................................................................................... 89 4.3.11.2.1 Open drain mode:
........................................................................................................................................... 89 4.3.11.2.2 Open source mode:
........................................................................................................................................... 90 4.3.11.2.3 Totem pole mode:
........................................................................................................................................... 90 4.3.11.2.4 TTL / CMOS (5V) mode:
......................................................................................................................................................... 91 4.3.12 ENC-4 Incremental encoder channels
.................................................................................................................................................. 91 4.3.12.1 Measurement quantities
.................................................................................................................................................. 91 4.3.12.2 Time measurement conditions
.................................................................................................................................................. 92 4.3.12.3 Scaling
.................................................................................................................................................. 92 4.3.12.4 Sensor types, synchronization
.................................................................................................................................................. 93 4.3.12.5 Comparator conditioning (threshold, hysteresis)
.................................................................................................................................................. 95 4.3.12.6 Channel assignment
.................................................................................................................................................. 96 4.3.12.7 Connection
........................................................................................................................................... 96 4.3.12.7.1 Connection: Open-Collector Sensor
........................................................................................................................................... 97 4.3.12.7.2 Connection: Sensors with RS422 differential line drivers
........................................................................................................................................... 97 4.3.12.7.3 Connection: Sensors with current signals
......................................................................................................................................................... 98 4.3.13 HRENC-4 High Resolution Counter
.................................................................................................................................................. 98 4.3.13.1 Settings in imcDevices
........................................................................................................................................... 99 4.3.13.1.1 Input
........................................................................................................................................... 99 4.3.13.1.2 Signalshape
.................................................................................................................................................. 99 4.3.13.2 Functioning
.................................................................................................................................................. 99 4.3.13.3 Connection
......................................................................................................................................................... 100 4.3.14 HV-4I High-voltage channels
......................................................................................................................................................... 100 4.3.15 HV-4I Current probe channels
.................................................................................................................................................. 100 4.3.15.3 Supply voltage
......................................................................................................................................................... 102 4.3.16 HV-4U, HV-2U2I Voltage, current probe
.................................................................................................................................................. 102 4.3.16.1 High-voltage channels of the HV-module
........................................................................................................................................... 102 4.3.16.1.1 Voltage measurement
.................................................................................................................................................. 102 4.3.16.2 Current probe channels of the HV-module
........................................................................................................................................... 102 4.3.16.2.1 Voltage measurement
........................................................................................................................................... 103 4.3.16.2.2 Current measurement
.................................................................................................................................................. 103 4.3.16.3 Connections
........................................................................................................................................... 103 4.3.16.3.1 Voltages
........................................................................................................................................... 104 4.3.16.3.2 Currents
........................................................................................................................................... 105 4.3.16.3.3 Using transducers
........................................................................................................................................... 105 4.3.16.3.4 Rogowski coil
........................................................................................................................................... 105 4.3.16.3.5 Pin configuration and cable wiring
......................................................................................................................................................... 106 4.3.17 ICPU-8 Voltage, current-fed sensor
.................................................................................................................................................. 106 4.3.17.1 input coupling
........................................................................................................................................... 107 4.3.17.2.3 Voltage measurement: With taring
.................................................................................................................................................. 108 4.3.17.3 Bandwidth
......................................................................................................................................................... 109 4.3.18 ICPU-16 Voltage, current-fed sensor
.................................................................................................................................................. 109 4.3.18.1 Input coupling
.................................................................................................................................................. 109 4.3.18.3 Bandwidth
......................................................................................................................................................... 110 4.3.19 ISO2-8 Isolated voltage channels with current and temp. modes
.................................................................................................................................................. 111 4.3.19.3 External +5V supply voltage (non-isolated)
.................................................................................................................................................. 112 4.3.19.5 Temperature-channels
......................................................................................................................................................... 113 4.3.20 LV-16 Voltage channels: Differential amplifiers/ Scanner module
.................................................................................................................................................. 114 4.3.20.3 External +5V supply voltage
.................................................................................................................................................. 114 4.3.20.5 Pin configuration and cabling
......................................................................................................................................................... 115 4.3.21 LV2-8 Voltage, current, sensor with current feed
........................................................................................................................................... 116 4.3.21.1.3 Case 3: Voltage source at other, fixed potential
.................................................................................................................................................. 116 4.3.21.3 External voltage supply for ICP-Extension plug
.................................................................................................................................................. 117 4.3.21.5 Bandwidth
......................................................................................................................................................... 118 4.3.22 OSC-16 Voltage, current and temperature
.................................................................................................................................................. 118 4.3.22.1 Connection
........................................................................................................................................... 119 4.3.22.4.1 Thermocouple measurement
........................................................................................................................................... 120 4.3.22.4.2 PT100 (RTD) - Measurement
.................................................................................................................................................. 120 4.3.22.5 External sensor supply
........................................................................................................................................... 120 4.3.22.5.1 Sensor supply standard (5V)
........................................................................................................................................... 120 4.3.22.5.2 Sensor supply optional (2.5V-24V)
.................................................................................................................................................. 121 4.3.22.6 Scanner concept
.................................................................................................................................................. 124 4.3.22.7 Filter
7
........................................................................................................................................... 124 4.3.22.7.1 Filter for OSC-16
......................................................................................................................................................... 125 4.3.23 SC2-32 Voltage channels: Differential amplifiers/ Scanner module
.................................................................................................................................................. 125 4.3.23.3 TEDS
.................................................................................................................................................. 126 4.3.23.4 External +5V supply voltage
.................................................................................................................................................. 126 4.3.23.6 Pin configuration and cabling
......................................................................................................................................................... 127 4.3.24 SYNTH-8 Sythesizer: 8 analog outputs
......................................................................................................................................................... 128 4.3.25 UNI-8 Voltage, current, temp. and bridge
........................................................................................................................................... 130 4.3.25.1.3 Case 3: Voltage source at a different fixed potential
........................................................................................................................................... 130 4.3.25.1.4 Voltage measurement: with zero-adjusting (tare)
.................................................................................................................................................. 130 4.3.25.2 Current-fed sensors
........................................................................................................................................... 131 4.3.25.3.1 Case 1: Differential current measurement
........................................................................................................................................... 131 4.3.25.3.2 Case 2: Ground-referenced current measurement
........................................................................................................................................... 132
4.3.25.3.3 Case 3: 2-wire for sensors with a current signal and variable
supply
.................................................................................................................................................. 133 4.3.25.4 Bridge measurement
........................................................................................................................................... 133 4.3.25.4.1 Case 1: Full bridge
........................................................................................................................................... 134 4.3.25.4.2 Case 2: Half bridge
........................................................................................................................................... 134 4.3.25.4.3 Case 3: Quarter bridge
...................................................................................................................................... 134 4.3.25.4.3.1 Quarter bridge with 350 Ohm option
........................................................................................................................................... 135 4.3.25.4.4 General notes
........................................................................................................................................... 135 4.3.25.4.5 Balancing and shunt calibration
........................................................................................................................................... 136 4.3.25.5.1 Thermocouple measurement
...................................................................................................................................... 137 4.3.25.5.1.1 Case 1: Thermocouple mounted with ground reference
...................................................................................................................................... 138
4.3.25.5.1.2 Case 2: Thermocouple mounted without ground
reference
........................................................................................................................................... 138 4.3.25.5.2 Pt100/ RTD measurement
...................................................................................................................................... 139 4.3.25.5.2.1 Case 1: Pt100 in 4-wire configuration
...................................................................................................................................... 140 4.3.25.5.2.4 Open sensor detection
.................................................................................................................................................. 140 4.3.25.6 Sensors requiring adjustment of their supply
.................................................................................................................................................. 141 4.3.25.7 Sensor supply module
.................................................................................................................................................. 141 4.3.25.8 Bandwidth
.................................................................................................................................................. 141 4.3.25.9 Connectors: DSUB-15 plugs
................................................................................................................................... 142 4.4 Miscellaneous
......................................................................................................................................................... 142 4.4.1 ACC/DSUB-ICP ICP-Expansion plug for voltage channels
.................................................................................................................................................. 142 4.4.1.1 ICP-Sensors
.................................................................................................................................................. 142 4.4.1.2 Feed current
.................................................................................................................................................. 143 4.4.1.3 ICP-Expansion plug
.................................................................................................................................................. 143 4.4.1.4 Configuration
........................................................................................................................................... 145 4.4.1.4.1 Circuit schematic: ICP-plugs
......................................................................................................................................................... 146 4.4.2 ACC/DSUB-ESD Expansion plug
......................................................................................................................................................... 147 4.4.3 imc Display
......................................................................................................................................................... 149 4.4.4 GPS
......................................................................................................................................................... 151 4.4.5 LEDs and Beeper
......................................................................................................................................................... 151 4.4.6 Modem connection
......................................................................................................................................................... 151 4.4.7 SEN-SUPPLY Sensor supply
......................................................................................................................................................... 151 4.4.8 SYNC
......................................................................................................................................................... 152 4.4.9 TEDS
.................................................................................................................................................. 152 4.4.9.1 imc Plug & Measure - complex measurements as childs play
.................................................................................................................................................. 152 4.4.9.2 Particular advantages and applications
.................................................................................................................................................. 152 4.4.9.3 Sensor administration by database
Technical specifications and
terminal configuration of all basic
systems
................................................................................................................................... 153 5.1 Basic systems technical specs
......................................................................................................................................................... 153 5.1.1 imc CRONOS-PL
......................................................................................................................................................... 156 5.1.2 imc CRONOS-SL
................................................................................................................................... 158 5.2 Module overview
................................................................................................................................... 160 5.3 Technical specification of the modules
......................................................................................................................................................... 160 5.3.1 AUDIO-4 Voltage / ICP
......................................................................................................................................................... 162 5.3.2 AUDIO-4-MIC Microphone supply module
......................................................................................................................................................... 163 5.3.3 BR-4 Bridge, Voltage, Current
......................................................................................................................................................... 166 5.3.4 C-8 Voltage / Temperature
......................................................................................................................................................... 169 5.3.5 DAC-8 Analog outputs
......................................................................................................................................................... 170 5.3.6 DCB-8 Bridge channels
......................................................................................................................................................... 173 5.3.7 DI-16 Digital input channels
......................................................................................................................................................... 174 5.3.8 DI-HV-4 Digital input for high voltages
......................................................................................................................................................... 175 5.3.9 DI16-DO8-ENC4
.................................................................................................................................................. 175 5.3.9.1 ENC-4 (DI16-DO8-ENC4) Incremental encoder channels
.................................................................................................................................................. 176 5.3.9.2 DI-16 (DI16-DO8-ENC4) Digital Inputs
.................................................................................................................................................. 176 5.3.9.3 DO-8 (DI16-DO8-ENC4) Digital Outputs
......................................................................................................................................................... 177 5.3.10 DO-16 Digital outputs
......................................................................................................................................................... 178 5.3.11 DO-HC-16 Digital high current outputs
......................................................................................................................................................... 180 5.3.12 ENC-4 Incremental encoder channels
......................................................................................................................................................... 181 5.3.13 HRENC-4
......................................................................................................................................................... 183 5.3.14 HV-4I High-voltage channels
......................................................................................................................................................... 184 5.3.15 HV-4I Current probe channels / (non-isolated) volt. channels
......................................................................................................................................................... 185 5.3.16 HV-2U2I, HV-4U Voltage / Current probe
......................................................................................................................................................... 189 5.3.17 ICPU-8 Voltage / ICP
......................................................................................................................................................... 191 5.3.18 ICPU-16 Voltage / ICP
......................................................................................................................................................... 192 5.3.19 ISO2-8 Voltage / Current / Temperature (isolated)
......................................................................................................................................................... 195 5.3.20 LV-16 Low Voltage
......................................................................................................................................................... 197 5.3.21 LV2-8 Voltage / Current
......................................................................................................................................................... 199 5.3.22 OSC-16 Voltage / Current / Temperature (isolated)
......................................................................................................................................................... 202 5.3.23 SC2-32 Scanner
......................................................................................................................................................... 204 5.3.24 SYNTH-8 Synthesizer
......................................................................................................................................................... 205 5.3.25 UNI-8 Universal module
......................................................................................................................................................... 208 5.3.26 Field bus
.................................................................................................................................................. 208 5.3.26.1 ARINC-bus Interface (CRPL/ARINC)
.................................................................................................................................................. 208 5.3.26.2 CAN-BUS Interface
.................................................................................................................................................. 209 5.3.26.3 LIN-BUS Interface
.................................................................................................................................................. 209 5.3.26.4 J1587-BUS Interface
................................................................................................................................... 210 5.4 Accessories
......................................................................................................................................................... 210 5.4.1 imc Alphanumeric Display
......................................................................................................................................................... 210 5.4.2 imc Graphics Display
......................................................................................................................................................... 212 5.4.3 ACC/DSUB-ICP ICP-expansion plug
9
......................................................................................................................................................... 213 5.4.4 ACC/DSUB-ESD expansion plug
......................................................................................................................................................... 213 5.4.5 ACC/DSUB-ENC4-IU connector for incremental sensors with current signals
......................................................................................................................................................... 215 5.4.6 STZ-30 (current probe)
......................................................................................................................................................... 216 5.4.7 SUPPLY Sensor supply module
......................................................................................................................................................... 216 5.4.8 Sensor supply module CRPL/SEN-SUPPLY
......................................................................................................................................................... 217 5.4.9 Synchronization and time base
......................................................................................................................................................... 218 5.4.10 DC-12/24 USV
................................................................................................................................... 219 5.5 Connection
......................................................................................................................................................... 219 5.5.1 DSUB-15 plugs Pin configuration
.................................................................................................................................................. 220 5.5.1.1 Standard plugs (ACC/DSUB-STD)
.................................................................................................................................................. 221 5.5.1.2 TEDS plugs (ACC/DSUB-TEDS)
.................................................................................................................................................. 222 5.5.1.3 Special plugs (ACC/DSUB-)
.................................................................................................................................................. 223 5.5.1.4 Standard plugs (CRPL/DSUB-STD)
.................................................................................................................................................. 224 5.5.1.5 Special plugs (CRPL/DSUB-)
......................................................................................................................................................... 225 5.5.2 SC2-32
.................................................................................................................................................. 225 5.5.2.1 Variety 8 x DSUB 15
.................................................................................................................................................. 226 5.5.2.2 Variety 2 x DSUB 37
......................................................................................................................................................... 227 5.5.3 DSUB-9 plugs
.................................................................................................................................................. 227 5.5.3.1 DSUB-9 connectors for field bus
........................................................................................................................................... 227 5.5.3.1.1 CAN-Bus
........................................................................................................................................... 227 5.5.3.1.2 J1587-Bus
........................................................................................................................................... 227 5.5.3.1.3 LIN-Bus
.................................................................................................................................................. 228 5.5.3.2 Display plug
.................................................................................................................................................. 228 5.5.3.3 Modem DSUB-9 plug
.................................................................................................................................................. 229 5.5.3.4 GPS-mouse DSUB-9 plug
......................................................................................................................................................... 230 5.5.4 Connector plugs Cross-Reference
Index 232
10
imc CRONOS PL/SL user's manual
user's manual
Rev 2 - 01.06.2007 Version 3.0
1.1 imc Customer Support - Hotline
In case of problems or questions, our customer service will be happy to help:
Germany:
imc Mesysteme GmbH
Phone: 030 / 46 70 90 - 26
Fax: 030 / 4 63 15 76
WWW: http://www.imc-berlin.de
e-mail: hotline@imc-berlin.de
For our international partners see http://www.imc-berlin.de/en/ and click to International Distributors
When requesting telephone consultation, please be prepared to state the serial numbers for your device
and for your software's data carrier, and have this manual present. Thanks!
11
1.2 Guide to Using the Manual
Tutorials
Troubleshooting
Pins
WHERE? To look for WHAT? Contents
You should really read the following chapters!
Ch. 0 Required Reading! General information, safety con sid erations and
troubleshooting advice
Ch. 1 Introduction Overview of the device family, general technical
description of the device
Ch. 2 Signal conditioning and connection Overview of modules and cabling scheme
Ch. T Technical Specifications imc CRONOS-PL/SL spec. sheet
Illustrations and tables of connection terminals
WHERE? To look for WHAT? Contents
You should really read the imcDevices manual!
Ch. 1 Getting Started Software installation, require ments, settings, update-info
Ch. 2 Operation Description of the various menu commands and options
Ch. 3 Field bus CAN-Bus-Interface, J1587-Bus
Ch. 4 Triggers and Events Triggered/untriggered measurement, pretrigger,
oscilloscope mode, multi-shot operation
Ch. 5 Save Options and Directory
Structure
Saving to PC hard disk, saving to the device hard disk,
autotrial mode, autostart mode, stand-alone mode, directory
structure
Sample memory requirement estimation
Ch. 6 Online FAMOS Operation and application tips
Ch. 7 -Disk, PCMCIA Drive Features of the -Disk & Hot-plug
Ch. 8 Network Options Synchronized start (Ethernet-) net-bits
Ch. 9 Synchronization with DCF77 Workings, connecting
Ch. 10 Display Operation and Tutorial
Ch. 11 imcMessaging Automatic generated messages by the devices
Ch. 12 Miscellaneous Tips and tricks
Regularly updated information and up-to-date user's manuals can be accessed on www.imc-berlin.de.
12
1.3 Guidelines
1.3.1 CE Certification
13
1.3.2 Guarantee of Year 2000 conformity
We certify that our software products imcDevices, LOOK, FAMOS, SEARCH, Filter Design, FRAME and
Online-FRAME as well as our hardware product imc CRONOS-PL/SL meet the "C-EURO YEAR 2000"
requirements. There should be no problems in the interpretation of dates. All data recorded after the year
1980 (the year DOS was introduced) will be correctly interpreted until the year 2079.
This means in particular (i.a.):
- Processing of the date will at no time lead to system interruptions.
- Date-based processing operations return the same results regardless of the value for the data
supplied, whether prior to 2000 A.D. or after (up until 2079 A.D.), unless otherwise defined.
- The value for the date is defined either explicitly or by an unequivocal algorithm or by a derivable
rule, in all interfaces and memory areas.
1.3.3 Quality Management
imc holds DIN-EN-ISO-9001certification since May 1995. imc's conformity to the world-wide accepted
standard DIN EN 9001:2000 is attested to by the Certificate issued July 2006 by the accredited TV CERT
certification body of TV Rheinland Anlagentechnik GmbH. imc's certificate registration number is 01 100
85152.
1.3.4 imc Limited Warranty
Subject to imc Mesysteme GmbH's general terms and conditions.
1.3.5 ElektroG, RoHS, WEEE
The company imc Mesysteme GmbH is registered under the following number:
WEEE Reg.- # DE 43368136
Brand: imcDevices
Category 9: Monitoring and control instruments exclusively for commercial use
Valid as of 24.11.2005
Our products fall under Category 9, "Monitoring and control instruments exclusively for commercial use"
and are thus at this time exempted from the RoHS guidelines 2002/95/EG.
_______________________________________________________
The law (ElektroG) governing electrical and electronic equipment was announced on March 23, 2005 in the German Federal Law
Gazette. This law implements two European guidelines in German jurisdiction. The guideline 2002/95/EG serves "to impose
restrictions on the use of hazardous materials in electrical and electronic devices". In English-speaking countries, it is abbreviated as
"RoHS" ("Restriction of Hazardous Substances").
The second guideline, 2002/96/EG "on waste electrical and electronics equipment" institutes mandatory acceptance of returned used
equipment and for its recycling; it is commonly referred to as WEEE guidelines ("Waste on Electric and Electronic Equipment").
The foundation "Elektro-Altgerte Register" in Germany is the "Manufacturers clearing house" in terms of the law on electric and
electronic equipment ("ElektroG"). This foundation has been appointed to execute the mandatory regulations.
14
1.3.6 Product improvement
Dear Reader!
We at imc hope that you find this manual helpful and easy to use. To help us in further improving this
documentation, we would appreciate hearing any comments or suggestions you may have.
In particular, feel free to give us feedback regarding the following:
- Terminology or concepts which are poorly explained
- Concepts which should be explained in more depth
- Grammar or spelling errors
- Printing errors
Please send your comments to the following address:
imc Mess-Systeme GmbH
integrated measurement & control
Customer Service Department
Voltastrasse 5
D - 13355 Berlin
Telephone: 0049 - 30 - 46 70 90 - 26
Telefax: 0049 - 30 - 46 70 90 - 22
e-mail: hotline@imc-berlin.de
15
1.4 Important notes
1.4.1 Remarks Concerning EMC
imc CRONOS-PL/SL satisfies the EMC requirements for unrestricted use in industrial settings.
Any additional devices connected to imc CRONOS-PL/SL must satisfy the EMC requirements as specified
by (within Europe):
- BMPT-Vfg. No. 1046/84 or No. 243/91. or
- EC Guidelines 89/336/EWG
All products which satisfy these requirements must be appropriately marked by the manufacturer or display
the CE certification marking.
Products not satisfying these requirements may only be used with special approval of the regulating body in
the country where operated.
All signal lines connected to imc CRONOS-PL/SL must be shielded and the shielding must be grounded.
Note
The EMC tests were carried out using shielded and grounded input and output cables with the exception of
the power cord. Observe this condition when designing your experiment to ensure high interference
immunity and low jamming.
Using the device in living quarters may cause disturbance in other electrical devices.
Reference
See also Chapter 0. "Shielding"
1.4.2 FCC-Note
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to
Part 15 of the FCC Rules (CFR 15.105). These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection
against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate
radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause
harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not
occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television
reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment on and off, the user is encouraged to try to
correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
- Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
- Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver.
- Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is
connected.
- Consult the dealer or an experienced radio or television technician for help.
1.4.3 Modifications
The FCC requires the user to be notified that any changes or modifications made to this device that are not
expressly approved by imc may void the user's authority to operate this equipment.
16
1.4.4 Cables
Connections to this device must be made with shielded cables with metallic RFI/EMI connector hoods to
maintain compliance with FCC Rules and Regulations.
1.4.5 Other Provisions
This equipment has been carefully designed, manufactured and individually tested. It has been shipped in a
condition in complete compliance with the various safety standards and guidelines described in the CE
Certification.
We certify that imc CRONOS-PL/SL in all product configuration options corresponding to this
documentation conforms to the directives in the accident prevention regulations in "Electric Installations
and Industrial Equipment" (VBG 4 of the Index of Accident Prevention Regulations of the Professional
Guilds in Germany).
This certification has the sole purpose of releasing imc from the obligation to have the electrical equipment
tested prior to first use ( 5 Sec. 1. 4 of VBG 4). This does not affect guarantee and liability regulations of
the civil code.
17
This device has been conceived and designed to comply with the current safety regulations for data
processing equipment (which includes business equipment). If you have any questions concerning whether
or not you can use this device in its intended environment, please contact imc or your local distributor.
The measurement system has been carefully designed, assembled and routinely tested in accordance with
the safety regulations specified in the included certificate of conformity and has left imc in perfect operating
condition. To maintain this condition and to ensure continued danger-free operation, the user should pay
particular attention to the remarks and warnings made in this chapter. In this way, you protect yourself and
prevent the device from being damaged.
Read this manual before turning the device on for the first time! Pay attention to any additional
information pages pertaining to the pin configuration etc. which may have been included with this
manual.
WARNING!
Before touching the device sockets and the lines connected to them, make sure static electricity is
drained. Damage arising from electrostatic discharge is not covered by the warrantee.
2.1 After unpacking ...
Please check the device for mechanical damage and/ or loose parts after unpacking it. The supplier must
be notified immediately of any transportation damage! Do not operate a damaged device!
Check that the list of accessories is complete:
- AC/DC-supply unit with mains cable (not for racks)
- supply cable (LEMO-plug)
- connection plug (corresponding to conditioner module configuration)
- imc CRONOS-PL/SL Manual Getting started
- Installation-CD for imc-Devices software
- Manufacturer's Calibration Certificate
- optional: PCMCIA Flashcard (-Disk)
2.2 Transporting imc CRONOS-PL/SL
When transporting imc CRONOS-PL/SL, always use the original packaging or a appropriate packaging
which protects the device against knocks and jolts. If transport damages occur, please be sure to contact
the imc Customer Support. Damage arising from transporting is not covered in the manufacturer's
guarantee.
Possible damage due to condensation can be limited by wrapping the device in plastic sheeting. For more
on this topic, see the notes under Before starting .
2.3 Guarantee
Each device is subjected to a 24-hour "burn-in" before leaving imc. This procedure is capable of
recognizing almost all cases of early failure. This does not, however, guarantee that a component will not
fail after longer operation. Therefore, all imc devices are guaranteed to function properly for one year. The
condition for this guarantee is that no alterations or modifications have been made to the device by the
customer.
Unauthorized intervention in the device renders the guarantee null and void.
18
18
2.4 Before starting
Condensation may form on the circuit boards when the device is moved from a cold environment to a warm
one. In these situations, always wait until the device warms up to room temperature and is completely dry
before turning it on. The acclimatization period should take about 2 hours.
We recommend a warm-up phase of at least 30 min prior to taking measurements.
imc CRONOS-PL/SL is approved for operating temperatures of up to 55C. The ventilation slits must be
kept unimpeded to avoid heat buildup in the device interior.
The devices have been designed for use in clean and dry environments. It is not to be operated in 1)
exceedingly dusty and/ or wet environments, 2) in environments where danger of explosion exists nor 3) in
environments containing aggressive chemical agents.
Lay cables in a manner to avoid hazards (tripping) and damage.
2.5 Grounding, shielding
In order to comply with Part 15 of the FCC-regulations applicable to devices of Class B, the system must
be grounded. Grounding is also the condition for the validity of the technical specifications stated.
Use of the desktop power supply unit, included in the package, ensures proper grounding via the plug's
protective earth terminal: in the supply unit's LEMO-plug, the supply voltage's (-) pole as well as the shield
and plug enclosure are connected to the cable's ground. The DC-supply input on the device itself
(LEMO-socket) is galvanically isolated, i.e. isolated from the housing! If imc CRONOS-PL/SL is powered
by an isolated DC-voltage source (e.g., battery), use the device's black grounding socket ("CHASSIS") to
ground the device.Also, all signal leads to imc CRONOS-PL/SL must be shielded and the shielding
grounded (electric contact between the shielding and the plug housing "CHASSIS"). To avoid
compensation currents, always connect the shielding to one side (potential) only.If the imc DSUB block
screw terminal plug (included in the product package), is used, the shielding should be connected to the
pull-relief clamp on the cable bushing. This part of the conductor-coated plastic plug housing has electrical
contact to the imc CRONOS-PL/SL housing, just as Terminals 15 and 16 (labeled: "CHASSIS", to the left
and right of the imc-plug cable bushing) do; but is preferable to the "CHASSIS" terminals for optimum
shielding.
+IN
-IN
sensor
CHASSIS
DC
DC
DSUB
LEMO
isolation
CHASSIS
GND
LEMO
DC
AC
LINE
Isolation
110..240V
AC (50/60Hz)
PE
power-supply
imc CRONOS-PL
supply-cable
measurement
- cable
inputs supply
Note
When using multiple devices connected via the Sync terminal for synchronization purposes, ensure that
all devices are the same voltage level. Any potential differences among devices may have to be evened
out using an additional line having adequate cross section.
Alternatively it is possible to isolate the devices by using the module ISOSYNC, see also chapter
Synchronization in the imcDevices manual.
19
2.6 Power supply
imc CRONOS-PL/SL is powered by a DC-supply voltage which is supplied via a 2-pole LEMO-plug (type
designation: FGG.2B.302.CLAD62Z (big), FGG.1B.302 CLAD 76 (middle) , FGG.0B.302 CLAD 52ZN
(small))).
The permissible supply voltage range is 10 ... 36V (DC) at 130W max. consumption. The product package
includes a corresponding desktop supply unit (15V , DC) as an AC-adapter for mains voltage (110 .. 240
V 50/60Hz).
NOTE
Please note, that the operation temperature of the desktop supply is prepared for 0C to 40C, even if
your measurement devices is designed for extended temperature range!
The package also includes a cable with a ready-made LEMO-plug which can be connected to a DC-voltage
source such as a car battery. When using this, note the following:
- Grounding of the device must be ensured. If the power supply unit comes with a grounding line, it
would be possible to ground the system "by force", by making a connection from this line to the plug
enclosure (and thus to the device ground). The table-top power supply unit is made to allow this.
This manner of proceeding may not be desirable because it may be desirable to avoid transient
currents along this line (e.g. in vehicles). In this case the ground-connection must be made to the
device directly. For this purpose a (black) banana jack ("CHASSIS") is provided.
- The feed line must have low resistance, the cable must have an adequate cross-section. Any
interference-suppressing filters which may be inserted into the line must not have any series inductor
greater than 1mH. Otherwise an additional parallel-capacitor is needed.
- Pin configuration:
LEMO-Plug
(inside view on
soldering pins)
+Supply
-Supply
FGG.2B.302.CLAD62Z
FGG.1B.302.CLAD76
FGG.0B.302.CLAD52ZN
2.6.1 Main switch
The device's main switch is a rocker-switch which must be pressed down on the "ON"-side (upper
portion) for approx. 1 sec. to achieve activation, indicated by the "POWER"-LED flashing. If the device
boots correctly, three short beep-tones are emitted.
To switch the device off, press the rocker switch down on the OFF-side (lower portion) for approx. 1 sec.
This causes the device to not be deactivated abruptly during a running measurement. Instead, any files on
the internal hard drive involved are closed before the device switches off by itself. This process takes up to
10sec. Holding the "OFF"-side of the switch down is not necessary! If no measurement is currently running,
it takes only approx. 1second for the device to be deactivated.
If this mechanism isn't working due to a malfunction or some other reason, it is possible to achieve
immediate deactivation immediately by using a pen tip (or anything else appropriate) to press the little,
counter-sunk "RST"-button located directly below the main switch.
20
2.6.2 Remote control of the main switch
As an alternative to the manual main switch on the device's front panel, a remote-controllable electric
contact can be used to switch the device on and off. The connector on the backplane designated
"REMOTE" provides this contact: connecting the signals "SWITCH" and "ON" for a short or long period
switches the device on; connecting "SWITCH" to "OFF" switches it off. PL8 and PL16 has a DSUB-15
socket.
The signal " SWITCH1" serves to run the device with the switch permanently bridged: when "ON" and
"SWITCH1" are connected, the device starts as soon as an external supply voltage is provided. If this
supply is interrupted, the UPS keeps the device activated for the appropriate buffer duration in order to
close the measurement and files, and then the device deactivates itself. Starting the device on the internal
battery isn't possible in this configuration, but once it has started the device can run on the battery as a
backup. This type of operation is specially designed for use in a vehicle, permanently coupled to the ignition
and not requiring manual control.
Any switch or relay contact used for this purpose must be able to bear a current of approx. 50mA at 10O
max. The reference voltage for these signals is the primary voltage supply.
Pin configuration: "REMOTE-plug
PL8, PL16
DSUB-15 Pin
Terminal
(imc DSUB terminal plug)
Signals at
the REMOTE-plug
9 1 OFF
2 2 SWITCH
10
3
11
(1)
3
4
5
ON
SWITCH1
-BATT (internal test pin)
RST
mainframe 15.16 CHASSIS
Possible configurations
Function Jumper between
Switch on "normal" SWITCH and ON
Switch on when connected to main supply only "jumpered main switch "
SWITCH1 and ON
Switch off SWITCH and OFF
Forced switch off RST and CHASSIS
21
2.7 UPS
An optional module for uninterruptible power supply (UPS) is available. This unit makes it possible for
imc CRONOS-PL/SL to continue through a short-term outage of the mains power supply (10 - 36V, DC). It
is especially useful in mobile settings (on board vehicles) in order to handle the drop in voltage from the
vehicle battery which occurs at ignition.
The use of backup power from the battery is indicated by the control lamp "PWR" changing from green to
yellow and the buzzer sounding.
The buffering of the power supply is provided by a built-in lead/gel storage battery (accumulator), which is
recharged during normal operation by the external power supply.
The UPS provides backup in case of power outage and also monitors its duration. If the power outage is
continuous and if it exceeds the device's buffer duration (standard: 30sec.), the device deactivates itself.
This is done in the same way as in the case of manual deactivation, i.e., any running measurements and
pertinent files are closed, which can cause a delay of up to approx. 10s.
If the power outage isn't continuous but only temporary as in the case of a vehicle being started, the buffer
duration monitoring always jumps back to the beginning.
Thus, a typical application of this configuration is in vehicles, where the power supply is coupled to the
ignition. A buffer is thus provided against short-term interruptions. And on the other hand, deep discharge
of the buffer battery is avoided in cases where the measurement system is not deactivated when the
vehicle is turned off.
Operation is also possible with the main switch (DSUB Pin3 ON1), which as a separate control contact has
a terminal "REMOTE" on the backplane, permanently bridged: it is then no longer necessary to switch the
device on or off manually. In this case, the device can only be activated if an external supply voltage is
connected. This configuration enables, for instance, automatic monitoring measurements in a vehicle when
the unit is permanently installed in an inaccessible location: when the vehicle and the power supply it
provides are started, the device starts and deactivates itself 30 seconds after the vehicle was turned off.
2.7.1 Buffering time constant and maximum buffer duration
The buffer time constant is a permanently configurable device parameter which can be selected as a
order option. By default, it is 30s. It sets the maximum duration of a continuous power outage after which
the device turns itself off.
Upon request, the device can also be configured with other buffering times. A setting is available which
triggers automatic deactivation only when the maximum battery capacity has been reached and deep
discharge is immanent (maximum buffer duration).
The maximum buffer duration is the maximum (total) time, determined by the battery capacity, which the
device can run on backup. This refers to cases where the self-deactivation is not triggered; e.g., in case of
repeated short-term power-interruptions. The maximum buffer duration depends on the battery's current
charge, on the ambient temperature and on the battery's age. A minimum duration of 8min (at 23C) is
usually achieved. The device automatically deactivates itself just in time to avoid deep discharge of the
battery.
The main switch's design prevents the device from re-activating itself after having been deactivated in the
manner described above. If the device is "permanently" on due to the REMOTE contact being bridged, the
internal wiring of this contact ensures that the device only activates itself if an external supply voltage is
connected.
22
2.7.2 Charging time
With an external supply voltage connected and the device activated (!), about 12W of power are
effectively available for the purpose of charging the internal buffer (backup) battery, up to 15W in the short
term. The time needed for charging up for the desired buffer duration is thus given by:
T_Charge = T_Buffer * total power / 12W
Thus, with a total power consumption of 130W (for a device equipped to the maximum configuration), the
ratio of discharge time to charging time is approx. 1:11. The minimum charging time to ensure a buffer
duration of 1 min (typ. vehicle ignition process) is thus approx. 11 min.
These values apply to a discharges battery and normal room temperature. The maximum available total
capacity is approx. 15Wh. Complete charge-up is achieved after approx. 24 hours. Due to the inevitable
self-discharge or leakage, the device should be run every few months at least for the purpose of assuring
that the UPS-storage battery is fully charged and at the ready.
2.7.3 Take-over threshold
The voltage threshold at which the storage battery takes over the power supply from the external source is
approx. 9.75V. The take-over procedure is subjected to an hysteresis to prevent oscillating take-over. This
would be caused by the external supply's impedance. This inevitable impedance lets the external supply
rise again, right after take-over to internal buffering. Hysteresis in the take-over threshold will prevent
oscillations due to this effect. If, during supply from of the buffering battery, the external supply voltage rises
as high as 10.9V, the external voltage takes over again from the buffering battery.
If you check these thresholds, note that when the supply voltage is overlaid with a high frequency
interference or ripple-voltage, the minima are of key importance. In fact, the overlying interference could be
caused by feedback from the device itself!
Note
The voltage specification refers to the device terminals. Please consider the voltage drop of the supply line,
when determining the voltage supply.
2.8 Modularity
The devices belonging to the imc CRONOS-PL/SL series are modular systems. A variety of signal
conditioners and digital I/O modules can be combined to a system. The following constraints, however,
apply:
- Within the device, the necessary supply voltage is made available by a central power supply unit. A
maximum supply current is specified for each supply voltage.
The allowable current load on the voltage supply line is different for each module type. In addition,
the power for the supply of an external sensor (e.g. supply of a strain gauge measurement bridge)
must be taken into consideration.
The supply power required by the power supply unit is tested at the factory. In the process, the
power consumption of the modules ordered is taken into account. Power reserves can be
requested from imc, if desired.
If modules are subsequently added to a system which has already been shipped, it is absolutely
necessary to check whether enough reserve power is available! As a matter of principle, only
trained service personnel should install new system modules!
- Individual modules are distinguished by "module addresses". These module addresses must be
configured prior to installing the module (e.g. DIP-switch, rotary switch, soldered jumpers).
Previously existing addresses of other modules must be taken into account.
If the same module address appears multiple times, conflicts will arise and the modules affected
will either not be recognized by the device software at all or only incorrectly. This generally leads to
errors which are hard to identify!! As a matter of principle, modules should only be added to
systems by trained service personnel!
- It is important to observe the order of amplifiers having different channel counts. The amplifier with
23
the highest channel count gets the lowest module address.
- For safety reasons high voltage modules (HV4U, HV2U2I etc.) are not to be changed by a
customer! Only the imc customer service is allowed to do that.
- A device can support only a maximum number of similar-type modules (e.g. maximally 16
digital-I/O modules for Type 2 devices (see Device Overview ), but only two digital-I/O modules
for Type 1 devices). If more than the maximum allowed number of similar modules are inserted,
the modules will not be supported by the device software. This usually leads to errors which are
hard to identify! As a matter of principle, modules should only be added to systems by trained
service personnel!
- The addresses of the module DI16-DO8-ENC4 cant be changed and are set to: DI4-16 (Addr. 1),
DO8 (Addr. 0). That has to be considered, when addressing other digital modules (DI-16, DO-8,
ENC-4).
2.8.1 Exchanging modules
Changing modules is only permitted for trained users in agreement with imc!
Devices having HV modules (HV-2U, HV-4I, etc. ) do not support exchanging of modules (device
safety!).
2.9 Rechargeable batteries
imc CRONOS-PL/SL comes with long-lasting lithium batteries (Type BR2032) requiring no special
maintenance. Replacement of the battery can only be performed by the manufacturer in the framework of a
system inspection (maintenance) (recommended for every 3-7 years depending on field of application).
Devices which come with the optional USV-Function contain maintenance-free lead-gel accumulators (4x
Type LC-R061R3PG, Panasonic). Charging these internal backup batteries is accomplished automatically
when the activated device receives a supply voltage. Due to the inevitable leakage of charge we
recommend that the device be activated at least every 6 months to prevent the batteries from dying.
2.10 Fuses
The device supply input (10..36V DC) is equipped with maintenance-free polarity-inversion protection.
No fuses or surge protection is provided here. Particularly upon activation of the device, high current peaks
are to be expected. When using the device with a DC-voltage supply and custom-designed supply cable,
be sure to take this into account by providing adequate cable cross-section.
The designated current inputs of the "Voltage channels" are protected from overvoltage by 100mA fuses.
The fuse is not accessible and can only receive maintenance by the manufacturer.
The supply voltage for external sensors, whose outlet are the voltage channels, is provided with
maintenance-free electronic fuses (current-limitation).
The incremental encoder channels also provide supply voltage for external sensors, but are not
protected and require an external fuse if they are used!
33
24
2.11 Precautions for operation
Certain ground rules for operating the system, aside from reasonable safety measures, must be observed
to prevent danger to the user, third parties, the device itself and the measurement object. These are the
use of the system in conformity to its design, and the refraining from altering the system, since possible
later users may not be properly informed and may ill-advisedly rely on the precision and safety promised by
the manufacturer.
If you determine that the device cannot be operated in a non-dangerous manner, then the device is to be
immediately taken out of operation and protected from unintentional use. Taking this action is justified
under any of the following conditions:
- the device is visibly damaged,
- loose parts can be heard within the device,
- the device has been stored for a long period of time under unfavorable conditions (e.g. outdoors or in
high-humidity environments).
1. Observe the data in the chapter "Technical Specifications" and the application hints about the individual
imc CRONOS-PL/SL module types in order to prevent damage to the unit through inappropriate signal
connection.
2. Note when designing your experiments that all input and output leads must be provided with shielding
which is connected to the protection ground ("CHASSIS") at one end in order to ensure high resistance
to interference and noisy transmission.
3. Unused, open channels (having no defined signal) should not be configured with sensitive input ranges
since otherwise the measurement data could be affected. Configure unused channels with a broad input
range or short them out. The same applies to channels not configured as active.
4. To measure voltages > 10V, only use insulated banana plugs (4mm).
5. If you are using a PCMCIA-hard drive, observe the notes in Chapter 7 of imcDevices manual. Particular
care should be taken to comply with the 40C ambient temperature limitation.
6. Avoid prolonged exposure of the device to sunlight.
2.12 Notes on maintenance and servicing
No particular maintenance is necessary.
The specified maximum errors are valid for 1 year following delivery of the device under normal operating
conditions (note ambient temperature!).
There are a number of important device characteristics which should be subjected to precise checking at
regular intervals. We recommend annual calibration. Our calibration procedure includes calibration of
inputs (checking of actual values of parameters; deviations beyond tolerance levels will be reported), a
complete system-checkup, newly performed balancing and subsequent calibration (the complete protocol
set with measurement values is available at an extra charge). Consult our Hotline for the price for system
calibration according to DIN EN ISO 9001.
For devices with UPS functions, we recommend maintenance every 3-4 years.
Please note the hints for rechargeable batteries .
When returning the device in connection with complaints, please include a written, outlining description of
the problem, including the name and telephone number of the sender. This will help expedite the process
of problem elimination.
For questions by telephone please be prepared to provide your device's serial number and have your imc
CRONOS-PL/SL installation software, as well as this manual at hand, thanks!
The serial number, necessary power supply, interface type and software version included can be
determined from the plaque on the side of the device.
23
25
2.13 Cleaning
- Always unplug the power supply before cleaning the device. Only qualified service technicians are
permitted to clean the housing interior.
- Do not use abrasive materials or solutions which are harmful to plastics. Use a dry cloth to clean the
housing. If the housing is particularly dirty, use a cloth which has been slightly moistened in a cleaning
solution and then carefully wrung out. To clean the corners, slits etc. of the housing, use a small soft dry
brush.
- Do not allow liquids to enter the housing interior.
- Be certain that the ventilation slits remain unobstructed.
2.14 Industrial Safety
It is confirmed that our product as delivered complies with the provisions of the industrial safety regulation
"Electrical Installations and Equipment" (BGV-A2).
This confirmation is for the sole purpose of absolving the company of the obligation of having the electrical
equipment inspected prior to initial commissioning ( 5 Clauses 1, 4 of BGV-A2). Civil liability and warranty
are not affected by this regulation.
26
3.1 What does imc CRONOS-PL/SL have to offer?
The following is a short introduction into the philosophy of the device's design and operation, intended to
get you off to a good start in working with the imc CRONOS-PL/SL system.
imc CRONOS-PL-8 table housing (front view)
imc CRONOS-PL/SL represents an entirely new concept in compact measurement devices for physical
quantities. It offers direct connection of many sensor types, as well as multi-channel data acquisition
and vast capabilities of real-time data processing, all within one handy device structure.
The real-time mathematical functionality which the device provides meets practically all of instrumentation's
needs for the processing of measured data. The entering of parameters into the system by the user is
accomplished extremely easily, in the way one uses a pocket calculator.
imc CRONOS-PL/SL can use threshold values, etc., to detect a digital event on any measurement channel,
making measurement data monitoring easily possible.
The digital events defined can be directly assigned to a digital output and/or combined with each other to
form trigger events. Up to 48 independent triggers are available, so that complex measurement tasks
can be solved without needing very many steps. Triggers can be defined and assigned to any channel.
imc CRONOS-PL/SL units can be outfitted in adaptation to their intended application. For analog signal
conditioning, there are channels for voltage/current, temperature, bridge measurement, displacement
or rotation speed etc., as well as inputs for current-fed sensors (ICP inputs). The isolated digital
inputs complete the range of connector types offered. For the output of alarm signals or for controlling
external devices in response to measurements, there are also digital outputs with up to 1A driver
strength.
27
The connections for the inputs and outputs take the form of
D-SUB plugs located on the devices back panel and
ordered by sensor types and channels. To simplify the
handling of the signal lines, the system comes with special
screw terminals to which the lines can be directly
connected.
Maximum operating reliability with "Plug & Measure, imc's measurement concept based on TEDS
(Transducer Electronic Datasheet), provides maximum operating reliability. It extends the IEEE P1451.4
from smart sensors to any sensors. Upon request, clip-on TEDS memory chips can be connected onto any
sensor connection cable. imc CRONOS-PL/SL's parameters are then set automatically either directly form
the TEDS or using the sensor database imc Sensors.
28
Using the CAN-module for imc CRONOS-PL/SL, you can directly integrate CAN-Bus sensors into your
system, as well as such devices as CANSAS modules from imc.
The measurement data sent by external devices can be synchronously read in,
triggered, displayed, and, if appropriate, used in calculations.
imc CRONOS-PL/SL is based on the technology behind -MUSYCS and SPARTAN and is operated using
the same software. If you have already worked with imc-Devices, the software will be familiar to you. You
can work with imc CRONOS-PL/SL in the same way as with SPARTAN or -MUSYCS. In particular, you
can perform calculations in Online FAMOS on field bus data and use them in the trigger machine, or also
store them on the local drive. Combined operation of different devices (-MUSYCS, imc C1. SPARTAN,
other imc CRONOS-PL/SL) is also possible.
A PC is not absolutely
necessary for operating imc
CRONOS-PL/SL. If you
program an autostart in imc
CRONOS-PL/SL, it will
begin a measurement
independently. If you have a
Display unit, you can use
the built-in touch pad to
start a measurement and
save the data. There is also
an optional 40-character
screen available which can
be used for the readout of
live data.
If you use the PC-operating software imcDevices, then you have practically unlimited curve display,
triggering and data storing capabilities at your disposal. Together with Online FAMOS, you can obtain from
raw data any type of result data desired and display them.
29
3.1.1 The optimum housing for every application
An overview of the various housing models .
3.1.1.1 imc CRONOS-PL Properties common to all devices
A variety of housing models is available. The following device properties apply to all of the housing
models:
- All of the varieties enable capture of up to 512 channels, including field bus channels.
- The device is connected via TCP/IP with data rates of up to 100Mbit.
- An uninterruptible power supply (UPS) bridges any power outages and if the supply isn't restored
for a long time, discontinues the measurement in an orderly manner.
- The devices can be operated via a hand-held terminal and come with a modem connection.
- All of the devices are supplied with 10-36V DC. Alternatively, the models imc CRONOS-PL-8, -16
and 13 ACRACK can be operated with 110/220V AC voltage. The product package for all DC
devices includes appropriate adapters.
- The maximum aggregate sampling rate is 400kHz.
- Extensive, intelligent trigger functions
- Self-activating, without PC
- Optional expansion with real-time, calculational and control functions provided by OnlineFAMOS.
- Removable drive for data storage; adjustable circular buffer memory, pre- and posttrigger, hotplug
(exchange of the removable drive during a running measurement)
- Synchronization via DCF77 real-time radio clock
- Optional extended temperature range (-20C to 85C)
3.1.1.1.1 imc CRONOS-PL-4
With the imc CRONOS-PL-4, all connection terminals and controls are located on one panel. This makes it
especially well-suited to in-vehicle applications, for example. The PL-4 can be equipped with a maximum of
4 slots. In width and height it matches the PL-8, but it is only 250mm deep and weighs only approx. 7kg.
Like the larger models, it comes with a modem connection as well as a socket for a hand-held control
terminal.
imc CRONOS-PL-4 (front view) imc CRONOS-PL-4 (rear view)
153
153
30
imc CRONOS-PL-8
imc CRONOS-PL-8 has the
dimensions of half of a 19 rack, 3U
high. It comes with a modem
connection and a socket for a
hand-held terminal. With its 8 free
slots, it weighs about 8kg.
illustration above: imc CRONOS-PL-8 desktop housing (front view)
left: imc CRONOS-PL-8 (rear view)
3.1.1.1.3 imc CRONOS-PL-13 AC, imc CRONOS-PL 15 DC
The two models CRONOS-PL-13-ACRACK and CRONOS-PL-15-DCRACK are designed for permanent
installation in a rack. PL-13-ACRACK's built-in power adapter occupies two slots which in PL-15-DCRACK
are available for use.
imc CRONOS-PL-13-ACRACK
31
The classic 19 rack is called imc CRONOS-PL-16, has 16 free slots and weighs approx. 12kg.
imc CRONOS-PL-16 desktop housing (front view)
imc CRONOS-PL-16 desktop housing (rear view)
32
3.1.1.2 imc CRONOS-SL
Measurement under special environmental conditions such as extremes of heat or cold, splashing water,
and ground tremors requires appropriately protected measurement equipment. This applies especially to
long-duration measurements outdoors or on board test vehicles.
imc CRONOS-SL are highly compact, super- robust mobile measurement systems, for applications in
rough environments. They conform to MIL STD810F, one of the highest standards for temperature,
pollution protection, and shock resistance. The signal conditioning, AD-conversion, online processing and
data storage are integral components of the measurement system. This makes imc CRONOS-SL ideal for
measurement tasks in experiments or long-duration test, or monitoring tasks e.g. on board vehicles,
machines or in outdoor measurement sites, where regular measurement equipment fails.
The SL models feature the same technical capabilities as imc CRONO.PL. However, the designations
CRONOS-SL-2 and -4 indicate that two or respectively four measurement amplifiers with up to 16-, or 32
channels can be configured. The device properties are stated here .
3.1.1.2.1 imc CRONOS-SL-2
Dimension (W x H x D): 56 x 73 x 257mm
Weight: ca. 6,5 kg
Max. number of amplifiers: 2 (16 max. analog channels)
Signal connectors (backplane): 4 x DSUB-15 or 16 x LEMO 7-pin
156
33
3.1.1.2.2 imc CRONOS-SL-4
Dimension (W x H x D): 56 x 116 x 257mm
Weight: ca. 8 kg
Max. number of amplifiers: 4 (32 max. analog channels)
Signal connectors (backplane): 8 x DSUB-15 or 32 x LEMO 7-pin
3.2 Device Overview
The following table shows all devices which are run under imcDevices. Some of the capabilities discussed
in this manual only pertain to certain device models. To see which capability profile your device represents,
refer to this table.
Device
Interface (protocol /
Bit/s)
Data carrier
Max.
aggregate
sampling
rate
Short
description
Distinguishing
characteristics
Standard/
Optional
Bit/s PCMCIA IDE
Group 1
imc
CRONOS-PL
TCP/IP 10MB/s 512MB
FAT16
200kHz modular system
(SPBBF) dated up
till Summer, 2003
production date;
no LEDs at
Ethernet terminal
Group 2
imc
CRONOS-PL/SL,
C1, C_Serie
TCP/IP 100MB/s 2GB
FAT32
60GB 400kHz modular system
(DAB4K) as of
Summer, 2003
Production date;
two active LEDs at
Ethernet terminal
Group 1: data access from PC to internal data carrier via the File Manager in imcDevices
Group 2: data access from PC to internal data carrier via Microsoft Explorer. Optionally, this device group
can come with an IDE hard drive.
Available inputs
A list of all modules and their properties .
158
34
3.3 Features you don't find just anywhere
3.3.1 imc CRONOS-PL/SL trigger capabilities
The functionality of the system's various storage options is enhanced by an unusually extensive scope of
triggering options and by the innovative Multi-machine mode. It's possible to assign each measurement
channel its own triggering event. Up to 48 independent trigger machines can be defined. Triggers having
any manner of user-specified effect can be defined by entering events of channels' signals (e.g. signal >
threshold) in logical formulas. Such events could be signal values or slopes of analog signals, or even
states or state-transitions of digital channels. The trigger event of a channel can be made to initiate data
recording of not only its own channel's signal, but of any other digital or analog channel's signal.
In Multi-machine mode, it is possible to have a measurement of a slowly changing signal running in the
background while, in the foreground, multiple trigger machines start recordings of high-speed processes.
Additionally, triggers can be released by the controlling PC or by the Online-FRAME Program Generator.

Event 1
Event n
&
>
Ch1
Ch n
Bit 1
Bit n
Trigg. name
Ch 1
Ch n
Trigger 1
Event 1
Event n
&
>
Ch 1
Ch n
Bit 1
Bit n
Trigg. name
Ch 1
Ch n
T r i g g e r 16
Event channels
Ensemble of
defined analog or
digital trigger channels
AND/OR-
Logic
Ensemble of defined
analog or digital output channels
Trigger Recorded
Channel
up to 48 individual trigger machines
several event types:
level triggers
range triggers
slope triggers
sequential triggers
triggers on digital channels
logical formulas for each channel
AND, conditional AND or OR
additional time conditions can be specified
Triggers on digital channels
state-based
state-transition responsive
signal recording with selectable
start/stop-conditions
trigger released via PC
trigger released by Online-FRAME
Reference
also see manual imcDevices Chapter 6.
35
3.3.2 Flexible data storage
When choosing a means of data acquisition, the memory and trigger aspects must be considered together.
If on the one hand a lot of memory is available, there is little advantage to using a trigger. But if your
application involves recording a large amount of data (e.g. Data-logging operation) you are forced to
consider various means of data reduction.
With its diverse features, imc CRONOS-PL/SL is able to meet these various requirements. The choices of
data storage offered by the system make perfect adaptation to different measurement tasks possible. If the
device does not include a hard disk, then the hard disk of the connected PC is naturally available for use as
mass memory.
3.3.2.1 Storage options
- single recording
- data storage with fixed recording time
- repeated recording
- long-term recording with undefined duration
- data storage on RAM and/or hard disk in imc CRONOS-PL/SL or directly on the PC hard drive
- creation circular buffer memory in PC-RAM for the purpose of curve graphing
- circular buffer to be set up on the hard disk of either the PC or of imc CRONOS-PL/SL
- practically unlimited memory space thanks to online data reduction function TRANSITIONAL
RECORDING
Reference
also see manual imcDevices Chapter 5
3.3.3 Real-time data reduction "Transitional Recording"
Transitional Recording is an Online FAMOS function:
To achieve long-term measurements with high time-resolution, imc has developed a special algorithm to
run on the integrated signal processor. The basic idea behind Transitional Recording is that new values are
only recorded when they differ significantly from the previous one. Otherwise, the data-point is not stored.
Whether a particular value is stored depends on the nature of the signal and on a tolerance value which
can be set. This technique makes it possible to sample the signal at the highest sampling rate without
leading to a system overload. The data are stored only when they depart from an approximating curve
based on the previous data by an amount exceeding the tolerance. By this means, data reduction factors of
up to 250 can be achieved.
36
Chapter 3: Conditioning and Signal Connection
4.1 General
imc CRONOS-PL/SL provides groups of channels which are specifically adapted to classes of sensors or
signals. Each of these groups belongs to one of the various analog and digital signal conditioning modules
of which the device is composed. The sensor classes are arranged in groups in the user interface and have
common D-SUB plugs. Depending on how your device unit is outfitted, the channel-classes provided are:
- temperature
- voltage
- voltage isolated
- bridges
- high voltage (up to 600V not SL)
- current probes
- ICP
- all-purpose
- incremental encoder
- digital inputs
- analog field bus inputs
- digital field bus channels
4.1.1 Sampling interval
Among the system's physical measurement channels, up to two different sampling times can be in use.
The smallest possible sampling time is 10s, corresponding to a channel sampling rate of 100kHz
(sampling frequency). The aggregate sampling rate of the system is the sum of the sampling rates of all
active channels and can take a maximum value of 400kHz (for devices since August 2003, before: 200
kHz).
The sampling rates of the virtual channels computed by Online FAMOS do not contribute to the sum
sampling rate. Along with the (maximum of) two "primary" sampling rates, the system can contain
additional "sampling rates" resulting from the effects of certain data-reducing Online FAMOS-functions
(ReductionFactor RF).
There is one constraint when selecting two different sampling rates: Two sampling rates having the ratio
2:5 and a lower than 1ms are not permitted (e.g. 20 0s and 50 0s). Any attempt to set sampling rates
which do not comply with this rule will cause an error message to be posted:
"The two active sampling intervals may not be in a ratio of 2:5. Error number: 365
4.1.2 Specific parameters
There are a number of other parameters to be set which pertain to the specific (analog) conditioning of
the measurement channels, and thus come with different (and different amounts of) options to select,
depending on the channel group involved. The options are:
- Input configuration: differential, single-end
- Coupling: DC, full bridge, half bridge
- Mode: current or voltage measurement
- Input range: a variety of ranges depending on the channel type
- Bridge supply: supply voltage for measurement bridge
- Filter frequency: low-pass filtering or automatic anti-aliasing filter, corner frequency or options particular
to channel type
- Linearization: for thermocouples and PT100 thermistors
After an explanation of certain aspects, you will find below a description of the various channel classes,
their settings options in the operating interface, and special features concerning their interconnections and
structure of a measurement.
37
4.1.3 Filter-Settings
4.1.3.1 Theoretical background
The filter setting is especially important in a signal-sampling measurement system: the theory of digital
signal processing and especially the sampling theorem (Shannon, Nyquist) state that for such a system,
the signal must be restricted to a limited frequency band to ensure that the signal has only negligible
frequency components beyond one-half of the sampling frequency ("Nyquist-frequency"). Otherwise,
"aliasing" can result distortions which cannot be removed even by subsequent filtering.
imc CRONOS-PL/SL is a sampling system in which the sampling frequency, which must be set in the
configuration menu, is subject to this constraint. The low-pass filter frequency selected thus hinges on how
band-limited the signal to be sampled at that rate is.
The control AAF for the filter setting stands for "Automatic Anti-aliasing Filter", and automatically selects
the filter frequency in adaptation to the sampling rate selected. The rule this is based on is given by:
AAF-Filter frequency = one-half of the sampling frequency = Nyquist frequency
Strictly speaking, this rule could violate the sampling theorem, since the damping at the Nyquist frequency
is only -3dB, however, this frequency was selected purposefully. The filter option AAF, which is also a
default setting used for New, is meant as an aid in making settings. It is supposed to avoid drastic
measurement errors resulting from badly adapted filters, while at the same time offering a reasonable
compromise between accuracy, limited data volume and high significance of the data in terms of sufficient
bandwidth.
In practical measurement technology, such a setting is often justified, since no significant discrete signals
or disturbance frequencies occur in the frequency range in which aliasing errors could theoretically appear
for this filter setting. In fact, the "critical" frequency range between the Nyquist frequency and "sufficient"
damping is quite small: the 6
th
order filters used achieve damping of 40dB (1%) at 2.15 times their cutoff
frequency; at 3.16 times f
g
they achieve -60dB (0.1%).
4.1.3.2 General filter concept of imc CRONOS-PL/SL
The imc CRONOS-PL/SL system architecture is actually a two-step system in which the analog signals
are sampled at a fixed "primary" sampling rate (analog-digital conversion with Sigma-Delta ADCs).
Therefore a fixed-frequency analog low-pass filter prevents aliasing errors to this primary rate. The value of
this primary rate is not visible from the outside, depends on the channel type and is generally greater than
or equal to the sampling rate which is selected in the settings interface. The filter to be set is realized as a
digital filter, which offers the advantage of an exact magnitude and phase shift. This is especially important
for the sake of matching of channels which are jointly subjected to math operations.
If slow data rates (f_sample) are set in the system configuration, then digital anti-aliasing filters (low-pass
filters) ensure compliance with the conditions for the Sampling Theorem. One distinguishes among three
cases:
4.1.3.3 Filters implemented through imc-Devices Versions 2.4, 2.5 R1
- Filter-setting Filter-Type: without:
Only the (analog) anti-aliasing filter, matched to the primary data rate is in effect, along with digital
frequency response correction downstream, which provides a steep frequency response.
This setting can be useful if maximum bandwidth reserves are to be used and there are theoretical
limitations on the measured signals spectral distribution, which justify not performing total filtering.
- Filter-setting Filter-Type: AAF:
A digital anti-aliasing low-pass is set whose cutoff frequency is automatically selected as fg =
f_sample/2. One setting which represents a sensible compromise between wideband character and
freedom from aliasing: Aliasing is not completely eliminated in some unfavorable conditions, but in
most real-world cases it is sufficiently suppressed.
- fg_AAF (-3dB) = 0.5 * f_sample
- Characteristics: Butterworth, filter-order: 6-pin
- Filter-setting Filter-type: Low-pass:
38
A low-pass frequency can be set manually, which satisfies the applications concrete requirements. In
particular, a cutoff frequency significantly below the Nyquist frequency can be set which guarantees
eliminating aliasing in any case, though consequently sacrificing the corresponding bandwidth
reserves.
- with fg_AAF (-3dB) = f_sample / 4; Damping at Nyquist-freq.: 1/64 = -36 dB
with fg_AAF (-3dB) = f_sample / 5; Damping at Nyquist-freq.: 1/244 = -48 dB
with fg_AAF (-3dB) = f_sample / 10; Damping at Nyquist-freq.: 1/15630 = -84 dB
- Characteristics: Butterworth, filter-order: 6-pin
In any case, the setting AAF doesn't guarantee aliasing-free measurement: for every concrete application,
check what the requirements for the filter are, and make modifications in case of heavily disturbed signals.
The table below presents the example of a signal-sampling at 1kHz (1ms). The "critical frequency range"
was assumed to be the range in which disturbance frequencies have not been suppressed down to a level
of 1/100 (-40dB) or 1/1000 (-60dB), respectively. Since disturbance frequencies having 100% of the
nominal level hardly occur in practice, these are realistic assumptions for achieving sufficient accuracy:
since the sampling and filter frequencies can be set in steps of 1 2 5, either
1
/
4
or
1
/
5
of the sampling rate
is always available as a filter setting. The filter frequency, 250Hz, which is not an available setting, is shown
here for comparison:
Filter-rule Filter frequency
(sampling rate
1kHz / 1ms)
Damping at
Nyquist frequency
(500 Hz)
Critical frequency
range
(damping: -40dB)
Critical frequency
range
(damping: -60dB)
sampling rate / 2 (AAF) 500Hz 0.7 = -3dB 500Hz 1.07kHz 500Hz 1.58kHz
sampling rate / 4 250Hz 1 / 64 = -36dB 500Hz .. 540Hz 500Hz ... 790Hz
sampling rate / 5 200Hz 1 / 244 = -48dB --- 500Hz ... 630Hz
sampling rate / 10 100Hz 1 / 15600 = -84dB --- ---
4.1.3.4 Filters implemented as of imc-Devices Version 2.5 R2:
The (digital) anti-aliasing filters are elliptical Cauer filters. Their tight characteristic curve in the frequency
range makes it possible to have the cutoff frequencies approach the sampling and Nyquist frequencies
much closer without having to make a compromise between the bandwidth and freedom from aliasing.
The automatic selection of the cutoff frequency in the setting AAF is based on the following criteria:
- In the pass band, a maximum (AC-) gain uncertainty of 0.006% = -0.005dB is permitted. The pass
band is defined by the cutoff frequency at which this value is exceeded.
- The stop band is characterized by damping of at least 80 dB. This damping is considered
sufficient for 16-bit systems as well, since discrete disturbance frequencies can never reach 100%
amplitude: the useful input range is mostly filled by the useful signal. Otherwise, a larger range
would have to be selected anyway in order to avoid overmodulation.
- The transition band is typically situated symmetrically around the Nyquist-frequency. This ensures
that the aliasing components reflected from the stop band back into the pass band are adequately
suppressed, by at least 80dB. Remnant components from the frequency range between
Nyquist-frequency and stop band limit only reflect back into the range beyond the pass band (pass
band to Nyquist), whose signal content is defined as not relevant.
- The criteria stated are fulfilled with the Cauer-filters by the following configuration rule:
Filter-setting Filter-type: AAF:
- fg_AAF (-0.1dB) = 0.4 * f_sample
- Characteristics: Cauer; Filter-order: 8
th
order
39
G(f)
f_sample
-80dB
fg_AAF
= 0.4
* f_sample
0.6*
f_sample
f_Nyquist
= 0.5
* f_sample
-0.005dB
pass band stop band
transition
band
4.1.4 Synchronicity
If certain channels are to be correlated to each other, for instance, for the purpose of computing the power,
it's vitally important that there not be a phase-offset between them, in other words, that they be captured
synchronously.
One of the main features of imc CRONOS-PL/SL is that it can ensure this synchronicity, even for channels
of different types and different sampling rates. The condition for this is, that the channels be configured with
the same filter setting. The low-pass filters always cause a defined additional phase-offset. For a 1kHz low
pass Butterworth filter, this phase-offset corresponds to a frequency-independent, constant "group delay"
which is 663s (for frequencies well below the cutoff frequency) .
Note that two channels having different sampling rates and both configured with the filter setting
AAF do not have the same filter frequency!
40
4.2 Measurement types
4.2.1 Temperature measurement
Temperatures can be measured by ISO2-8, UNI-8 or C-8.
Two methods are available for measuring temperature.
Measurement using a PT100 requires a constant current, e.g. of 1mA to flow through the sensor. The
temperature-dependent resistance causes a voltage drop which is correlated to a temperature according to
a characteristic curve. For this, a special connector pod is necessary, which supplies the required current.
In measurement using thermocouples, the temperature is determined by means of the electrochemical
series of different alloys. The sensor produces a temperature-dependent potential difference from the
terminal in the CAN connector pod. To find the absolute temperature, the temperature of the terminal point
must be known. For the PT100. this is measured directly in the terminal pod, and therefore an additional
type of connector pod is needed.
The voltage coming from the sensor will be converted into the displayed temperature using the
characteristic curves according temperature table IPTS-68.
Note on making settings with imcDevices
A temperature measurement is a voltage measurement whose measured values are converted to physical
temperature values by reference to a characteristic curve. The characteristic curve is selected from the
Base page of the imcDevices configuration dialog. Amplifiers which enable bridge measurement (e.g.
UNI-8), must first be set to Voltage mode (DC), in order for the temperature characteristic curves to be
available on the Base page.
4.2.1.1 Thermocouples as per DIN and IEC
The following standards apply for the thermocouples, in terms of their thermoelectric voltage and
tolerances:
Thermocouple Symbol Max. temp. Defined up to (+) (-)
DIN IEC 584-1
Iron-constantan (Fe-CuNi) J 750C 1200C black white
Copper-constantan (Cu-CuNi) T 350C 400C brown white
Nickel-chromium-Nickel (NiCr-Ni) K 1200C 1370C green white
Nickel-chromium-constantan (NiCr-CuNi) E 900C 1000C violet white
Nicrosil-Nisil (NiCrSi-NiSi) N 1200C 1300C rot orange
Platinum-Rhodium-platinum (Pt10Rh-Pt) S 1600C 1540C orange white
Platinum-Rhodium-platinum (Pt13Rh-Pt) R 1600C 1760C orange white
Platinum-Rhodium-platinum
(Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh)
B 1700C 1820C n.a. n.a.
DIN 43710
Iron-constantan (Fe-CuNi) L 600C 900C rot blue
Copper-constantan (Cu-CuNi) U 900C 600C rot brown
41
If the thermo-wires have no identifying markings, the following distinguishing characteristics can help:
- Fe-CUNi: Plus-pole is magnetic
- Cu-CuNi: Plus-pole is copper-colored
- NiCr-Ni: Minus-pole is magnetic
- PtRh-Pt: Minus-pole is softer
The color-coding of compensating leads is stipulated by DIN 43713. For components conforming to IEC
584: The plus-pole is the same color as the shell; the minus-pole is white.
4.2.1.2 PT100 (RTD) - Measurement
Aside from thermocouples, RTD (PT100) units can be directly connected in 4-wire-configuration (Kelvin
connection). An additional reference current source feeds a chain of up to 4 sensors in series.
With the imc-Thermoplug, the connection terminals are already wired in such a way that this reference
current loop is closed "automatically".
If fewer than 4 PT100 units are connected, the current-loop must be completed by a wire jumper from the
"last" RTD to "I4".
If you dispense with the "support terminals" (I1 .. I4) provided in the imc-Thermoplug for 4-wire
connection, a standard terminal plug or any DSUB-15 plug can be used. The "current loop" must then be
formed between +I1 and -I4.
4.2.1.3 imc CRONOS-PL/SL Thermo-plug
The imc-Thermoplug ACC/DSUB-T4 contains a screw terminal block in a DSUB-15 plug housing with a
built-in temperature sensor (PT1000) for cold junction compensation. This provides for direct connection
of thermocouples of any type, directly to the differential inputs (+IN and -IN) without external compensation
leads. That plug can also be used for voltage measurement.
The difficulty with thermocouple measurements are the "parasitic" thermocouples which inevitably form
where parts of the contacts made of different materials meet. The temperature sensor measures the
temperature at the connection terminal and compensates the corresponding "error"-voltage. Normally, the
connection to this compensation point (inside the device) is made by special compensation leads or plugs
made of material identical to the respective thermocouple type, in order not to create additional
(uncontrolled) parasitic thermocouples.
imc's system avoids the problem through the use of individual compensation sensors directly inside the
connector plug, thus offering an especially simple, flexible and cost-effective connection solution.
Pin configuration of the ACC/DSUB-T4 .
222
42
4.2.1.3.1 Schematic: imc-Thermoplug (ACC/DSUB-T4) with isolated volatage channels
int. RTD
(PT1000)
IREF I_INT
"TH-COUPLE / RTD"
ACC/DSUB-T4
3
8
15
12
DSUB-
15 Pins
9
6
7
14
13
5
4
11
2
10
1
2
3
5
6
8
9
11
12
13
4
14
7
17
18
10
terminal-
nummer
RTD
Thermocouple
+SUPPLY
-IREF
Cold junction
compensation
-SUPPLY
GND, CHASSIS, PE
15, 16
cable
shield
-IN1
-I1
+I2
+IN2
-IN2
-I2
+I3
+IN3
+IN1
+I1
-IN3
-I3
+I4
+IN4
-IN4
-I4
-IN1
+IN2
-IN2
+IN3
+IN1
+IREF
-IN3
+IN4
-IN4
-IREF
+PT
-PT
+S
-S
CHAS
SIS
CHAS
SIS
43
4.2.2 Bridge measurements
Bridge modules are DCB-8, UNI-8 or BR-4.
4.2.2.1 General remarks
Bridge channels are for taking readings from measurement bridges such as resistor bridges or strain
gauges. The channels are equipped as non-isolated differential amplifiers and can alternatively be used
for direct measurement of voltages.
There is a distinction among the following operating modes:
Target: Sensor
- Full bridge
- Half bridge
- Quarter bridge
Target: Strain gauge
- Full bridge with 4 active strain gauges in uniaxial direction
- Full bridge with Poisson strain gauge in adjacent bridge arms
- Full bridge with Poisson strain gauge in opposing bridge
arms
- Half bridge with one active and one passive strain gauge
- Half bridge with 2 active strain gauges in uniaxial direction
- Poisson half bridge
- Quarter bridge with strain gauge
Note: The following discussion, whenever it is in reference to terminal connections, circuitry etc., pertains
only to the DCB-8 module, and only the most general remarks on bridge measurement are applicable for
bridge measurement systems. Such generalized topics include instrument sensitivity and strain gauge
properties.
The "three-wire-configuration" used in full bridge configuration to regulate the bridge voltage guarantees
the required voltage values at the sensor even if the lines to it are long and highly resistive. This requires
symmetric wiring (same resistance, therefore identical length and cross-section) of the current conducting
signal lines, as shown in thick lines in the sketch. The bridge voltage +VB is then adjusted by the amount
2*Uk .
The internal calibration resistance can be connected to either of the two external bridge branches. In order
to prevent the cable resistance, which directly affects the bridge in a ratio of (Rb / R_kal) to the bridge
impedance, it should not be connected by a jumper wire but rather by a separate line.
For half-bridge configuration, a complementary half-bridge branch is configured internally, which is
connected by a jumper at the plug ("HB" = "-IN").
Finally, quarter-bridge configuration, using four (symmetric) cables, enables measurement of an external
-bridge branch. If a gain error is considered an acceptable trade-off, it is possible to go without the
"+SENSE" line, but not without separate lines for "KAL" and "+IN": Otherwise, an unacceptable offset-drift
would result, since the temperature-dependent cable resistance is connected in series with the quarter
bridge directly. If we assume a cable length (one-way) of 1 m, we obtain:
Cu-cable 0.14mm, 130m/m, cable length l =1m cable Rk = 130m
Temperature coefficient Cu: 4000ppm / K
Drift Rk 0.52m / K
Equivalent bridge drift (120 bridge) * 0.52m / (K *120) = 2.2V/V / K
Example, temperature change dT = 20K 44V/V (dT =20K)
For the optional adjustable calibration resistance, the following applies for all three configurations:
Connection to a separate line avoids an error (of the shunt calibration magnitude) of Rb / R_kal caused by
the cable resistance. In quarter bridge configuration, this is inevitable, since the calibration resistor is
already connected to the quarter bridge internally and even shares the pin "CAL".
Going without a separate line for "+SENSE" and direct jumpering of "+SENSE" and "+VB" at the connection
terminal causes a gain uncertainty of Rk/Rb in all configurations.
44
4.2.2.2 Carrier frequency amplifier: Modulation principle
G
f
4 kHz mechanical
bandwidt
mechanical
signal
10 kHz
G
5 kHz
CF
10 kHz
mechanical strain:
strain gauge
electrical bridge signal:
[mV/V]
f
f
G
5 kHz
CF
10 kHz
measured and digitized
signal
low-f
noise
broadband
noise
f
G
5 kHz
CF
10 kHz
reconstructed useful
signal
G
5 kHz
CF
10 kHz
f
DC-
offset
DC-
offset
Filter
Filter
usefal signal
offset-free!
broadband noise
demodulated
signal
Excitation with CF-bridge
voltage:
Modulation
(CF +/- Signal)
Interference on cable,
amplifier-noise,
Offset:
conditioning
Demodulation:
(CF +/- Signal)
digital processing
Filter
5 kHz
CF
broadband noise
low-f
noise
45
4.2.2.3 Bridge measurements with wire strain gauges (WSGs)
When connecting, observe the notes contained in the sections headed by "Block diagram" and
"DC-Bridge measurement (measurement target: Sensor)".
In the context of bridge amplifiers, strain analysis plays a major role. Strain in this sense refers to the ratio
of a body's original length to the change in length due to a force exerted upon it.
=
dL
L
By selecting "Strain gauge" as the measurement target on the virtual index card "Inputs", common bridge
circuits and configurations for wire strain gauges (WSG) are offered for selection. The scaling can be
adjusted in terms of typical parameters for strain measurements such as the gauge factor or Poisson's
ratio, the transversal expansion coefficient.
If a WSG adheres to a test object, the strain on the object is transmitted to the bridge circuit. The changes
in the lengths of the bridge arms cause their impedances to change. There is a correlation between the
changes in length and the changes in resistance:
= =
dL
L
dR R
k
/
c : strain
dL : change in length
L : original length
dR : change in resistance
R : resistance of strain gauge
k : Gauge factor, describing the ratio of relative length change
to change in resistance
The changes in resistance caused by the strain are very small. For this reason, a bridge circuit is used to
translate these changes into voltage changes. Depending on the circuit, from one to four WSGs can be
employed as bridge resistors.
Assuming that all bridge resistors have the same value, we have
Ua = Ue *
dR
R 4 *
=
Ue
4
* k * c Ua : measurement voltage; Ue : excitation voltage
=
Ua
Ue k
*
*
4
For concrete measurement tasks, the arrangement of the WSGs on the test object is important, as well as
the circuitry of the bridge. On the card "Bridge circuit", you can select from among typical arrangements. A
graphic shows the position on the test object and the bridge circuitry. Notes on the selected arrangement
are displayed in the text box beneath.
46
4.2.2.3.1 Quarter bridge for 120 Ohm WSG
= N
4
K
U
U
B
IN
R
2
R
3
R
4
U
IN
U
B
1
1 N=
This strain gauge arrangement uses an active WSG which is positioned on the test object in a uniaxial
stress field. This WSG is joined by 3 passive resistors within the module to form a full bridge. The strain
gauge can have a resistance value of 120.

This arrangement does not come with temperature compensation. The strain is computed as:
4.2.2.3.2 General half bridge
= N
4
K
U
U
B
IN
+
=
,1 1
4, 2, 1, N
R
2
R
3
U
IN
U
B
4
General half bridge with bridge completion in measurement device. N has to be set from a list.
47
4.2.2.3.3 Poisson half bridge
= N
4
K
U
U
B
IN
+ =1 N
R
2
R
3
U
IN
U
B
4
In this circuit, 2 active WSGs are used. The WSG is positioned transverse to the main direction of strain.
The transversal contraction is exploited. For this reason, the Poisson's ratio for the material, which is its
transversal expansion coefficient, must be supplied along with the gauge factor. This circuit offers good
temperature compensation. The strain is computed as:
4.2.2.3.4 Half bridge with two active strain gauges in uniaxial direction
= N
4
K
U
U
B
IN
2 N=
R
2
R
3
U
IN
U
B
4
Two active strain gauges are placed under stress in opposite directions but equal magnitude, i.e. one strain
gauge is under compression and another under equal tension. (bending beam circuit). This arrangement
doubles the measurement's sensitivity to a bending moment. On the other hand, longitudinal force, torque
and temperature are all compensated for. The strain is computed as:
48
4.2.2.3.5 Half bridges with one active and one passive strain gauge
= N
4
K
U
U
B
IN
R
2
R
3
U
IN
U
B
4
1 N=
4
0
This circuit involves WSGs. The first one is positioned on the test object, the second on a sample of the
same material under the same ambient temperature and serves the purpose of temperature compensation.
The strain is computed as:
4.2.2.3.6 General Full bridge
c = N
4
K
U
U
B
IN
) 2(1
), 2(1
1 1
2 1, N
+
=
, ,
,
U
IN
U
B
1

2
4
General full bridge. N has to be set from a list.
49
4.2.2.3.7 Full bridge with Poisson strain gauges in opposed branches
= N
4
K
U
U
B
IN
U
IN
U
B
1

2
2

3
4
( ) u + = 1 2 N
Two active WSGs are positioned along the longitudinal strain and are joined by two transversally positioned
WSGs to complete the bridge (torsion bar arrangement). In the bridge, the longitudinal strain gauges are
located in opposite branches. This circuit provides better exploitation of transversal contraction and
longitudinal force as well as good temperature compensation. In this arrangement, the transversal
expansion coefficient must be specified. The strain is computed as:
4.2.2.3.8 Full bridge with Poisson strain gauges in adjacent branches
c = N
4
K
U
U
B
IN
( ) u + = 1 2 N
U
IN
U
B
1

2
4
Two active WSGs are positioned along the main direction of strain. These two are completed with two
transversally positioned WSGs. In the bridge, the two longitudinal strain gauges are in adjacent bridge
arms. This circuit offers improved sensitivity to the moment of bending and simultaneously compensates
longitudinal force, torque and temperature.
50
4.2.2.3.9 Full bridge with 4 active strain gauges in uniaxial direction
c = N
4
K
U
U
B
IN
4 N=
U
IN
U
B
1

2
2

4
The circuit consists of 4 active WSGs. Two are under compression and the others under equal tension.
The strain gauges under tension are positioned in opposite bridge arms. The sensitivity to the moment of
bending is increased. At the same time, longitudinal force, torque and temperature are compensated. The
strain is computed as:
4.2.2.3.10 Full bridge (Half bridge-shear strain) opposite arms two active strain gauges
= N
4
K
U
U
B
IN
2 N=
R
2
R
4
U
IN
U
B
3
Two active strain gauges are placed under stress in equal magnitude. For measurement of tension and
compression (non-linear) to eliminate bending. Temperature gradient should be small. The strain is
computed as:
51
4.2.2.3.11 Scaling for the strain analysis
It is possible to choose whether to determine the strain or the mechanical stress suffered by the part. In the
range of elastic deformation, the axial stress (force / cross section) is proportional to the strain. The
proportionality factor is the modulus of elasticity.
Mechanical stress = modulus of elasticity * strain (Hookes law)
K-factor: The K-factor is the ratio by which the mechanical quantity (elongation) is transformed to the
electrical quantity (change in resistance). The typical range is between 1.9 and 4.7. The exact value can be
found in the spec sheet for the WSG used. If the value entered for this parameter is outside of this range, a
warning message will appear but the module can still be configured.
Poisson's ratio: If a body suffers compression or tension and is able to be freely deformed, then not only
its length but also its thickness changes. This phenomenon is known as transversal contraction. It can be
shown that for each kind of material, the relative change in length is proportional to the relative change in
thickness D. The transversal elongation coefficient (Poissons ratio) is the material-dependent
proportionality factor. The material constant is in the range 0.2 .. 0.5.
In bridge circuits where the WSGs are positioned transversally to the main direction of strain, this constant
must be supplied by the user. The ratios for various materials are available in the list box. These values are
only for orientation and may need to be adjusted.
Elastic modulus: The elastic modulus E, is a material parameter characterizing how a body is deformed
under the action of pressure or tension in the direction of the force. The unit for E is N/mm. This value
must be entered for the mechanical stress to be determined The e-moduli for various materials are
available in the list box. These values are only for orientation and may need to be adjusted.
Unit: When the strain is determined, the readings appear with the unit m/m. For the mechanical stress
one can toggle between MPa and N/ mm
2
. 1 GPa = 10
3
N/ mm
2
Note that the elastic modulus is always in GPa.
4.2.2.3.12 Bridge balancing
A significant characteristic of bridge measurements is the fact that the actual measurement signal is
attended by an offset which can be multiples of the input range. Measurement bridges, consisting for
instance of wire strain gauges (WSGs), respond to minuscule changes in their components' resistance (in
the V/V = ppm = parts-per-million = 1E-6 range). The static initial asymmetry (offset) due to the
components' production tolerances or assembly conditions, by comparison, can be in the range of mV/V, in
other words in the range of the total input range or even multiples of it.
Since the offset also depends on the sensor connected it can't be calibrated for the device but must be
balanced online, before starting the measurement. The precondition for this is that the sensor used
must be set up in the system the same way for the balancing as for the measurement and may not be
stimulated dynamicall. This compensation of a static signal offset is called a tare function.
52
4.2.3 Measurement with current-fed sensors
With current-fed sensors (e.g. ICP-, DELTATRON
-, PIEZOTRON
-, PIEZOBEAM
-sensors), the
capacitive burden on the signal due to the cable capacitance can lead to clipped amplitudes for higher
frequencies. To avoid signal distortion, try to:
1. keep the cable short,
2. use a low-capacitance cable,
3. use a less sensitive sensor.

100m
0.1
1
10
V
1
110
2
110
3
110
4
110
5
110
6
110
Hz
10m
3m
Maximum signal amplitudes as a function of the signal frequency and the cable length, with a 4mA feed and a
capacitance of 100pF/m.
4.2.4 Incremental encoders
The capabilities and workings of an incremental encoder are described in connection with the ENC-4
model.
91
53
4.3 Modules
4.3.1 AUDIO-4 Voltage
The AUDIO-4 is an amplifier specially designed for acquisition of sound and vibration data. It comes as a
modular plug-in for the imc CRONOS-PL/SL system. In addition, acquisition using ICP or DeltaTron-
Sensoren * is possible.
Its particular strengths are:
- large analog bandwidth
- sampling rate up to 100kHz per channel
- in combination with imcWAVE 4 channels with 50kHz plus 4 channels thirds. The thirds are
calculated online on the amplifier board
- TEDS - Transducer Electronic Data Sheets (IEEE 1451).
The technical specification of the CRPL/AUDIO-4 .
* ICP is a registered trade mark of PCB Piezotronics Inc.
DeltaTron is a registered trade mark of Brel & Kjr Sound and Vibration
4.3.1.1 Voltage measurements
Voltage measurements can handled as single ended- as well as differential measurements. In addition you
can choose between AC and DC. In the 25V and 50V ranges, a divider is switched in between which
lead to a reduced input impedance of 1M or 2M.
We recommend the differential mode, if the source which should be measured has a low impedance path
to ground. In cases of isolated sources single-ended should be chosen to avoid floating problems and
better noise immunity. The various sources of interference can affect the measurement by a variety of
means, depending on the measurement environment; even the setting AC or DC for the coupling an affect
things differently. Therefore, check each individual case with multiple settings in order to achieve optimal
measurement results.
4.3.1.1.1 1/3-octave calculation
The online processor on the amplifier card is able to calculate 1/3-octaves in real-time. The calculated
1/3-octave channels appear in the software after the amplifier's analog input channels. A 1/3-octave
channel's data stream must be processed with the Online FAMOS function AudioBoardThirds, in order for
the 1/3-octave spectra to be displayed properly.
Note
If the calculation of the 1/3-octaves is only enabled after delivery, the incremental numbering of the
channels in the software is shifted upward. In this way, it can happen that the channel designation on the
device panel will deviate from its designation in the software interface.
4.3.1.2 Measurements with ICP sensors
The use of ICP e.g. DeltaTron-sensors is supported by a 4mA current source. The sensor information
can read directly from the sensor in accordance to the standard TEDS - Transducer Electronic Data Sheets
(IEEE 1451).
Technical specification of the AUDIO-4 .
152
160
160
54
4.3.2 AUDIO-4-MIC Microphone supply module
4 analog inputs
The AUDIO-4-MIC complies the AUDIO-4 amplifier by providing a supply voltage for microphones.
AUDIO-4-MIC has LEMO connection terminals (FGG.1B.307). Switching between the AUDIO-4 amplifiers
BNC sockets and the LEMO sockets is performed using the software, by selecting microphone as the
input coupling.
The supply voltages can be set channel-by-channel and are bipolar. 14V bipolar corresponds to 28V
unipolar (60V= 120V unipolar). The supply voltages need to be adapted to the input range. For peak
signal levels from 5V onward, a supply of 60V is recommended.
The polarization voltage is 200V. Activation requires the use of one of the following software versions:
imcDevices Version 2.5R2 or higher, imcWAVE 1.3R137 or higher or the COM functions of imcDevices
Version 2.5R1SP8 or higher.
CAUTION! When the polarization voltage or 60V supply voltages is active, there is danger of electric
shock!
pin signal
1 reserved
2 -IN
3 polarization voltage
4 +IN
5 TEDS
6 positive sensor supply
7 negative sensor supply
housing device ground
input receptacle seen from outside
The technical specification of the AUDIO-4-MIC .
162
55
4.3.3 BR-4 Bridge amplifier
BR-4's bridge works with your choice of a DC-voltage or a carrier frequency of 5kHz. For a bandwidth of
8.6kHz (DC mode) the available sampling rate per channel is up to 20kHz. With carrier frequency, the
bandwidth is limited to 3kHz (-1dB). Voltage or bridge mode is global for all four channels.
The technical specification of the module CRPL/BR-4 .
4.3.3.1 Block schematic of bridge channels BR-4
+IN
+VB
-IN
-VB
+/- 50V...
+/- 5mV
DC
TF
5 kHz
+Vb/2
Rb =
120R...1k
0V, 1V, 2.5V, 5V
global: k1..k4
AGND
10M
10M
dR/R
R
R
R
R
R_HB
R_HB
R_KAL
25k / 50k / 200k
R_1/4
120 / 350
+Vb/2
Uk
CHASSIS
Rk
Uk
Rk
-Vb/2
Teiler
-SENSE
BR4
Rk
g=10
AGND
single-end
R_KAL
25k / 50k / 200k
4-Leiter
+SENSE
1/4Brcke DC
3-Leiter-Sense
3-Leiter
4-Leiter
3-Leiter
+/- 2V ...
+/- 5mV
4.3.3.2 Terminal scheme of the imc BR-4 amplifier terminal pods
BR-4 supports configurations with single-line sense, for compensation of symmetric cables:
Just leave the unused sense line unconnected (+ or SENSE): Internal pulldown-resistors provide defined
zero levels to detect the SENSE configuration automatically. It will be shown at the balance dialog of
imcDevices and allows probe-breakage recognition.
163
56
4.3.3.3 BR-4 connectionc scheme
4.3.3.3.1 Full bridge, double sense
+VB
-IN
+IN
-VB
-SENSE
+SENSE
R_cable
R_cable
R
_
B
R
_
B
R
_
B
R
_
B
+VB/2
-VB/2
R
_
c
a
l
R_cable
- 6-wire connection
- Both SENSE-lines, SENSE, used ("4L-Sense").
Compensation of the influence even of asymmetric cable resistances.
- Calibration resistor for shunt calibration; for long cables in CF mode, reduced precision due to phase
errors
4.3.3.3.2 Full bridge, double and single line-sense
- Analogous to the corresponding half-bridge configuration
4.3.3.3.3 Half-bridge, double sense
+VB
-IN
+IN
-VB
-SENSE
+SENSE
R_cable
R_cable
R
_
B
R
_
B
+VB/2
-VB/2
R
_
c
a
l
R
_
H
B
R
_
H
B
R_cable
- 5-wire connection
- Both SENSE-lines, SENSE, used (double Sense):
Compensation of the influence even of asymmetric cable resistances.
- Calibration resistor for shunt calibration: shunt calibration of external half-bridge arm;
for long cables in CF mode, reduced precision due to phase errors
- Internal half-bridge completion excitation is controlled by an internal, buffered SENSE line; therefore
asymmetric cable is permitted without the resulting offset-drift!
57
4.3.3.3.4 Half-bridge, single line-sense
+VB
-IN
+IN
-VB
-SENSE
+SENSE
R_cable
R_cable
R
_
B
R
_
B
+VB/2
-VB/2
R
_
c
a
l
R
_
H
B
R
_
H
B
R_cable
- 4-wire connection
- Only one SENSE-line is used (single line-Sense):
Compensation of the influence of symmetric cable resistances.
+SENSE or SENSE can be used, recognized automatically, unused SENSE left open.
- Calibration resistor for shunt calibration of external half-bridge arm;
for long cables in CF mode, reduced precision due to phase errors.
- Internal half-bridge completion fed by VB, therefore symmetric cable required, otherwise not only
incorrect gain correction but also corresponding offset drift!
4.3.3.3.5 Half-bridge, without sense
+VB
-IN
+IN
-VB
-SENSE
+SENSE
R_cable
R_cable
R
_
B
R
_
B
+VB/2
-VB/2
R
_
c
a
l
R
_
H
B
R
_
H
B
R_cable
- 3-wire connection
- No SENSE-line used, SENSE terminals to be left open of jumpered to VB at the plug, in order to
compensate the plug's contact resistance.
- Calibration resistor for shunt calibration on external half-bridge arm;
for long cables in CF mode, reduced precision due to phase errors.
- Optional cable resistance calibration ("offline"):
Cable resistance determined by means of shunt calibration and automatic calculation.
Symmetric cabling required (also to +IN!).
No acquisition of cable resistance drift, since it can only be performed offline before measurement.
- Internal half-bridge completion fed by VB, therefore symmetric cabling required, otherwise not only
incorrect gain correction but also corresponding offset drift!
58
4.3.3.3.6 Quarter bridge, with sense
+VB
-IN
+IN
-VB
-SENSE
+SENSE
R_cable +VB/2
-VB/2
R
_
H
B
R
_
H
B
R_cable
R_cable
R
_
B
R
_
c
a
l
R
_
1
/
4
- 4-wire connection
- +SENSE is used compensation of gain error caused by symmetric cable resistance (at VB).
- Calibration resistor for shunt calibration: Shunt calibration at internal quarter-bridge completion.
Shunt calibration can also be used with long cables in the CF mode!
- Symmetric cables required, otherwise corresponding offset drift!
4.3.3.3.7 Quarter-bridge, without sense
+VB
-IN
+IN
-VB
-SENSE
+SENSE
R_cable +VB/2
-VB/2
R
_
H
B
R
_
H
B
R_cable
R_cable
R
_
B
R
_
c
a
l
R
_
1
/
4
- 3-wire connection
- No SENSE-line is used, leave SENSE terminals open.
+SENSE may also NOT be connected. Compensation of the plug contact resistance at VB is thus not
possible (in contrast to the case of half-bridge 2-wire configuration).
- Symmetric cabling required, otherwise corresponding offset drift!
- Calibration resistance for shunt calibration: Shunt calibration at internal quarter-bridge completion.
Shunt calibration can also be used with long cables in the CF mode!
- For DC:
Compensation of gain error due to cable resistance at VB by means of measurement and automatic
compensation of the voltage drop along the cable between VB and +IN
Online-compensation, capture also of cable drift (which must be symmetric!)
- For CF: Optional cable resistance compensation ("offline"): Determination of and automatic accounting
for cable resistance. Symmetric cable also required at +IN (!) No acquisition of cable resistance drift,
since it can only be performed offline before measurement. Offline compensation measurement by
means of shunt calibration at external quarter-bridge arm performed in DC mode and only covers
59
resistance effects of cable!
4.3.3.3.7.1 Background info on quarter-bridge configuration:
In quarter-bridge configuration the external -bridge branch is connected via three cables, where the
two current-bearing leads "+VB" and "-VB" must be symmetric (same resistance, thus identical length and
cross-section). Under these circumstances, their influence (in terms of the offset, not the gain) is
compensated, so that no offset versus the (constant) internal half-bridge's potential arises.
If this symmetry condition is not met (e.g. if only two cables are used and the terminals "VB" and "+IN" are
directly jumpered at the terminal, the following offset drift would result due to the temperature-dependent
cable resistance in series with the bridge impedance:
Assuming a (one-way) cable length of 1 m, we get:
Cu-cable: 0.14mm, 130m/m, cable length l=1m Cable Rk = 130m
Temperature coefficient Cu: 4000ppm / K
Drift Rk 0.52m / K
Equivalent bridge drift (120 bridge) 0.52m / (K *120) = 1.1V/V / K
Example: Temperature change dT = 20K 22V/V (dT =20K)
Cable resistance values which aren't ideally symmetric would have a proportionally equal effect:
e.g., 500m of cable with 0.2% resistance difference would cause the same offset drift of 1.1V/V / K.
Along with the offset, a gain uncertainty given by the ratio between the cable resistance and the bridge
impedance must also be taken into account. For 120 bridges, it remains under 0.1% for cable lengths of
approx. 1m:
(Cu-cable, 0.14mm, 130m/m cable Rk/Rb = 1/1000 for l=0.9m)
There are three different procedures for cable compensation:
- Connection of an additional 4
th
line: "+SENSE":
* automatic calculated compensation on the condition of cable symmetry
* online compensation procedure which also takes temperature drift into account
* can be used with CF and DC-mode
- Evaluation of the voltage drop along the cable to "-VB" by means of measuring the voltage difference
between the terminals "-VB" and "+IN":
* automatic computed compensation on the condition of cable symmetry
* online-compensation procedure which also accounts for temperature drift
* only can be used for DC
- Offline cable resistance compensation by means of shunt calibration (on external quarter bridge):
- automatic computed compensation on the condition of cable symmetry, including for the line
"+IN"! This condition is generally not set for the 3-line Sense configuration!!
- Assumption of nominal values for bridge impedance, shunt and gain: any deviation by the actual value
in shunt calibration is interpreted as the influence of the cable resistance.
- The underlying model results in a different correction than "classical" shunt calibration!
- Offline compensation procedure which doesn't account for temperature drift
- Used only with DC, since compensation is done only once, offline, if CF-mode is set, this procedure is
performed in DC mode.
4.3.3.4 Overload recognition
Overload is indicated as double the value of the input range limit value. If the negative input range is
exceeded, then in DC-mode, the doubled negative input range is indicated. In CF-mode, the doubled
positive input range is always shown.
60
4.3.3.5 Cable qualities and configuration
In DC-bridge mode, there is leeway for the cable configuration
In CF- bridge mode, what cable to select is quite important
For very long cables and high performance requirements, paired lines are recommended:
3 x 2 cable core pairs, each pair shielded (or twisted)
A) +IN, -IN
B) +VB, -VB
C) +SENSE, -SENSE
Wires with additional twisting
(inside shielding) minimize
magnetic interference and
guarantee optimum thermal
balance: the resistance of very
long copper cables can vary
strongly with the temperature
due to copper's large
temperature coefficient.
If only one common shielded
multi-wire cable is available for
cost reasons, the configuration
of the cable wires should be
chosen so that the effects of the
coupling capacities are
minimized. We therefore
recommend the following
arrangement using a 7-wire
cable:
-VB
+VB
+IN
-IN
-SENSE
+SENSE
GND
1
6
5
4
3
2
7
Signal Function Channel 1 Channel 2 Cable LiYCY 7x 0.14
DSUB-15 Plug DSUB-15 Plug Core Color
+VB pos. supply 9 1 12 7 4 Yellow
+IN pos. input 2 2 5 8 6 Pink
-IN neg. input 10 3 13 9 3 Green
-VB neg. supply 3 4 6 10 1 White
-SENSE neg. Sense 11 5 14 11 2 Brown
+SENSE pos. Sense 4 6 7 12 5 Gray
GND GND 15 14 15 14 7 Blue
+5V 5V 8 17 8 17 -- --
CHASSIS Chassis ground Chassis 15,16 Chassis 15,16 Shield --
- In many applications, further environmental influences can play a role: UV-radiation may under certain
circumstances make the cables' PVC isolation porous so that moisture can enter. This in turn can lead
to corrosion and changing of the isolation and capacitance properties, considerable changes of the
cable characteristics and disturbance of the symmetry.
- The cable symmetry to be expected is an important consideration when choosing whether to use single
or double sense lines!
61
4.3.4 C-8 voltage and temperature
The module C-8 module comes in three varieties:
Variety Properties
Standard (DSUB)
- voltage measurement 50V2.5mV
- temperature measurement with thermocouples
- temperature measurement with PT100-resistors
Var. I with BNC
- voltage measurement 50V2.5mV
- supply voltage for external sensors 24V..2.5V; 15V
Var. II with thermocouple plugs type K - temperature measurement with thermocouples
The technical specification of the CRPL/C-8 .
4.3.4.1 Voltage measurement Standard (DSUB) and Var. I (BNC)
- 50V... 2.5V with divider
- 1V... 5mV without divider
DSUB-plug: ACC/DSUB-U4
A voltage divider is in effect in the voltage ranges 50V and 2.5V; the resulting input impedance is 1MO -
even when the device is deactivated. The input configuration is differential and DC-coupled.
+IN
-IN
+
-
+IN
-IN
+
-
495kO
5
kO
495kO
5
kO
Voltages <2V without divider Voltages > 1V with internal divider
4.3.4.2 Temperature measurement
The C-8-module's channels are designed for measurement with thermocouples and PT100-sensors
(RTD, platinum resistance thermometer as per DIN and IEC 751). Any combination of sensor types can be
connected. Many common thermocouple types use linearization based on characteristic curves.
The terminal point compensation for the thermocouple measurements is either built-in or is handled by the
imc-Thermoplug, depending on the device variety.
4.3.4.2.1 imc Thermoplugs (Type: Standard DSUB)
The patented imc-Thermoplug ACC/DSUB-T4, which is a pod containing a DSUB-15 screw terminal and a
built-in temperature sensor (PT1000), provides cold junction compensation. This enables any type of
thermocouple to be directly connected to the differential inputs (+IN and -IN) without the need for a
compensation line.
A sensor measures the temperature at the connection terminal and correspondingly compensates the
thermoelectric voltage. Normally, a special compensation line or plug made of the same material as the
166
62
particular thermocouple type must be used to connect the terminal to the cold junction (reference point) in
the device interior, in order to prevent the formation of additional (uncontrolled) parasitic thermocouples.
The imc system avoids this problem by means of individual compensation sensors directly inside the
connector pod and thus provides a convenient, flexible and affordable interconnections solution.
-IN
+I
10
MO
+IN
10
MO
-I
+
-
Thermocouple (isolated and referenced to external potential by means of spot-welded contact)
4.3.4.2.2 Measurement with PT100 (RTD) (Type: Standard DSUB)
Besides Besides thermocouples, it's also possible to connect PT100 sensors directly in
4-wire-configuration. A (supplementary) reference current source feeds up to four sensors connected in
series jointly.
When the imc-Thermoplug is used, the connection terminals are already wired in such a way that this
reference circuit is "automatically" closed.
-IN
+I1
10
MO
+IN
10
MO
R
cable
RTD
(PT100)
R
cable
R
cable
R
cable
+
-
-I4
625 A
+I2
-I1
-I3
+I4
+I3
-I2

-IN1
+I1
10
MO
+IN1
10
MO
R
cable
RTD
(PT100)
R
cable
R
cable
R
cable
+
-
-I4
625 A
-I3
+I4
+I3
-I2
-IN2
10
MO
+IN2
10
MO
RTD
(PT100)
R
cable
R
cable
-I1 R
cable
R
cable +I2
Example for one PT100(RTD) in 4-wire configuration Example for two PT100(RTD) in 4-wire
configuration
4.3.4.2.3 Thermocouple measurement (Variety II - plugs for Type K)
The thermocouples are connected with Type-K thermo-plugs into sockets of the same type. The reference
point is at the terminal on the front panel, whose temperature signal is captured and evaluated by the
device.
63
4.3.4.3 Optional sensor supply module
The C-8 can be enhanced with the sensor supply unit CRPL/SUPPLY, which provides an adjustable supply
voltage for active sensors.
The supply outputs are electronically protected internally against short circuiting to ground. The reference
potential, in other words the sensor's supply ground contact, is the terminal GND.
The technical specification of the CRPL/SUPPLY .
4.3.4.4 Connector plugs
The measurement inputs should be connected using a shielded cable in which both the positive and
negative measurement inputs (+IN and -IN) are located inside the shielding. The shielding must be
connected to the terminal pod housing.
+IN
-IN
sensor
shield
chassis
shielded cable
measurement channel
GND
The pin configuration of the DSUB connector .
216
220
64
4.3.5 DAC-8 Analog outputs
The analog outputs DAC_01..08 are able to drive analog control signals whose values can be given by
the results of computational operations performed by Online FAMOS on combinations of measurement
channels.
The most important specs:
- 10V level at max. 10mA and 250 driver capability
- 16bit resolution
- guaranteed startup in inactive state (0V) upon switch-on, without undefined transients
- short-circuit protected against ground.
The technical specification of the module CRPL/DAC-8 .
169
65
4.3.6 DCB-8 Voltage, current, ICP and bridge
8 differential analog inputs
Parameter Value (typ. / max) Comments
Inputs 8
Measurement
modes:
- voltage measurements
- voltage measurements with adjustable
supply
- current measurement
- current fed sensors (ICP*)
- bridge-sensor
- bridge: strain gauge
with shunt plug ACC/DSUB-I2
(*ICP-, DELTATRON
-, PIEZOTRON
-Sensors) with ACC/DSUB-ICP2

Bridge channels - non-isolated
The eight measurement inputs whose terminals are the DSUB15 plugs IN1 through IN8 are for voltage,
current, bridge PT-100 and thermocouple measurements. They are non-isolated differential amplifiers.
They share a common voltage supply for sensors and measurement bridges.
The DCB-8 supports TEDS ; the technical specification of the CRPL/DCB-8 .
4.3.6.1 Voltage measurement
- Voltage: 10V... 5mV
In the voltage ranges 10V to 5mV, the input impedance is 20MO.
4.3.6.1.1 Case 1: Voltage source with ground reference
The voltage source itself already has a
connection to the devices ground. The
potential difference between the voltage
source and the device ground must be fixed.
Example: The device is grounded. Thus, the
input D is also at ground potential. If the
voltage source itself is also grounded, it's
referenced to the device ground. It doesn't
matter if the ground potential at the voltage
source is slightly different from that of the
device itself. But the maximum allowed
common mode voltage must not be
exceeded.
Important: In this case, the negative signal
input B may not be connected with the device
ground D. Connecting them would cause a
ground loop through which interference could
be coupled in.
In this case, a genuine differential (but not
isolated!) measurement is carried out.
+in
-in
+V Supply
GND
sense
I;
1
/
4
Bridge
+
-
C
A
B
F
G
D
U
e
152 170
66
4.3.6.1.2 Case 2: Voltage source without ground reference
+in
-in
+V Supply
GND
sense
I;
1
/
4
Bridge
+
-
C
A
B
F
G
D
The voltage source itself is not referenced to the device ground
but is instead isolated from it. In this case, a ground reference
must be established. One way to do this is to ground the voltage
source itself. Then it is possible to proceed as for "Voltage
source with ground reference". Here, too, the measurement is
differential. It is also possible to make a connection between the
negative signal input and the device ground, in other words to
connect B and D.
Example: An ungrounded voltage source is measured, for
instance a battery whose contacts have no connection to
ground. The module is grounded.
Important: If B and D are connected, care must be taken
that the potential difference between the signal source and
the device doesn't cause a significant compensation
current. If the source's potential can't be adjusted (because
it has a fixed, overlooked reference), there is a danger of
damaging or destroying DCB-8. If B and D are connected,
then in practice a single-ended measurement is performed.
This is no problem if there was no ground reference
beforehand.
4.3.6.1.3 Case 3: Voltage source at a different fixed potential

+in
-in
+V Supply
GND
sense
I;
1
/
4
Bridge
+
-
C
A
B
F
G
D
U
e
+
-
Ucm
For measurement ranges <20V the common mode voltage
(U
cm
) has to be less than 10V. It is reduced by input
voltage.
Suppose a voltage source is to be measured which is at a
potential of 120V to ground. The device itself is grounded. Since
the common mode voltage is greater than permitted,
measurement is not possible. Also, the input voltage difference
to the DCB-8 ground would be above the upper limit allowed.
For such a task, the DCB-8 cannot be used!
4.3.6.1.4 Voltage measurement: With zero-adjusting (tare)
In voltage measurement, it is possible for the sensor to have an initial offset from zero. For such cases, use
the operating software to select the measurement mode "Voltage enable offset calibration" for the desired
channel. The measurement range will be reduced by the offset correction If the initial offset is too large for
compensation by the device, a larger input range must be set.
67
4.3.6.2 Current measurement
4.3.6.2.1 Case 1: Differential current measurement
- Current: e.g. 50mA ... 1mA
For current measurement could be used the DSUB plug
CRPL/CURRENT. That connector comes with a 50O shunt
and is not included with the standard DCB-8 package. It is
also possible to measure a voltage via an externally
connected shunt. Appropriate scaling must be set in the
user interface. The value 50O is just a suggestion. The
resistor needs an adequate level of precision. Pay attention
to the shunt's power consumption.
The maximum common mode voltage must be in the
range 10V for this circuit, too. This can generally only be
ensured if the current source itself already is referenced to
ground. If the current source is ungrounded a danger
exists of exceeding the maximum allowed overvoltage for
DCB-8. The current source may need to be referenced to
the ground, for example by being grounded.
The sensor can also be supplied with a software-specified
voltage via Pins C and D.
+in
+V Supply
GND
R
cable
R
cable
sense
+I;
1
/
4
Bridge
+
-
50O
C
A
B
F
G
D
-in
4.3.6.2.2 Case 2: Ground-referenced current measurement
- Current: 50mA ... 2mA
In this circuit, the current to be measured flows through
the 120O shunt in DCB-8. Note that here, the terminal D
is simultaneously DCB-8's ground. Thus, the
measurement carried out is single-end or ground
referenced. The potential of the current source itself may
be brought into line with that of UN8's ground. In that
case, be sure that the DCB-8 unit itself is grounded.
In the settings interface, set the measurement mode to
Current.
Note that the jumper between A and G should be
connected right to PIN G inside the connecter.
In case the DCB-8 is of the 350O variety, ground
referenced current measurement is not possible!

+in
-in
+V Supply
GND
R
cable
R
cable
-sense
+I;
1
/
4
Bridge
+
-
120 O
C
A
B
F
G
D
4.3.6.2.3 Case 3: 2-wire for sensors with a current signal and variable supply
E.g. for pressure transducers 4.. 20mA
Transducers which translate the physical measurement quantity into their own current consumption and
which allow variable supply voltages can be configured in a two-wire circuit. In this case, the device has its
own power supply and measures the current signal.
In the settings dialog on the index card Universal amplifiers/ General, a supply voltage is set for the
sensors, usually 24V. The channels must be configured for Current measurement.
The sensor is supplied with power via Terminals C and G.
68
The signal is measured by the DCB-8 unit between A and D. For this reason, a wire jumper must be
positioned between Pins A and G inside the connector pod.
Note
There is a voltage drop across the resistances of the leadwires and the internal measuring resistance of 12
0O which is proportional to the amperage. This lost voltage is no longer available for the supply of the
transducer (2.4V = 120O * 20mA). For this reason, you must ensure that the resulting supply voltage is
sufficient. It may be necessary to select a leadwire with a large enough cross-section.
In case the DCB-8 has been ordered as 350O variant, this mode is not possible!
4.3.6.3 Bridge measurement
Measurement of measurement bridges such as strain gauges.
The measurement channels have an adjustable DC voltage source which supplies the measurement
bridges. The supply voltage for all eight inputs is set in common. The bridge supply is asymmetric, e.g., for
a bridge voltage setting of V
B
= 5V, Pin C is at +VB = 5V and Pin D at -VB = 0V. The terminalVB is
simultaneously the device's ground reference.
Depending on the supply set, the following input ranges are available:
Bridge measurement [V] Input ranges [mV/V]
10 1000... 0.5
5 1000... 0.5
Fundamentally, the following holds:
For equal physical modulation of the sensor, the higher the selected bridge supply is, the higher are the
absolute voltage signals the sensor emits and thus the measurement's signal-to-noise ratio and drift
quality. The limits for this are set by the maximum available current from the source and by the dissipation
in the sensor (temperature drift!) and in the device (power consumption!)
- For typical measurements with strain gauges, the ranges 5mV/V ... 1mV/V are particularly relevant.
- There is a maximum voltage which the Potentiometer sensors are able to return, in other words max.
1V/V; a typical range is then 1000mV/V.
Bridge measurement is set by selecting as measurement mode either Bridge: Sensor or Bridge: Strain
gauge in the operating software. The bridge circuit itself is then specified under the tab Bridge circuit, where
quarter bridge, half bridge and full bridge are the available choices.
69
4.3.6.3.1 Case 1: Full bridge

+in
-in
+VB
I;
1
/
4
Bridge
-VB
R
cable
R
cable
sense
VB
C
A
B
F
G
D
A full bridge has four resistors, which can be four
correspondingly configured strain gauges or one
complete sensor which is a full sensor internally. The full
bridge has five terminals to connect. Two leads (C and
D) serve supply purposes, two other leads (A and B)
capture the differential voltage. The fifth lead (F) is the
Sense lead for the lower supply terminal, which is used
to determine the single-sided voltage drop along the
supply line. Assuming that the other supply cable (C) has
the same impedance and thus produces the same
voltage drop, no 6
th
lead is needed. The Sense lead
makes it possible to infer the measurement bridge's true
supply voltage, in order to obtain a very exact
measurement value in mV/V.
Please note that the maximum allowed voltage drop along a cable may not exceed approx. 0.5V. This
determines the maximum possible cable length.
If the cable is so short and its cross section so large that the voltage drop along the supply lead is
negligible, the bridge can be connected at four terminals by omitting the Sense line. In that case, however,
F and D must be jumpered. Pin F must never be unconnected!
4.3.6.3.2 Case 2: Half bridge
I;
1
/
4
Bridge
+in
-in
+VB
-VB
R
cable
R
cable
sense
int.half
bridge
VB
C
A
B
F
G
D
A half bridge may consist of two strain gauges in a circuit
or a sensor internally configured as a half bridge, or a
potentiometer sensor. The half bridge has 4 terminals to
connect. For information on the effect and use of the
Sense lead F, see the description of the full bridge.
The DCB-8 internally completes the full bridge itself, so
that the differential amplifier is working with a genuine full
bridge.
70
4.3.6.3.3 Case 3: Quarter bridge
+in
-in
+VB
-VB
120
R
cable
R
cable
quarter
bridge
sense
I;
1
/
4
Bridge
O
VB
C
A
B
F
G
D
int.half
bridge
A quarter bridge can consist of a single strain gauge resistor, whose
nominal value can be 120O.
For quarter bridge measurement, only 5V can be set as the bridge
supply.
The quarter bridge has 3 terminals to connect. Refer to the
description of the full bridge for comments on the Sense lead.
However, with the quarter bridge, the Sense lead is connected to
+IN and Sense jointly.
If the sensor supply is equipped with the option 15V, a
quarter bridge measurement is not possible. The pin I_1/4B for
the quarter bridge completion is used for15V instead.
4.3.6.3.3.1 Quarter bridge with 350 Ohm option.
A built-in 120O completion resistor comes standard for bridge measurements. A 350O completion resistor
for quarter bridge measurements is also possible. When using this option, the scope of functionality is
limited:
- no direct current measurement with the included standard connectors ACC/DSUB-UNI2 is possible,
but only with the optional connector ACC/DSUB-I2 having a 50O shunt (differential measurement).
71
4.3.6.3.4 General notes
The SENSE lead serves to compensate voltage drops due to cable resistance, which would otherwise
produce noticeable measurement errors. If there are no Sense lines, then SENSE (F) must be connected
in the terminal plug according to the sketches above.
Bridge measurements are relative measurements (ratiometric procedure) in which the fraction of the
bridge supply fed in which the bridge puts out is analyzed (typically in the 0.1% range, corresponding to 1
mV/V). Calibration of the system in this case pertains to this ratio, the bridge input range, and takes into
account the momentary magnitude of the supply. This means that the bridge supply's actual magnitude
is not relevant and need not necessarily lie within the measurement's specified overall accuracy.
The bandwidth for DC bridge measurement (without low-pass filtering) is also 5kHz (-3dB).
Any initial unbalance of the measurement bridge, for instance due to mechanical pre-stressing of the strain
gauge in its rest state, must be zero-balanced (tare). Such an unbalance can be many times the input
range (bridge balancing). If the initial unbalance is too large to be compensated by the device, a larger input
range must be set.
Input range [mV/V] Bridge balancing
(VB = 5V) [mV/V]
Bridge balancing
(VB = 10V) [mV/V]
1000
500 150
500
100 250
200
100 50
100 15 50
50
15 7
20 3 7
10
10 15
5
10 5
2
3 5
1
4 5
4.3.6.3.5 Balancing and shunt calibration
DCB-8 offers a variety of possibilities to trigger bridge balancing (tare):
- Balancing / shunt calibration upon activation (cold start) of the unit. If this option is selected, all the
bridge channels are balanced as soon as the device is turned on.
- Balancing / shunt calibration via the on the Amplifier balance tab.
- In shunt calibration, the bridge is unbalanced by means of a 59,8k or 174.66k shunt. The results
are:
Bridge resistance 120 350
59.8k
174.7k
0.5008mV/V
0.171mV/V
1.458mV/V
0.5005mV/V
The procedures for balancing bridge channels also apply analogously to the voltage measurement mode
with zero-balancing.
Note
We recommend setting channels which are not connected for voltage measurement at the highest input
72
range. Otherwise, if unconnected channels are in quarter- or half-bridge mode, interference may occur in a
shunt calibration!
4.3.6.4 Sensor supply module
The DCB-8 is enhanced with the sensor supply unit CRPL/SUPPLY, which provides an adjustable supply
The supply voltage can only be set for all measurement inputs in common. The voltage selected is also
the supply for the measurement bridges. If a value other than 5V or 10V is set, bridge measurement is no
longer possible!
4.3.6.5 Bandwidth
The channels' maximum sampling rate is 10s (100kHz). The analog bandwidth (without digital
low-pass filtering) is 5KHz (-3dB).
216
73
4.3.7 DI-16 Digital inputs
The digital inputs DI_01..08 and DI_09..16 can sample digital signals conforming to either TTL/CMOS or 2
4V logic standards. Groups of 8 bits each, accessed at their D-SUB-plug, are galvanically isolated and
can be configured to one of the two standard levels (5V or 24V).
The technical specification of the module CRPL/DI-16 .
The control-signal LEVEL connected at the D-SUB plug, sets the logic standard (and thus threshold level)
for each 8-bit group. This is switched by a jumper between LEVEL and LCOM:
Logic-level configuration LOW level HIGH level
TTL / CMOS open (default) TTL / CMOS < 0.55V > 2V
24V LCOM (wire bridge) < 1.3V > 7.5V
The input stage has Schmitt-trigger characteristics, meaning switching thresholds with hysteresis. The
thresholds specified correspond to the following cases:
- LOW-level: maximum signal level clearly identified as LOW; for the transition HIGH LOW
- HIGH-level: minimum signal level clearly identified as HIGH; for the transition LOW HIGH
The minimum hysteresis value is 0.4V (TTL/CMOS-logic) or 1.6V (24V-logic).
The common reference ground of each 8-bit group is located at "LCOM".
"HCOM" is the 5V-supply voltage of the galvanically isolated input stage. If necessary, it can also be used
to supply additional external input logic, up to a maximum load of 50mA (per 8-bit group).
Internal pullup-resistors provide a well-defined High-level in the case of open inputs. To make use of this
feature in 24V-configuration as well, connect an external 24V power supply at HCOM.
The asynchronous pulse signal "CLK" is reserved for future synchronization functions.
4.3.7.1 Block schematic
DC / DC
Opto-
coupler
Register
LEVEL
BIT1..8
HCOM
5V / 24V
DI_1..8
5V
100k
33k
100k
TTL/24V
LCOM
The second group DI_9..16 is analog. It is isolated from the system as a whole, as well as from DI_01..08
and has the signals HCOM_09_16, LCOM_09_16 and LEVEL_09_16 in common.
173
74
4.3.7.2 Possible configurations
TTL
BIT1...8
HCOM 5V / 24V
LEVEL
LCOM
TTL 24V
BIT1...8
HCOM 5V / 24V
LCOM
LOW active
BIT1...8
HCOM 5V / 24V
LCOM
HIGH active*
LEVEL
LEVEL
5
k
24V
BIT1...8
HCOM 5V / 24V
LEVEL
LCOM
BIT1...8
HCOM
LCOM
LOW active
BIT1...8
HCOM
LCOM
HIGH active*
LEVEL
LEVEL
5
k
+
-
24V
+
-
+
-
24V 24V
*HIGH active: Internal pullup-resistors provide a well-defined High-level in the case of open inputs or open switches. The
configuration wouldnt have any effect, if the external pulldown resistor (5k in the picture) wouldnt exist.
4.3.7.3 Data format, asynchronous polling mode
The digital inputs have a feature that distinguishes them from analog and incremental encoder channels:
They have two different data capture modes:
- synchronous mode (synchronous data capture):
When the digital inputs (as a 16bit port) are activated for data capture (menu "B_Settings"), they
generate a data stream with the set sampling rate, like any other channels.
Display of the data streams is provided by the curve windows, and all the usual display types are
available, such as curve plots, waterfall display, single value display, etc.
In terms of the graphics display (and also all other properties) they are equivalent to the other channels,
and of course, digital and analog channels can be displayed together in a shared curve window.
The individual bits "DI_01 ... DI_16" with their Boolean value range (1 / 0) are available as channels, as
well as the complete 16-bit port "DI_1_16", as a channel which can take the values 0..65535
("unsigned Integer").
Only data captured synchronously in this manner are available as a data set which can be saved to a hard
drive.
- asynchronous mode (asynchronous polling):
Even if the DI-port is not activated for (synchronous) data capture, the values of the bits can still be
polled, asynchronously.
This mode is only used for displaying the digital inputs' signals in the Bit-window.
The display in the Bit-window serves only for "interactive" display and control. In this mode, no data sets are
generated, saving is therefore not possible!
The differences between these operational modes extend to their treatment in Online FAMOS.
4.3.7.4 Display digital channels
The digital inputs are displayed in the dialog DIODAC, (see Chapter 2, imcDevices Manual).
The pin configuration of the DSUB-15 plug .
219
75
4.3.8 DI-HV-4: Digital inputs for high voltages
The DI module has four isolated inputs. The transmission characteristics in terms of the voltage level and
time behavior is determined using a toggle switch next to the input terminal. One distinguishes between
AC- and DC-mode. In both modes, AC- and DC-voltages in the range 400V..+400V can be applied at the
inputs.
toggle switch maximum voltage LOW-level HIGH-level
DC-mode -400V..+400V < 1.5V > 3.5V
AC-mode 230V
eff
< 1.5V < -3.5V, > 3.5V
The technical specification of the CRPL/DI-HV-4 .
4.3.8.1 DC-Mode
In DC-mode, positive input voltages are digitalized with the display of 1. A positive input voltage above the
positive threshold U
s+
= 3 . 5V( typ. 2.8V) is indicated by 1 and a voltage below the negative threshold U
s-
= 1 . 5V (typ. 2.2V) is indicated by 0. The response times are 70s and 50s, respectively.
-4
-3
-2
-1
0
1
2
3
4
0
1
0 50 100 150
ms
V
U
s-
>1.5V (typ 2.2V)
U
s+
<3.5V (typ. 2.8V)
t
1
< 70s t
2
< 50s

Fig. 1 Behavior of the digital conditioning in DC-mode
4.3.8.2 AC-Mode
This mode is for monitoring of dips in AC voltage. The display thus indicates the presence of a voltage.
Both of the input voltages polarities are evaluated. If their magnitude is greater than the threshold value U
s
,
the signal display is a logical 1. In addition to the level valuation, there is a holding element so that
impulses exhibiting the state 1 are prolonged by t
4
=2.0ms. This makes it possible to buffer
zero-crossings in sinusoidal AC voltage signals in which the signals magnitude is smaller than the
threshold voltage. The duration during which the signal falls short of the level in the region of
zero-crossings depends on the signal amplitude and the frequency. The buffer time of 2.0ms was selected
so that a voltage of 24V
eff
at 16
2
/
3
Hz would cause a constant display of 1.
174
76
0
1
0 50 100 150
ms
t
3
< 70s
-30
-20
-10
0
10
20
30
Fig. 2: If the input voltages magnitude falls below the threshold U
s+
, then 1 is displayed. The zero-crossings dont
affect the outputted value. This makes it possible to monitor power supply voltages of 16
2
/
3
Hz all the way down to 2
4 V
eff
for interruptions.
If the input signal takes the form:
Equ. 1
then the duration during which the signal is between the positive and the negative threshold can be
determined by setting u
e
=U
s
.
f
u u
T
2
arcsin
arcsin
|
.
|
\
|
|
.
|
\
|
= A
+ s - s
U - U
Equ. 2
The holdoff time t
4
=2.0ms offers ample safety against level and frequency fluctuations.
Once the input voltage is no longer applied, the display changes to 0 after the holdoff time of t
4
=2.0ms
but at the latest after t
4
=2.2ms until the threshold has once again been exceeded.
77
-30
-20
-10
0
10
20
30
40
0
1
0 20 40 60 80 100
ms
t
4
>2.0ms
t
3
< 70s
Fig. 3 If there is a voltage outage, this is indicated after about 2ms.
If the voltage to be monitored is below the threshold only slightly longer than 2.0ms, then the state 0 is
assured to last for at least t
4
=100s. If the digitalized signal is sampled at 10kHz, it is assured that voltage
outages of 2.0ms or more are recognized.
78

-40
-20
0
20
40
0
1
0 10 20 30 40 50
ms
> 2.0ms
t
5
> 100s
V
Fig. 4 Display of the voltage outage lasts at least 100 s.
4.3.8.3 Connection
Channels are grouped in fours on a connector. A channel's terminals are formed by a
pair of contacts +in and -in.
Due to the isolation, any voltage levels within the stated limits can be applied. The sign
indicates the polarity necessary for obtaining signal courses corresponding to Fig. 1.
The connector's order code is: MSTB 2,5/8-STF Phoenix Nr. 1779709
79
4.3.9 DI16-DO8-ENC4 Digital inputs and outputs, incremental encoder
The combi-card comes with 16 digital inputs, 8 digital outputs and 4 inputs for capture of incremental
counter signals, RPM measurements, angle, frequencies etc., available as plug-in module for the imc
CRONOS-PL and as configured module for CRONOS-SL.
Each 8-bit group of digital inputs can be configured by means of a wire jumper in the connector for the
acquisition of either TTL-signals or 24 V signals. The 4 inputs for the capture of counter signals can be
paired up to capture two-signal counter signals.
4.3.9.1 16 Digital Inputs (DI16-DO8-ENC4)
The DI potion possesses 16 digital inputs which can take samples at rates of up to 10kHz. Every group of
four inputs has a common ground reference and are not mutually isolated. However, this input group is
isolated from the second input group, the power supply and CAN-Bus, but not mutually.
The technical specification of the digital inputs (DI16-DO8-ENC4) .
The pin configuration of the corresponding DSUB 15 plug ACC/DSUB-DI4-8 .
TTL
DC / DC
+IN1..4
HCOM
5V
DI_1..4
5V
-IN1/2/3/4
current
limit
400A
LCOM
LEVEL
24V/TTL
level
+IN5..8
DI_5..8
-IN5/6/7/8
register
current
limit
400A
register
+IN1..4
HCOM
5V
-IN1/2/3/4
LCOM
LEVEL
+IN5..8
-IN5/6/7/8
+IN1..4
HCOM
5V
-IN1/2/3/4
LCOM
LEVEL
+IN5..8
-IN5/6/7/8
+IN1..4
HCOM
5V
-IN1/2/3/4
LCOM
LEVEL
+IN5..8
-IN5/6/7/8
24V
+
-
24V
TTL
24V
4.3.9.1.1 Input voltage
The input voltage range for the 16 digital inputs can be set for either 5V (TTL-range) or 24V. The switching
is accomplished by means of a jumper at the ACC/DSUB-DI4-8 connector:
- If LEVEL and LCOM are jumpered, all 16 bits work with 5V and a threshold of 1.7..1.8V.
- If LEVEL is not bridged with LCOM, 24V and a threshold of 6.95 ...7.05V are valid.
Thus, an unconnected connector is set by default for 24V. This prevents 24 V from being applied to the
voltage input range of 5V.
176
220
80
4.3.9.1.2 Sampling interval and brief signal levels
The digital inputs can be recorded in the manner of an analog channel. It isnt possible to select individual
bits for acquisition; all 16 bits (digital port) are always recorded. The hardware ensures that the brief HIGH
level within one sampling interval can be recognized.
81
4.3.9.2 Digital outputs
The digital outputs DO_01..08 provide galvanically isolated control signals with current driving
capability whose values (states) are derived from operations performed on measurement channels using
Online FAMOS. This makes it easily possible to define control functions.
In addition to control via Online FAMOS, it is alternatively possible to set the digital outputs interactively
via the user interface. Furthermore it is even possible to assign trigger values to digital outputs.
The technical specification of the digital outputs (DI16-DO8-ENC4) .
Pin configuration of the corresponding DSUB 15 plug ACC/DSUB-DO8 .
Important notes
- available levels: 5V (internal) or up to 30V with external power supply
- current driving capability:
HIGH: 15 - 20mA LOW: 700mA
- short-circuit-proof to supply or to reference potential HCOM and LCOM
- configurable as open-drain driver (e.g. as relay driver)
- default-state at system power-on:
HIGH (Totem-Pole mode) or high-impedance (Open-Drain mode)
The eight outputs are galvanically isolated as a group from the rest of the system and are designed as
Totem-Pole drivers. The eight stages' ground references are connected and are accessible as a signal
at LCOM.
HCOM represents the supply voltage of the driver stage. It is generated internally with a galvanically
isolated 5V-source. Alternatively, an external higher supply voltage can be connected (max. +30V), which
then determines the drivers' output level.
The control signal OPDRN on the D-SUB plug can be used to set the driver type for the corresponding
8-bit-group: either Totem-Pole or Open-Drain :
In Totem-Pole mode, the driver delivers current in the HIGH-state. In the Open-Drain configuration,
conversely, it has high impedance in the HIGH-state, in LOW-state, an internally (HCOM) or externally
supplied load (e.g. relay) is pulled down to LCOM (Low-Side Switch).With Open-Drain mode, the external
supply driving the load, need not be connected to HCOM but only to the load.
Inductive loads (relays, motors) should be equipped with a clamp diode in parallel for shorting out
switch-off transients (anode to output, cathode to positive supply voltage).
The default-state after system power-up in Open-Drain mode is designed to produce a high impedance
passive state, equivalent to the OFF-state of the switch.
If, in contrast, Totem-Pole mode is configured (jumper at OPDRN), a valid HIGH-output level sets in only
after the device is started up.
Driver-configuration
:
config.-Pin: OPDRN High-level LOW-level Power-up Default
Open-Drain mode open (default) high
impedance
< 0.4V high impedance
Totem-Pole mode LCOM-OPDRN (wire bridge) HCOM - 0.5V < 0.4V HIGH
176
220
82
4.3.9.2.1 Block schematic
DC / DC
TOTEM POLE
TTL / 24V
OPTO-
KOPPLER
Register
20mA
LCOM
BIT1..8
OPDRN enable
HCOM
max. 30V
DO_1..8
5V
4.3.9.2.2 Possible configurations
Relais
BIT1...8
HCOM
OPDRN
LCOM
max. 30V
BIT1...8
HCOM
LCOM
Totem Pole
+
-
30V
Open Drain
OPDRN
Relais
Relais
BIT1...8
HCOM
OPDRN
LCOM
BIT1...8
HCOM
LCOM
Totem Pole Open Drain
OPDRN
Relais
+
-
30V
5V (internal)
83
4.3.9.3 Incremental Encoder Channels (DI16-DO8-ENC4)
The DI16-DO8-ENC4 incremental encoder modules settings options basically correspond to the
description of the ENC-4 . The deviations from the ENC-4 are stated below.
The connector is the ACC/DSUB-ENC-4, pin configuration of the ACC/DSUB-ENC4 . This enables all
four incremental encoders to a single connector.
The technical specification of the ENC-4 (DI16-DO8-ENC4) .
The condition for the input differential amplifier reaching the correct working point is that the sensor be
ground referenced, meaning that is has low impedance towards ground (GND, CHASSIS, PE). This is not
to be confused with the sensor's common mode potential, which may be as much as 30V. This also
applies if differential measurement is configured for the high-impedance differential input. If this galvanic
contact to the system (CHASSIS) doesn't exist for an isolated sensor, such a connection must be created,
for instance as a jumper between GND (device) and the sensor's POWER_GND!
The comparator offers the following settings:
Threshold (VREF) = 10V
Hysteresis (VHYST) = <20V Requirement: (|VREF|+VHYST/2)<10V
The 5V (max. 100mA, or 300mA upon request) supply voltage provided at the terminals "+5V, GND" can
be used to supply sensors. If a greater voltage or supply power is required, the sensor must be supplied
externally, and you must make sure to provide a galvanic connection between this supply voltage and the
system ground!
4.3.9.3.1 Incremental encoder track configuration options
Mode
Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 3 Channel 4
Single-signal mode \ \ \ \
two-signal mode
Single-signal mode shows signal value 0 \ \
two-signal mode \
Single-signal mode \ \ shows signal value 0
two-signal mode \
Single-signal mode shows signal value 0 shows signal value 0
two-signal mode \ \
91
220
175
84
4.3.9.3.2 Block schematic
85
4.3.10 DO-16 Digital outputs
The digital outputs DO_01..08 and DO_09..16 provide galvanically isolated control signals with current
driving capability whose values (states) are derived from operations performed on measurement channels
using Online FAMOS. This makes it easily possible to define control functions.
In addition to control via Online FAMOS, it is alternatively possible to set the digital outputs interactively
via the user interface. Furthermore it is even possible to assign trigger values to digital outputs.
The technical specification of the module CRPL/DO-16 .
Important notes:
- available levels: 5V (internal) or up to 30V with external power supply
- current driving capability:
HIGH: 15 - 20mA
LOW: 700mA
- short-circuit-proof to supply or to reference potential HCOM and LCOM
- configurable as open-drain driver (e.g. as relay driver)
- default-state at system power-on:
high-impedance
HIGH
high impedance
(Totem-Pole mode) or
(Open-Drain mode)
The eight outputs are galvanically isolated as a group from the rest of the system and are designed as
Totem-Pole drivers. The eight stages' ground references are connected and are accessible as a signal at
LCOM.
HCOM represents the supply voltage of the driver stage. It is generated internally with a galvanically
isolated 5V-source. Alternatively, an external higher supply voltage can be connected (max. +30V), which
then determines the drivers' output level.
The control signal OPDRN on the D-SUB plug can be used to set the driver type for the corresponding
8-bit-group: either Totem-Pole or Open-Drain :
In Totem-Pole mode, the driver delivers current in the HIGH-state. In the Open-Drain configuration,
conversely, it has high impedance in the HIGH-state, in LOW-state, an internally (HCOM) or externally
supplied load (e.g. relay) is pulled down to LCOM (Low-Side Switch).With Open-Drain mode, the external
supply driving the load, need not be connected to HCOM but only to the load.
Inductive loads (relays, motors) should be equipped with a clamp diode in parallel for shorting out
switch-off transients (anode to output, cathode to positive supply voltage).
The default-state after system power-up in Open-Drain mode is designed to produce a high impedance
passive state, equivalent to the OFF-state of the switch.
If, in contrast, Totem-Pole mode is configured (jumper at OPDRN), a valid HIGH-output level sets in only
after the device is started up.
Driver-configuration: config.-Pin: OPDRN High-level LOW-level Power-up Default
Open-Drain mode open (default) high impedance < 0.4V high impedance
Totem-Pole mode LCOM-OPDRN (wire bridge) HCOM - 0.5V < 0.4V HIGH
177
86
4.3.10.1 Block schematic
DC / DC
TOTEM POLE
TTL / 24V
OPTO-
KOPPLER
Register
20mA
LCOM
BIT1..8
OPDRN enable
HCOM
max. 30V
DO_1..8
5V
4.3.10.2 Possible configurations
Relais
BIT1...8
HCOM
OPDRN
LCOM
24V
BIT1...8
HCOM
LCOM
Totem Pole
+
-
24V
Open Drain
OPDRN
Relais
Relais
BIT1...8
HCOM
OPDRN
LCOM
BIT1...8
HCOM
LCOM
Totem Pole Open Drain
OPDRN
Relais
+
-
24V
5V (internal)
4.3.10.3 Notes on exerting control through Online FAMOS
The maximum output frequency depends on the DO-16 units switching time. At 165s, the theoretical
value is 6kHz. If control is exerted from Online FAMOS, be aware that calls for output must be made
sufficiently early. If long calculations are involved, for instance of FFTs or filters, the call will not be made in
time.
A reliable output rate can only be achieved with the function "Synchronous Task" under Online FAMOS
Professional, which halts the calculations with an interrupt.
If output is lined to a channel as the clock pulse provider, there is another effect which can be observed.
For instance, a channel is sampled at 10kHz and this is used along with the function Sawtooth for control
purposes: DOut02_Bit01=greater(SawTooth(Channel_02,0,1,2),0.5)
With a RAM buffering period of 10s, the resulting FIFO size is 100,000 values. The system divides the
FIFOS into 64k blocks. If 64k arent enough, two blocks are set up. In such a case, Online FAMOS
receives two values upon every FIFO call; this means that the pulse rate is divided in half. To prevent this
effect, the RAM buffer duration must be reduced to 2s, for example.
87
4.3.11 DO-HC-16 Digital high current outputs
Fields of application:
- 24 V industrial applications and automotive (8-28V)
Benchmarks:
- Max. 0.7 A High-Side AND Low-Side drive, I_limit typ. 1.4A
- Ext. supply voltage required: 8V ..28V
- With open-drain mode (low side drive): no external supply required!
- Programmable for High-Side, Low-Side and Totem-Pole: Pin OPDRN:
open: open drain (low side drive) like DO-16
LCOM: totem pole (complementary) like DO-16
LCOM over 10k: open source (high side drive) not supported by DO-16
- Configuration 5V TTL / CMOS:
o internal 5V supply used; external supply not necessary!
o internal 5V not sufficient for operating High Side driver (8V required!)
o therefore: operation in open-drain mode with external pull-up (typ. 1k .. 10K, min. 250R)
o due to diode decoupling of LCOM_1-4 / 5-8:
use of LCOM = DSUB(15) = Terminal (14) as return path
wire jumper LCOM = LCOM_1-4 = LCOM_5-8
o deviates from standard DO-16
2 x isolated 8-bit groups
- Standard DO pin configuration on DSUB-15 ; special deviating characteristics to standard plug:
o separate HCOM and LCOM pins for 4 bits each
HCOM_1-4 DSUB(13) Terminal(9)
LCOM_1-4 DSUB(6) Terminal(10)
HCOM_5-8 DSUB(14) Terminal(11)
LCOM_5-8 DSUB(7) Terminal(12)
o xCOM_1-4 and xCOM_5-8 each blocked by diodes in order to achieve current sharing an
DSUB-pins: 4 x 0.7 = 2.8A,
Standard DSUB-plug: max. 5A / pin
o additional LCOM pin only for mode programming but not for output drivers
LCOM DSUB(15) Terminal(14)
o use of imc DSUB connector not recommended due to current load
- Protection against:
o Short circuit I_limit typ. 1.4A, max. 2A (@25C)
o Surge current dto.
o Load dump / inductive load switching
o Current / capacitive load switching (typ. 2 x I_nom)
o Reverse battery:
protection against reverse voltage between BIT-output and HCOM or LCOM;
no protection against reverse connection of external supply at LCOM HCOM
Technical specification of the DO-HC-16 .
220
178
88
4.3.11.1 Schematic diagram
totem
pole
BITn
LCOM1-4
HCOM1-4
LCOM5-8
HCOM5-8
+5V
1
0
k
1
0
k
LCOM
OPDRN
BIT 1-8
BIT 9-16
DO-HC-16
+5V
+5V
high-side:
ext. supply
required!
>=8V !
low-side:
operated
from int.
5V supply
max.
2.8A
1
0
k
5V
TTL/CMOS
high
side
max.
0.7A
4.3.11.2 Configuration of driver mode:
mode active switch OPDRN-Pin driver
supply
HCOM (supply) required initial
state for passive
power-up
remarks
open drain low side drive float internal not required 1
totem pole
complementary
drive LCOM external
external (8V ...
28V) 0
open source high side drive
LCOM via
10k external
external (8V ...
28V) 0
TTL / CMOS low side drive float internal internal (5V) 0
ext. Pullup
required
89
4.3.11.2.1 Open drain mode:
open drain
(low side switch)
BITn
LCOM1-4
HCOM1-4
LCOM
OPDRN
n.c.
load
HCOM not required
but recommended
(clamp!)
4.3.11.2.2 Open source mode:
BITn
LCOM1-4
HCOM1-4
LCOM
OPDRN
load
1
0
k open source
(high side switch)
90
4.3.11.2.3 Totem pole mode:
BITn
LCOM1-4
HCOM1-4
LCOM
OPDRN
totem pole
(complementary
switch)
load
4.3.11.2.4 TTL / CMOS (5V) mode:
5V TTL/CMOS
BITn
LCOM1-4
HCOM1-4
LCOM
OPDRN
n.c.
R_pullup
1k..10k
(min. 250R)
Bit = 0
--> ON
--> LOW
HCOM:
int. 5V supply;
no high side drive
available!
+5V
+5V
TTL
CMOS
GND
IN
91
4.3.12 ENC-4 Incremental encoder channels
The module ENC-4 replaces INK-4 from July, 2003 on. The two models differ in their hardware structure.
To connect all four channels, ENC-4 requires two DSUB standard plugs, whereas INK-4 only needed one.
The following treatment refers to circuit diagrams for the new ENC-4 model. The pin configurations of each
module can be found in Chapter T.The incremental encoder channels are for measuring time or
frequency-based signals. In contrast to the analog channels as well as to the digital inputs, the channels
are not sampled at a selected, fixed rate, but instead time intervals between edges (transitions) of the
digital signal are measured.
The counters used (set individually for each of the 4 channels) achieve time resolutions of up to 31ns (32
Mhz); which is far beyond the abilities of sampling procedures (under comparable conditions). The
"sampling rate" which the user must set is actually the rate at which the system evaluates the results of the
digital counter or the values of the quantities derived from the counters.
Note
The maximum number of incremental encoder channels is set at 16 per device. It is not possible to
integrate more than one CRPL/ENC-4 into a system! With older imc CRONOS-PL (200kHz) only one
CRPL/INK-4 can be integrated.
The technical specification of the module CRPL/ENC-4 .
4.3.12.1 Measurement quantities
The quantity to measure must be set as the input for the incremental encoder channel.
The choices available:
Quantities derived from event-counting:
- events
- linear motion (differential)
- angle (differential)
- angle (absolute)
Quantities derived from time measurements:
- time
- frequency
- velocity
- rpm
- pulse time (phase-difference)
The quantities derived from event-counting, Events, Linear motion and Angle are "differential"
measurements. The absolute angle is derived from the differential angle. The quantity measured is the
respective change of displacement or angle within the last sampling interval. (positive or, for dual track
encoders, negative also) or the newly occurred events (always positive).
If, for instance, the total displacement is desired, it must be calculated by integration of the differential
measurements using Online FAMOS functions.
4.3.12.2 Time measurement conditions
The mode Time requires the definition of edge conditions, to specify the time interval to be measured
(also two-signal encoder).
These conditions refer to the transitions (edges, slopes) of the digital signal:
positive edge negative edge:
( )
negative edge positive edge:
( )
positive edge positive edge:
( )
The combination negative edge negative edge:
( ) is not allowed
For all other measurement modes (frequency, rpm's etc.), it generally isn't recommendable to define edge
conditions. For that reason, the time between two positive signal edges is evaluated, as a rule.
180
92
4.3.12.3 Scaling
A maximum value must be entered under Input range (max. frequency etc, depend on mode). This
Maximum determines the scaling factor of the computational processing and amounts to the range which
is represented by the available numerical format of 16bits. Depending on the measurement mode (quantity
to be measured), it is to be declared as an input range's unit or in terms of a corresponding max. pulse
rate.
In the interest of maximizing the measurement resolution it is recommended to set this value accordingly.
The Scaling is a sensor specification which states the relation between the pulse rate of the sensor and it's
corresponding physical units (sensitivity). This is also the place to enter a conversion factor for the sensor
along with any physical quantity desired, for instance, to translate the revolutions of a flow gauge to a
corresponding volume.
The table below summarizes the various measurement types' units;
the bold, cursive letters denote the (fixed) primary quantity, followed by its (editable) default physical unit:
Measurement quantity (Sensor-) scaling Range Maximum
Linear motion Pulse / m m m / s
Angle Pulse / U U U / min
Velocity Pulse / m m / s m / s
RPM Pulse / U U / min U / min
Event Pulse / Pulse 1 Pulse Hz
Frequency Hz / Hz Hz Hz
Time s / s s s
Pulse time 1 1 s
4.3.12.4 Sensor types, synchronization
Index signal denotes the synchronization signal SYNC which is globally available to all four channels in
common. If its function Encoder w/o zero impulse is not activated, the following conditions apply: After the
start of a measurement the counters remain inactive until the first positive slope arrives from SYNC. This
arrangement is independent of the release-status of the Start-trigger condition.
If a sensor without an index track (Reset signal) is used, Encoder w/o zero impulse must be selected,
otherwise the counters will remain in reset-state and will never be started because the enabling
start-impulse will never occur!!
The index signal has to be connected to CON2!
Incremental encoder sensors often have an index track (index signal, zero marker pulse) which emits a
synchronization-signal once per revolution. The SYNC-input is differential and set by the comparator
settings. Its bandwidth is limited to 20kHz by a permanently low-pass filter. The input is located on
ACC/DSUB-ENC4 Pins 6 and 13. If the input remains open, an (inactive) HIGH-state will set in.
The measurement types Linear Motion, Angle, RPM and Velocity are especially well adapted for direct
connection to incremental encoder-sensors. These consist of a rotating disk with fine gradation in
conjunction with optical scanning and possibly also with electric signal conditioning.
One differentiates between single track and dual track encoders. Dual track encoders (quadrature
encoders) emit two signals offset by 90 of phase, the tracks A and B (C and D). By evaluating the phase
information between the A and B-track, the direction of turning can be determined. If the corresponding
encoder type is selected, this functionality is supported.
The actual time or frequency information, however, is derived exclusively from the A(C) -track!
The measurement types Event, Frequency, and Time always are measured by one-track encoders, since
in these cases no evaluation of direction or sign would make any sense. The sensor must simply be
connected to the terminal for Track A (C).
93
Since many signal encoders require a supply voltage, +5V are provided at the connector socket for this
purpose (max. 300mA). The reference potential for this voltage, in other words the supply-ground
connection for the sensor, is CHASSIS.
For the older module INK4, this +5V supply voltage is not protected. It is the imc CRONOS-PL
system-supply itself and should be protected with an external fuse.
4.3.12.5 Comparator conditioning (threshold, hysteresis)
The incremental encoder channels' special properties make special demands on the signal quality: The
very high time-resolution of the detector or counter means that even extremely short impulses which
sampling measurement procedures (as at the digital inputs) would miss are captured and evaluated.
Therefore the digital signals must have clean edges in order not to result in distorted measurements.
Missed pulses or bounces could otherwise lead to drop-outs in the time measurements, or enormous
"peaks" in the rpm-measurements.
Simple sensors such as those based on induction or photosensitive relays often emit only unconditioned
analog signals which must be evaluated in terms of a threshold value condition. Furthermore long cables,
ground loops or interference, can make the processing of even conditioned encoder signals (such as
TTL-levels) difficult. imc CRONOS-PL/SL, however, can counteract this using its special three-step
conditioning unit.
To begin with, a high-impedance differential amplifier (10V range, 100kO) enables reliable
measurement from a sensor even along a long cable, as well as effective suppression of common mode
interference and ground loops. A (configurable) filter (in preparation) at the next stage offers additional
suppression of interference, adapted to the measurement set-up. Finally, a comparator with configurable
threshold and hysteresis acts as a digital detector. The (configurable) hysteresis is an extra tool for
suppressing noise:
VREF VHYST
INC
(digital)
IN
(analog)
IN > VREF+VHYST/2 IN < VREF-VHYST/2
If the analog signal exceeds the threshold VREF + VHYST/2. the digital signal changes its state (| : 0 1)
and at the same time reduces the threshold which must be crossed in order to change the state back to 0
by the amount VHYST (new threshold: VREF - VHYST/2). The magnitude of the hysteresis therefore
represents the maximum level of noise and interference that would not cause a spurious transition.
The threshold VREF is set to 1.5V, the hysteresis VHYST is 0.5V.
State transitions are therefore detected at the signal amplitudes:
1.75V ( 0 1 ) and 1.25V ( 1 0 ).
In future device versions, the threshold and hysteresis will be globally adjustable for all four channels within
the range:
Threshold (VREF) =10V Hysteresis (VHYST) =100mV .. 4V Requirement: (|VREF|+VHYST/2)<10V
Corner frequencies of the (2-pole) low-pass filter will be jointly configurable for both of a channel's tracks to
the values:
- Low-pass filter: 200Hz, 2kHz, 20kHz or without (500kHz bandwidth)
94
Structure
Complete conditioning is provided for all 8 tracks of the 4 channels: for each channel, the two tracks (A and
B or C and D) of a two-signal encoder can be connected, in which case the differential inputs of each pair
of tracks share a common reference (neg. input).
Block schematic

GND
-INA
+INA
+5V
CHASSIS
GND
SENSOR
SUPPLY
POWER_GND
Ua
-Ua
Filter
REF
HYST FREQ
COUNT
+/-30V
9 tracks: IN1..4 X/Y, INDEX
cable sensor ENC-4

+IN_B
Y
-IN
A
Sensor
TrackB
CHASSIS
CHASSIS
shielded cable
INC-inputs
Sensor
TrackA
+IN_A
+ +
ground loop: common mode
interference

INK-4
One differentiates between single track and dual track encoders. Dual track encoders (quadrature
encoders) emit two signals offset by 90 of phase, the tracks A and B. By evaluating the phase information
between the A and B-track, the direction of turning can be determined. If the corresponding encoder type is
selected, this functionality is supported. The actual time or frequency information, however, is derived
exclusively from the A-track!
Like the other channels, the Index-channel is fully conditioned. If its function is activated, it can take effect
on all four channels. The DSUB-15 terminal sockets are each occupied by 2 channels. In order to prevent
accidental short-circuiting due to incorrect wiring, the index-channel occupies only the second DSUB-15
socket, together with Channels 1 and 2. The second socket, occupied by Channels 3 and 4, has no contact
to the Index-channel at its corresponding pins! However, in the interest of uniformity, imc terminal plugs all
are labeled INDEX!
95
4.3.12.6 Channel assignment
96
The condition for the input differential amplifier reaching the correct working point is that the sensor be
ground referenced, meaning that is has low impedance towards ground (GND, CHASSIS, PE). This is not
to be confused with the sensor's common mode potential, which may be as much as 30V (even for the
IN input!). This also applies if differential measurement is configured for the high-impedance differential
input. If this galvanic contact to the system (CHASSIS) doesn't exist for an isolated sensor, such a
connection must be created, for instance as a jumper between GND (device) and the sensor's
POWER_GND!
The 5V (max. 100mA, 300mA as option) supply voltage provided at the terminals "+5V, GND" can be used
to supply sensors. if a greater voltage or supply power is required, the sensor must be supplied externally,
and you must make sure to provide a galvanic connection between this supply voltage and the system
ground!
4.3.12.7 Connection
Each of the 4 incremental encoder channels has an A and a B-track (C and D) for connecting a two-signal
encoder. If a one-signal encoder is used, it must be connected to the A-track and the positive B-track must
be shorted with the negative B-track. If the index-input isn't used, the positive index channel must be
shorted with the negative index-channel.
4.3.12.7.1 Connection: Open-Collector Sensor
Simple rotary encoder sensors are often designed as an Open-Collector stage:

GND
-INA
+INA
+5V
CHASSIS
+/-30V
cable sensor ENC-4
(SUPPLY)
POWER_GND
Ua
SIGNAL_GND
Commercially available rotary encoders are often equipped with differential line drivers, for instance as per
the EIA-standard RS422. These deliver a complementary (inverse) TTL-level signal for each track. The
sensor's data are evaluated differentially between the complementary outputs. The threshold to select is
0V, since the differential evaluation results in a bipolar zero-symmetric signal: 3.8...5V (HIGH) or 3.8...-5V
(LOW). Ground loops as pure common mode interference are suppressed to the greatest possible extent.
The illustration below shows the circuiting. The reflection response and thus the signal quality can be
further improved by using terminator resistors.
97
4.3.12.7.2 Connection: Sensors with RS422 differential line drivers

GND
-INA
+INA
a
+5V
CHASSIS
+/-30V
cable sensor ENC-4
(SUPPLY)
POWER_GND
Ua
-Ua
R_
ter
m
RS422
4.3.12.7.3 Connection: Sensors with current signals
For a rotational encoder working with current signals, the current/ voltage terminal ACC/DSUB-ENC-4-IU
can be used.
It is possible to power the sensor from the ENC-4 module. The pertinent specifications are:
max. supply current: 320 mA / module 160mA per DSUB-terminal.
typ. encoder with 11Ass signals:
Heidenhain ROD 456, current c: max. 85mA per (2-signal) encoder
max. 2 sensors / connector can be supplied, but not 4!
213
98
4.3.13 HRENC-4 High Resolution Counter
For two-track sine signal generators
Besides including the technical equipment of an ENC-4 unit, the HRENC-4 also comes with analog analysis
capability. Normally, counters emit simple square-wave signals, whose pulse sequence is evaluated
according to certain criteria. In this case, it is adequate for the encoders input amplifier to clearly detect the
pulses on the basis of either a HIGH or LOW voltage level.
The technical specification of the module CRPL/HRENC-4 .
Two-track sine/cosine signal generators output the pulse sequence as a continuous sine/cosine plot. The
HRENC is capable of converting the instantaneous sine/cosine tracks into the angle. This makes a
substantially increased resolution possible, which depends on the input amplifiers resolution and on the
saturation degree of the input range.
Additionally, the HRENC converts the analog signals to digital values, used for determining the direction of
rotation and the discrete progress (complete periods).
track_1 track_2 Digital_1 Digital_2
-1.5
0.0
1.5 V
2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0 4.2 4.4 4.6
ms
4.3.13.1 Settings in imcDevices
Besides the dialog elements familiar from ENC-4, the following settings options are available in the mode
Displacement(diff) and Angle(diff):
181
99
4.3.13.1.1 Input
Selection of the input voltage range: 1.5V and 10V
To achieve higher resolution, the input range should be utilized to the greatest extent possible.
4.3.13.1.2 Signalshape
The default selection Rectangle (digital) corresponds to the conventional functioning of the ENC-4. Sine
(analog) activates conversion of the discrete instantaneous values.
Note
In analog operation, too, an appropriate value must be set for the hysteresis. This is required for conversion
to a digital signal. An appropriate setting of the switching level is also important, since this is considered the
sine/cosine-signals DC-component.
4.3.13.2 Functioning
A measurement
is taken of the sinusoidal generator signals (analog signals) at a high sampling rate and a resolution of 12
bits. These signals are, on the one hand, converted to binary signals (pulses) according to the threshold
values set in the user interface (switching level with hysteresis), and on the other hand they are directly
processed to achieve a much higher generator resolution. This process makes use of the fact that the
information content of an idealized, sine/cosine-shaped incremental encoder (counter) signal has an
arbitrarily high resolution.
The sign is determined from the logical pattern of the generator signals converted to rectangular pulses.
At the moment of sampling (the sampling interval set in the user interface), the exact position (in the
sine/cosine signal) is determined from the analog signals. The exact progress is then found on the basis of
the pulse count, with consideration of the pulses signs, plus the difference between the sine curves exact
positions at the current sampling time and at the preceding sampling time.
This is performed at a resolution of 2
15
referenced to the maximum number of sinusoidal generator signal
periods within a sampling interval.
Example:
If a maximum of one period per sampling interval is to be expected (one pulse per sampling interval*
)
), then 360 are subdivided into 2
15
angle increments of 0.011. If a maximum of two periods per
sampling interval can occur (two pulses per sampling interval*
)
), then 720 are subdivided into 2
15
angle increments of 0.022.
*
)
The maximum number of pulses per sampling interval is calculated as:
Max.pulsefrequency*samplingintervalset
The maximum pulse frequency is calculated as:
Scaling*maximumrotationspeedorvelocity.
4.3.13.3 Connection
ENC-4 and HRENC-4 use the ACC/DSUB-ENC4 .
The technical specification of the HRENC-4 .
220
181
100
4.3.14 HV-4I High-voltage channels
Each high-voltage channel comes with an isolated amplifier. This allows direct measurement of voltages
up to 600V (peak), according to protection class CAT II. The signal is connected via a safety banana
jack directly on the device.
The analog bandwidth (without low-pass filtering) is 25kHz.
- Voltage: 600V ... 500mV in 10 different ranges
The inputs are DC-coupled and always have an input impedance of 1MO. The differential response is
achieved by the isolated circuiting.
4.3.15 HV-4I Current probe channels
Current probe channels are non-isolated voltage channels designed for direct connection of isolated
current probes. The connection sockets are 8-pin mini-DIN jacks for which fitting current probes can be
obtained.
The technical specification of the module CRPL/HV-4I .
The non-isolated differential inputs are DC-coupled and always have an input impedance of 1MO.
Any other voltage signals besides current probes can also be connected.
Current probes are compact, isolated sensors structured as clamps, and can be used to measure very
large currents by simply encircling the current-bearing line, thus without needing to cut into the circuit.
Active sensors need a voltage supply and convert the measured current into an equivalent voltage signal of
typ. 3V to 10V. For AC measurements, passive current probes are sufficient.
Configuration of the channel is always performed in voltage mode, since the current probe returns a
voltage signal whose conversion ratio, which depends on the probe type, must be entered as a scaling
value. The recommended available current probe, for instance, is scaled as follows: 100mV / A at max. 30
A current and 3V output.
4.3.15.3 Supply voltage
Current probes typically are equipped with batteries. This is true for the type shipped with the device.
But in addition, a symmetric supply voltage is available from each of the Mini-DIN8 sockets, thus making it
possible to supply the current probe from the device. Some manufacturers offer models which support
supply from an external source. Since different manufacturers' probes need different supply voltages, a
programmer-pin is provided. This pin is equipped with a variable (programmable) resistor by means of
which the voltage can be adjusted within the range 1.5V to 12.5V.
The supply outputs " SUPPLY" are short-circuit protected and designed to bear max. 120mA per
channel (limit of short-circuit protection: typ. 200mA). The reference potential for both the supply and signal
is the terminal "AGND".
184
101
Variable resistor for current probe supply voltage
Variable resistor :
R extern U extern
0,0 Ohm 1,5 V
100,0 Ohm 2,0 V
355,0 Ohm 3,0 V
650,0 Ohm 4,0 V
1,00 kOhm 5,0 V
1,42 kOhm 6,0 V
1,95 kOhm 7,0 V
2,25 kOhm 7,5 V
3,50 kOhm 9,0 V
4,70 kOhm 10,0 V
11,20 kOhm 12,5 V
U_ext
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
V
1
110
2
110
3
110
4
110
5
110
Ohm
Pin configuration Mini-DIN8 current probe channels
Device socket Pin Signal Definition
1 +IN Signal-input
2 -IN Signal- input
3 -SUPPLY Negative supply voltage -2V..-12.5V
4 Reserved
5 PROG Programmable resistor for supply voltage
(Jumper to Pin 8)
6 +SUPPLY Positive supply voltage +2V..+12.5V
7 reserved
8 AGND Signal and power GND
Housing CHASSIS shield
The current probes which ship with the device are equipped with isolated safety BNC sockets and come
with an adapter cable which accommodates the signal output to Mini-DIN8.
The probes come with batteries; the device's supply voltage isn't used.
102
4.3.16 HV-4U, HV-2U2I Voltage, current probe
4 differential analog inputs
The high voltage amplifier consists of one two-channel master module and one two-channel attachment
module which is configured for measurement of either voltage or current probe signals. Thus, a single
amplifier can acquire either four voltage signals or two voltage and current probe channels each.
The technical data of the CRPL/HV-2U2I .
4.3.16.1 High-voltage channels of the HV-module
The high-voltage channels are each equipped with an isolated amplifier. They enable direct measurement
of voltages of up to 1000V (peak values), in accordance with the protection class CAT III. CAT III is the
highest possible measurement category for utilization of the full 1000 V input range. The utilization is
determined for each target system, and may not reach the maximum in some cases refer to the technical
data.
The measurement signal is connected directly to the device via a safety banana jack.
The analog bandwidth (without low-pass filtering) is 6.5kHz.
The module HV-4U comes with four voltage measurement channels (safety banana jacks).
WARNING! Do not damage the safety seal!
Each high-voltage module of your imc CRONOS PL unit was inspected for compliance with the
safety guidelines per DIN EN 61010-1 prior to delivery, and subjected to a high-voltage test. The
module is sealed after having passed these final tests.
If the safety seal is damaged, safe work cannot be ensured.
Any intervention, for instance temporary removal of the module, makes re-inspection for safety.
4.3.16.1.1 Voltage measurement
- Voltage: 1000V ... 2.5V in 9 different ranges
The inputs are DC-coupled and have a permanent input impedance of 2MO. The differential response is
achieved by means of the isolated configuration.
4.3.16.2 Current probe channels of the HV-module
Current probe channels are non-isolated voltage channels, which are configured for direct connection of
isolated current probes.
Those special channels for current probe and Rogowski-coils offer a measurement range from 250mV to
5V. The differential inputs are DC-coupled and show always an input impedance of 200 kO. The
Rogowski-coils can be connected directly.
Suitable current probe and Rogowski-coils can be delivered. These inputs can be used as normal voltage
channels also, provided that the signal is within the measurement range.
4.3.16.2.1 Voltage measurement
The non-isolated differential inputs are DC-coupled and have a permanent input impedance of 2MO.
Besides measurement with current probes, any other voltage signals can also be connected.
185
103
4.3.16.2.2 Current measurement
Clamp current probes are compactly structured, electrically isolated sensors shaped like clamps, by which
currents can be measured simply by encircling the conducting wire, without interrupting the circuit. The
current under investigation is converted to a proportional voltage signal. Active sensors such as
compensation transducers require their own power supply. In mist cases, this is already provided by a
battery in the current probe.
Like clamp current probes, Rogowski coils enable contact-free measurement of current in a conductor by
simply encircling it. In contrast to active current probes, Rogowski coils dont require a power supply, but
they can only measure AC-currents. To be exact, they measure the change in current, which makes
integration of the signal necessary.
In both application cases, configuration of the measurement channel according to the type used is
necessary. The current probes offered come this way.

Warning!
The measurement inputs are high-impedance and are not intended for direct connection of
current transducers.
Warning!
The measurement signal can be accompanied by dangerous contact voltages. Please use
only safety plugs.
4.3.16.3 Connections
4.3.16.3.1 Voltages
For voltage measurements of up to 1000V (peak), safety banana jacks are provided.
The maximum permitted voltage to
ground depends on the measurement
site. See Chapter T to learn the
measurement category.
Only use connectors which are
protected on all sides against touch.
All the inputs are individually isolated.
The voltage channels are each equipped with isolated amplifiers. They enable direct measurement of
voltages up to 1000 V (this values decreases the higher the measurement category is see the
technical data).
The measurement signal is connected directly to the device via a safety banana jack.
The analog bandwidth (without low-pass filtering) enables correct measurement of up to the 50
th
harmonic.
The inputs are DC-coupled and have a permanent input impedance in the MO range. The differential
response is achieved by means of the isolated configuration.
104
Note
To the extent possible, use symmetric
connection cables having separate leads for both
the measurement and reference voltages of each
line. Connect the leads for the reference voltage,
if necessary, only at the measurement object.
4.3.16.3.2 Currents
Current measurement is achieved contact-freeCC by
means of current probes. To connect these transducers,
three-pin Phoenix sockets are provided. Only current
probes fitted by imc with special terminals can be
connected. Connection resembles the illustrations below.

Current probe MN71 Current transducer AmpFLEX A100
The current probes recommended by imc cover the range for low currents (< 10A) and for medium to high
currents (5...10kA). With probes having multiple input ranges, the input range set on the probe must also
be correctly set by hand in the users interface.Both the amplitude- and phase response of the current
probes provided by imc are measured prior to delivery and recorded in a TEDS. The HV is able to read this
information and to correct the signal accordingly.
Notes
- If the current input range set in the users interface doesnt match the probes, the current signal is
scaled incorrectly. However, the devices electronics are not in danger of damage.
- Use only current probes provided by imc, or have your own current probes modified by our customer
service. Only then can error-free functioning be assured. imc will not accept responsibility for
disturbances or damage sustained by the device if unauthorized probes are used.
- Whenever you connect a new current probe, read its TEDS information. This is the only way to ensure
that phase-independent quantities (e.g. power) are determined correctly. The TEDS data are recorded
along with the experiment and therefore need not be imported each time the same equipment is
activated.
105
4.3.16.3.3 Using transducers
Compensation of systematic transducer conversion errors isnt possible, since these errors arent known. If
the transducers conversion uncertainty is specified, it often only pertains to the technical frequencies, so
that the error estimation for higher harmonics is difficult.
Note
The transducers amplitudes and angle errors influence the measurement results, which especially affects
the measurement of power.
4.3.16.3.4 Rogowski coil
Transducers which work according to the principle of the Rogowski coil return a signals derivative. The HV
is configured for this measurement type and returns an integrated signal in this case.
4.3.16.3.5 Pin configuration and cable wiring
Cable connection plug (without pod) Current probe channels
Plug socket in imc CRONOS-PL Signal Definition
+ IN TEDS - IN
+IN Signal input
-IN
Signal input /
Reference potential L or (PE)N
TEDS
Transducer Electronic Data Sheet
Enables recognition of the current probe
connected
Notes on the measurement setup
Measurement lines must be kept away from unshielded conductors, sharp edges, electromagnetic fields
and other adverse environmental factors.
- Measurement line for the voltage: The measurement lines connection to the measurement object
must be designed for the maximum occurring voltage. Before conducting the measurement, check
the line leading to it in order to prevent the occurrence of dangerous touch voltages and short
circuits. The use of flexible terminals makes special care necessary. It must be checked whether
the mechanical connection is secure and what would happen if it is accidentally disconnected. For
increased reliability, the lines should be secured at the measurement location. The fuses breaking
capacity must correspond to the expected error current at the measurement location.
- Measurement line for the current: The current probes must be connected in a mechanically secure
manner. The aim should be to orient it orthogonally to the current rail or lead. This applies
especially to current measurement coils operating according to the Rogowski pronciple.
- Measurement device: imc CRONOS-PL must be placed in such a way that no terminals can be
accidentally disconnected.
106
4.3.17 ICPU-8 Voltage, current-fed sensor
8 differential analog inputs (ICP-, DELTATRON
-, PIEZOTRON
-Sensors)
This model includes an internal ICP expansion, so that no external ICP-plug is necessary. The
interconnections are of the type BNC. This means there is no possibility to measure current via the special
DSUB terminal.
The ICPU-8 supports TEDS (Transducer Electronic Data Sheet) as per IEEE 1451.4 Class I Mixed
Mode Interface. According to this protocol, both TEDS data and analog signals are sent and received along
the same line. The technical specification for ICPU-8 .
4.3.17.1 input coupling
20V
Mode: ICP
BNC
IN1..8
5
0
R
R
_
i
n
range:
<= 5V: 910k
0.37 Hz
R
_
i
n
4mA
Mode: AC
BNC
IN1..8
R
_
i
n
range:
<= 10V: 910k
>10V: 330k
R
_
i
n
0.37 Hz /
1.0 Hz
Mode: DC
BNC
IN1..8
R
_
i
n
range:
<= 10V: 10M
>10V: 500k
R
_
i
n
Mode: AC single-end
BNC
IN1..8
5
0
R
range:
<= 10V: 910k
>10V: 330k R
_
i
n
0.37 Hz /
1.0 Hz
Mode: DC single-end
BNC
IN1..8
5
0
R
R
_
i
n
range:
<= 10V: 10M
>10V: 500k
Note
In the settings mode Sensor with current feed, an open-circuit current-fed voltage of about 30V is present
at the BNC sockets, which can cause damage to other (non-current-fed) sensor types. For that reason, this
mode should only be set for appropriate sensors.
It is assured that no current feed is active when the device is started. This state remains in effect until the
measurement is first prepared, no matter what is set in the user's interface.
152
189
107
In the voltage ranges 50V and 20V, a voltage divider is in operation; the resulting input impedance is 1
MO in DC mode and 0.67MO in AC mode. In the voltage ranges 10V, by contrast, the input impedance
is 20MO in DC and 1.82MO in AC mode. When the device is deactivated, it drops to about 1MO.
With the AC coupled ICP-measurement the DC voltage is suppressed by a high pass filter of 0.37Hz for all
ranges 10V. For the ranges 20V the low pass cut-off frequency is 1Hz. The input configuration is
differential.
The voltage source itself already
is referenced to the device's
ground. The voltage source is at
the same potential as the device
ground.

+in
-in
GND
+
- U
e
Example: The measurement system is grounded. Thus, the input GND is at ground potential. If the
voltage source itself is also grounded, it is referenced to the device ground. It isn't any problem if, as
it may be, the ground potential at the voltage source deviates from the ground potential of the device
itself by a few degrees. The maximum permitted common mode voltage must not be exceeded.
Important: In this case, the negative signal input -IN may not be connected to the ground contact
GND in the device. Otherwise, a ground loop would result, through which interference could be
coupled in.
In this case, a true differential (but not isolated!) measurement is performed.
The voltage source itself has no reference
to the device's ground, but instead, its
potential floats freely compared to the
device ground. If a ground reference
cannot be established, it's also possible to
connect the negative signal input IN to the
ground contact GND.
+in
-in
GND
+
- U
e
Example: A voltage source which isn't grounded (e.g. a battery) and whose contacts have no
connection to ground potential is measured. The measurement system is grounded.
Important: When IN and GND are connected, be sure that the signal source's potential can
actually be drawn to the device ground's potential without an appreciable current flowing. If the
source can't be brought to that potential level (because it turns out to be at fixed potential after all),
there is a risk of permanent damage to the amplifier. If IN and GND are connected, a single end
measurement is performed. This isn't a problem unless a ground reference already existed.
4.3.17.2.3 Voltage measurement: With taring
With voltage measurement, it's possible to tare a zero offset to restore correct zero. For this purpose,
select the menu item Settings _Amplifiers (balance etc.), and on the screen's index card Common,
under Balancing, select the option Tare for the desired channel. The input range correspondingly is
reduced by the amount of the zero adjustment. If the initial offset is so large that it's not possible to adjust it
by means of the device, a larger input range must be set.
108
4.3.17.3 Bandwidth
The channels' max. sampling rate is 100kSamples/s (10s sampling interval). The analog bandwidth
(without digital low-pass filtering) is 14kHz (-3dB). In AC mode the lower cut off frequency is 0.37Hz for all
ranges 10V, else 1Hz.
Technical specification of CRPL/ICPU-8 .
189
109
4.3.18 ICPU-16 Voltage, current-fed sensor
-, PIEZOTRON
-Sensors)
This model includes an internal ICP expansion, so that no external ICP-plug is necessary. The
interconnections are of the type BNC. This means there is no possibility to measure current via the special
DSUB terminal.
The ICPU-16 supports TEDS (Transducer Electronic Data Sheet) as per IEEE 1451.4 Class I Mixed
Mode Interface. According to this protocol, both TEDS data and analog signals are sent and received along
the same line. The technical specification of ICPU-16 .
4.3.18.1 Input coupling
see ICPU-8 .
The input impedance is 20MO in DC and 1.82MO in AC mode. When the device is deactivated, it drops to
about 1MO.
With the AC coupled ICP-measurement the DC voltage is suppressed by a high pass filter of 0.37Hz. The
input configuration is differential.
See ICPU-8 .
See ICPU-8 .
See ICPU-8 .
4.3.18.3 Bandwidth
(without digital low-pass filtering) is 6,6kHz (-3dB). In AC mode the lower cut off frequency is 0.37Hz.
Technical specification of CRPL/ICPU-16 .
152
191
106
107
107
107
191
110
4.3.19 ISO2-8 Isolated voltage channels with current and temp. modes
Each of the module CRPL/ISO2-8's isolated voltage channels has its own isolated amplifier, operated in
the voltage mode.
Along with voltage measurement, current measurement via a shunt plug, temperature measurement and
the use of an ICP expansion plug are all provided for. The ISO2-8 supports TEDS (Transducer
Electronic Data Sheet as per IEEE 1451.4)
The analog bandwidth (without low-pass filtering) of the isolated voltage channels is 8kHz.
General remarks on isolated channels:
When using an isolated channel (with or without supply), one should make sure the common mode
potential is "defined", one way or another: Using an isolated channel on an isolated signal source usually
does not make sense. The very high common mode input impedance of this isolated configuration (> 1G)
will easily pick up enormous common mode noise as well as possibly letting the common mode potential
drift to high DC-level. These high levels of common-mode noise will not be completely rejected by the
amplifier's common-mode (isolation-mode) rejection.
So, as a general rule: isolated amps should be used in environments where the common-mode level is high
but "well defined" in terms of a low (DC-) impedance towards (non-isolated) system ground (CHASSIS).
If, in turn, the signal source itself is isolated, it can be forced to a common-mode potential, which is the
potential of the measurement equipment. This is the case with a microphone: the non-isolated power
supply will force the common mode potential of the microphone and amp-input to system ground instead of
leaving it floating, which would make it susceptible to all kinds of noise and disturbance.
The technical specification of the CRPL/ISO2-8 .
- Voltage:
60V ... 5V with divider
- Voltage:
2V ... 50mV without divider
An internal pre-divider is in effect in the voltage ranges 60V to 5V. In this case, the differential input
impedance is 1MO, in all other ranges 10MO. If the device is de-activated, the impedance is always 1MO.
The inputs are DC-coupled. The differential response is achieved by means of the isolated circuiting.
+IN
-IN
+SUPPLY
-SUPPLY
+ -
+ -
+
-
T
0
^
O
+IN
-IN
+SUPPLY
-SUPPLY
T^O
+ -
+ -
+
-
2
0

k
O
configuration for voltages < 5V configuration for voltages > 2V with internal divider
152
192
111
- Current: 40mA , 20mA, 10mA.,. 1mA in 6 ranges
A special plug (order-code: ACC/DSUB-I4) with a built-in shunt (50 ) is needed for current measurement.
Configuration is performed in voltage mode, whereby an appropriate scaling factor is entered in order for
amperage values to be displayed (20mA/V = 1/50O).
+IN
-IN
+SUPPLY
-SUPPLY
+ -
+ -
1
0
M
O
5
0
O
For current measurement with the special shunt-plugs ACC/DSUB-I4, inputs ranging only up to max. 50
mA (corresponding to 2V or 2.5V voltage ranges) are permitted due to the measurement shunt's limited
power dissipation in the case of static long-term loading.
Input stage block schematic

1
M

2
0
k

+IN
-IN
Isolation
current
measurement
rom-
voltage
measuremen
t
+IN
-IN
5
0

ACC/DSUB_I4 isolated voltage channel - 10 kHz
1
0
M

4.3.19.3 External +5V supply voltage (non-isolated)
The isolated voltage channels are also provided with a 5V supply voltage at the DSUB-15 connector
plugs, for external sensors or ICP-extension plug. This source is not isolated; its reference potential is
identical to the non-isolated reference ground of the overall system.
These +5V supply outputs are each electronically protected inside from short-circuiting, against up to 160
mA (limit of short circuit protection: 280mA). The reference potential, in other words the supply's ground
connection for the sensor, is the terminal GND.
The ISO2-8 can be enhanced with the sensor supply unit CRPL/SUPPLY, which provides an adjustable
supply voltage for active sensors.
216
112
4.3.19.5 Temperature-channels
The CRPL/ISO2-8 temperature channels are designed for direct connection of thermocouples and PT100
-sensors (RTD, platinum-resistance thermometers). Any combination of both sensor types can be used;
all common thermocouple types are supported along with their particular characteristic curves.
-IN
+I
10
MO
+IN
-I
+
-
-IN1
+I1
10
MO
+IN1
R
cable
RTD
(PT100)
R
cable
R
cable
R
cable
+
-
-I4
250 A
-I3
+I4
+I3
-I2
-IN2
+IN2
RTD
(PT100)
R
cable
R
cable
-I1 R
cable
R
cable +I2
10
MO
configuration for thermocouples configuration for two PT100 (RTD)
See also temperature measurement and thermo-plug .
The pin configuration of the DSUB15 plug .
40 41
220
113
4.3.20 LV-16 Voltage channels: Differential amplifiers/ Scanner module
The module LV-16 comes with 16 differential, non-isolated input channels which can be used for
measuring voltage. In addition, current measurement by means of a shunt plug and the use of an
ICP-expansion plug are provided for.
The module is built as a "scanner" which enables the maximum aggregate sampling rate of 320kHz to be
distributed among the amount of activated channels (up to 16). The maximum sampling rate for a single
channel can extend up to 20kHz.
The channels each come with 5
th
order ("analog", fixed-configuration) anti-aliasing filters, whose cutoff
frequency is 6.6kHz. This means that for a channel sampled at 20kHz, nearly aliasing-free measurement in
the sense of the Sampling Theorem is ensured.
For low channel sampling rates (esp. when many channels are active), appropriately adapted (digital)
low-pass filter are implemented. This procedure then no longer stringently adheres to the condition for the
Sampling Theorem, since the cutoff frequency of the "primary" analog filter (6.6kHz) is not adapted to the
lower channel sampling rate; however, the properties of this affordable module are perfectly adequate for a
number of applications.
- Input ranges: 250mV, 1V, 2.5V, 10V
- Analog bandwidth:
6.6kHz (-3dB)
- Maximum aggregate sampling rate:
3 2 0kHz
- High sampling rate per channel:
20 kHz for voltage channels
- Impedance: 20MO differential
- Supports imc Plug & Measure (Transducer Electronic Data Sheets (IEEE 1451))
Along with voltage measurement, current measurement via a shunt plug and the use of an ICP expansion
plug are all provided for.
The technical specification of the CRPL/LV-16 .
- Voltage ranges: 250mV, 1V, 2.5V, 10V
The input impedance is 10MO referenced to system ground or 20MO differential. The inputs are
DC-coupled. The corresponding connection terminal is designated ACC/DSUB-U4
- Current ranges: 5mA, 20mA, 50mA
For current measurements, a special plug with a built-in shunt (50) is needed (order #: ACC/DSUB-I4).
Configuration is carried out in the voltage mode, but an appropriate scaling factor is entered which allows
direct display of current values (20mA/V = 1/50O).
For current measurement with the special shunt-plugs ACC/DSUB-I4, input ranging only up to max. 5
0mA (corresponding to 2V or 2.5V voltage ranges) are permitted due to the measurement shunt's
limited power dissipation in the case of static long-term loading.
195
114
4.3.20.3 External +5V supply voltage
At the DSUB-15 connector plugs, there is a 5V supply voltage available for external sensors or for the
ICP-expansion plug. This source is not isolated; its reference potential is identical to the overall system's
ground reference.
The +5V supply outputs are electronically protected internally against short-circuiting and can each be
loaded up to max. 160mA (short-circuit limiting: 200mA). The sensor's reference potential, in other words
its supply-ground connection is the terminal "GND".
The LV-16 can be enhanced with the sensor supply unit CRPL/SUPPLY, which provides an adjustable
4.3.20.5 Pin configuration and cabling
The LV-16 module is normally equipped with four DSUB-15 plugs (4 channels / plug) and thus occupies 2
module slots in the system.
Remark: In contrast to the normal configuration, in the DSUB-15 plugs belonging to the LV-16 model, Pin1
is NOT connected to the device ground (CHASSIS), but to the DSUB-connector housing itself. When the
imc terminal plug is used, this makes no difference, since in such cases the respective
"CHASSIS"-terminals are connected appropriately. This must only be taken into account when using
personally assembled, commercially available DSUB-plugs (for example, for connecting the cable
shielding).
For the pin configuration of the DSUB-15 plug see Standard plugs (ACC/DSUB-STD) .
216
220
115
4.3.21 LV2-8 Voltage, current, sensor with current feed
-, PIEZOTRON
-Sensors)
The measurement inputs (non-isolated, differential amplifiers) are for voltage or current measurement. The
15-pin DSUB plug ACC/DSUB-U4 enables voltage measurement on four channels. For measurement of
current, the ACC/DSUB-I4, which comes with 50O shunts, must be used. In addition, the use of an
ICP-expansion plug ACC/DSUB-ICP4 is possible.
The LV2-8 supports TEDS ; the technical specification of the CRPL/LV2-8 .
In the voltage ranges 50V and 20V, a voltage divider is in operation; the resulting input impedance is 1
MO. In the voltage ranges 10V to 5mV, by contrast, the input impedance is 20MO. When the device is
deactivated, it drops to about 1MO.
The input configuration is differential and DC-coupled.
The voltage source itself
already is referenced to the
device's ground. The
voltage source is at the
same potential as the
device ground.
+in
-in
GND
+
- U
e
Example: The device is grounded. Thus, the input GND is at ground potential. If the voltage source itself is
also grounded, it is referenced to the device ground. It isn't any problem if, as it may be, the ground
potential at the voltage source deviates from the ground potential of the device itself by a few degrees. The
maximum permitted common mode voltage must not be exceeded.
Important: In this case, the negative signal input -IN may not be connected to the ground contact GND in
the device. Otherwise, a ground loop would result, through which interference could be coupled in.
In this case, a true differential (but not isolated!) measurement is performed.
The voltage source itself has no
reference to the device's ground,
but instead, its potential floats
freely compared to the device
ground. If a ground reference
cannot be established, it's also
possible to connect the negative
signal input IN to the ground
contact GND.
+in
-in
GND
+
- U
e
Example: A voltage source which isn't grounded (e.g. a battery) and whose contacts have no
connection to ground potential is measured. The measurement system is grounded.
152 197
116
Important: When IN and GND are connected, be sure that the signal source's potential can
actually be drawn to the device ground's potential without an appreciable current flowing. If the
source can't be brought to that potential level (because it turns out to be at fixed potential after all),
there is a risk of permanent damage to the amplifier. If IN and GND are connected, a single end
measurement is performed. This isn't a problem unless a ground reference already existed.
4.3.21.1.3 Case 3: Voltage source at other, fixed potential
In the input ranges 20V, the
common mode voltage U
cm
must
lie within the range 10V. It is
reduced by one-half of the input
voltage.

+in
-in
GND
+
- U
e
+
-
Ucm
With voltage measurement, it's possible to tare a zero offset to restore correct zero. For this purpose,
select the menu item Settings Amplifiers (balance etc.), and on the screen's index card Common,
under Balancing, select the option Tare for the desired channel. The input range correspondingly is
reduced by the amount of the zero adjustment. If the initial offset is so large that it's not possible to adjust it
by means of the device, a larger input range must be set.
Current: e.g. 50mA ... 1mA
For current measurement, the DSUB
connector ACC/DSUB-I4 must be used.
This plug is not included in the standard
LV2-8 package. It contains a 50O shunt. In
addition, voltage can be measured via an
externally connected shunt. The
appropriate scaling must be set in the user
interface. The value 50O is only a
suggestion. The resistance should be
sufficiently precise. Make not of the shunt's
power consumption.

+in
-in
GND
R
cable
R
cable
+
-
50O
In this configuration, too, the maximum common mode voltage must lie within the range 10V. This can
generally only be assured if the current source is also already referenced to ground. If the current source
has no ground reference, there is a danger of the LV2-8 suffering unacceptably high overvoltage. It may be
necessary to create a ground reference, for instance, by grounding the current source.
4.3.21.3 External voltage supply for ICP-Extension plug
A permanent 5V supply voltage for external sensors the ICP expansion plug is always available at the
terminal sockets. This voltage source is referenced to the LV2-8 chassis and comes with the standard
version of LV2-8.
117
The LV2-8 can be enhanced with the sensor supply unit CRPL/SUPPLY, which provides an adjustable
4.3.21.5 Bandwidth
(without digital low-pass filtering) is 1 4kHz (-3dB).
Technical specification CRPL/LV2-8 .
216
197
118
4.3.22 OSC-16 Voltage, current and temperature
Optical scanner for 16 isolated differential inputs
Parameter Value (typ. / max) Remarks, test conditions
Channels 16 4 x DSUB-15 with 4 channels each
Measurement modes Voltage 60V
Thermocouple, RTD (PT100)
Current
Standard connector (ACC/DSUB-U4)
Thermo connector (ACC/DSUB-T4)
Strom connector (ACC/DSUB-I4)
The OSC-16 has 16 isolated and differential input channels. The module has enhanced isolation
properties, with channel-to-channel isolation and common mode voltage of up to 60V (with a test voltage of
300V).
- Ideally for measurement with passiv sensors
- Optimal aliasing-free noise suppression of even 50Hz interference
- Supports imc Plug & Measure TEDS (Transducer Electronic Data Sheets (IEEE 1451)
The technical specification of the OSC-16 .
The choices for signals to connect include voltage, current, or any DIN-thermocouples or RTD (PT100).
The amplifier enables direct connection of signals up to 60V.
The OSC-16 is based on a scanner concept with block isolation, in which a multiplexer is combined with an
isolated measuring amplifier. This scheme is very well suited to measure passive sensors. Application in
conjunction witch active source and active temperature calibration devices in particular may impose
particular limitations that are discussed in detail below.
4.3.22.1 Connection
The interconnections used are DSUB-15 terminals or thermocouple plugs type-K.
One DSUB-15 connector serves four signals. For voltage measurement, the imc terminal connector
ACC/DSUB-U4 is recommended. The load resistor required for current measurement is built into the imc
ACC/DSUB-I4 connector. The imc thermo-connector ACC/DSUB-T4 ensures cold junction compensation
for thermocouples and enables PT100 measurement in four-wire configuration.
Each channel can be connected individually which means it's possible to connect a voltage, a temperature
and a current all via one terminal. This can result in certain limitations if, for instance, a current
measurement is carried out with a shunt connector and a temperature measurement with a thermocouple.
Since these measurement types require a dedicated connector, usually only one measurement type can be
performed per DSUB.
In principle, it's possible to carry out both a voltage measurement and a thermocouple measurement using
the same thermo-connector. Likewise, a PT100 measurement can be carried out using just a standard
connector or even a current plug, although doing this would prevent the convenient four-wire connection
scheme from being used.
To avoid crosstalk it is recommended to connect channels with high differences in level and frequency to
different DSUB plugs. For example don't connect a thermocouple and a high level (digital) square signal to
the same DSUB plug.
To avoid crosstalk, which is typical for scanner systems, it is recommended to short circuit the inputs of
the channel, which are not in use.
For the pin configuration of the DSUB-15 plug see Standard plugs (ACC/DSUB-STD) .
152
199
220
119
- 60V... 50mVin eleven ranges
The (static) input impedance in the ranges 2V is 10
MO, otherwise 1MO. The input configuration is
differential and DC-coupled.
The standard connector is used for voltage
measurement (ACC/DSUB-U4); the thermo-connector
(ACC/DSUB-T4) is also supported.
The connection schemes for isolated and non-isolated
signal sources are indistinguishable!
- 40mA ... 1mA in six ranges
relevant particularly for sensors with 0..20mA or
4..20mA output
For current measurement, a shunt is built into
the imc shunt-plug (ACC/DSUB-I4)
mA (corresponding to 2V or 2.5V voltage ranges) are permitted due to the measurement shunt's limited
power dissipation in the case of static long-term loading.
The input channels are designed for measurement with thermocouples and PT100-sensors (RTD,
platinum resistance thermometers as per DIN and IEC 751). Any combinations of the two sensor types can
be connected.
4.3.22.4.1 Thermocouple measurement
The common thermocouple types make use of
linearization by characteristic curve.
The cold-junction compensation necessary for
thermocouple measurements is built into the imc
thermo-connector (ACC/DSUB-T4).
120
4.3.22.4.2 PT100 (RTD) - Measurement

-IN1
+I1
+IN1
R
cable
RTD
(PT100)
R
cable
R
cable
R
cable
+
-
-I4
250 A
-I3
+I4
+I3
-I2
-IN2
+IN2
RTD
(PT100)
R
cable
R
cable
-I1 R
cable
R
cable +I2
1
0
M
O
1
0
M
O
Along with Along with thermocouples, PT100
sensors can also be connected, in 4-wire
configuration. An extra reference current source
feeds an entire chain of up to four serially
connected sensors.
The imc thermoplug has 4 contacts which are
available for the purpose of 4-wire measurements.
These current-supply contacts are internally wired
so that the reference current loop is automatically
closed when all four PT100 units are connected.
This means that theI contact of one channel is
connected to the +I contact of the next channel
(see the sketch here). Therefore, for channels not
connected to a P100 sensor, a wire jumper must
be used to connect the respective "+Ix" and "-Ix"
contacts.
Normal DSUB-15 connectors don't come with these extra "auxiliary contacts" for 4-wire connections. This
means that you must take steps to ensure that the reference current flows through all PT100 units. Only
"+I1" (DSUB(9), Terminal K1, "(RES.)") and "I4" (DSUB(6), Terminal K10, "(GND)") are available as a
contact or DSUB-15 pin, respectively. The connections "I1 = +I2", "I2 = +I3", and "I3 = +I4" must be
wired externally.
PT100 sensors are fed from the module and dont have or even require an arbitrarily adjustable reference
voltage in the sense of an externally imposed common mode voltage. It is also not permissible to set one
up, for instance by grounding one of the four connection cables: the PT100 reference current source is
referenced to the devices frame (CHASSIS), and is thus not isolated.
4.3.22.5 External sensor supply
4.3.22.5.1 Sensor supply standard (5V)
The OSC-16 is equipped with a none isolated 5V sensor supply. Each connector can be loaded by 250mW
and 5W per module.
4.3.22.5.2 Sensor supply optional (2.5V-24V)
+
-
-Supply
+Supply
Chassis
+in
-in
The module can optionally be equipped with a sensor supply.
The supply is unipolar and is contacted at the DSUB-15
terminals. The voltage can be set globally between 2,5V and
24V and is valid for both terminals.
A bipolar supply voltage of 15V instead of the unipolar 15V is
available upon request.
In the standard package, the sensor supply voltage is not
isolated (to CHASSIS).
This is also recommendable in most cases: If an isolated, active sensor is both fed with an isolated supply
and measured with an isolated channel, then (due to isolation drift or capacitive interference coupling) an
uncontrolled common mode voltage will emerge unless a common mode voltage is imposed from outside
121
(or, for instance, by targeted grounding) which may be too strong interference to suppress. Only if the
sensor to be supplied with power is already affected with a common mode voltage due to the measurement
setup, or if the SUPPLY return lines are already exposed to uncontrolled ground loops, an isolated sensor
supply may be advisable.
The supply voltage is set on a module-by-module basis and does not apply to all inputs.
Important: The settings are made via software interface. Make sure that the sensor supply is not set too
high before connecting a sensor. Otherwise, both the sensor and the OSC-16 could suffer damage.
4.3.22.6 Scanner concept
The following is a discussion of data acquisition with multiplexers and the limitations associated with it. This
will include a contrast of conventional scanners (e.g. SC2-32) to systems working in the so-called Burst
mode (e.g. OSC-16).
The OSC-16 is based on a scanner concept with block isolation, in which a multiplexer is combined with an
isolated measuring amplifier. The switching matrix is implemented with optical relays, which offers
enhanced isolation properties. The differential properties are achieved with a single isolated amplifier,
which is driven to the respective common mode voltage of the connected source within every single
sampling cycle.
This common mode settling of the (block-) isolated scanner amplifier involves charging its isolated
common mode capacitance (C.iso) via the low impedance path -IN to isolated power ground
(PWR_GND_iso) as well as charging the differential input capacitance. This process presents a certain
dynamic load to the signal source. If the signal voltage is unaffected by such factors (e.g. in the case of
thermocouples, batteries, RTD, as well as sensors which are usually passive), there is practically no
compromising of the measurement in any typical applications, as the system insures that actual sampling
takes places after complete settling of this dynamic process. The maximum allowed source impedance
(refer to the technical specs) which may not be exceeded is so high that it doesn't usually present any
limitations.
Due to this property, however, the module might not be perfectly suitable for signal sources which respond
122
to these dynamic feedback effects. This can apply to active sensors or calibrators with an active output
stage that incorporates a low-pass filter, or which respond to the dynamic load steps by either slowly
decaying or even oscillating.
Measuring extremely slow active sources at highest sampling rates might reveal such limitations, though
only in the most sensitive ranges, if ever. Measurement errors that change with samle rate could be an
indicator for such phenomenons.
However, by far in most practical cases even active sources will not limit OSC performance, as the settling
time provided for the sensor to respond to dynamic load is in the order of several hundred s.
It is only in temperature mode that one has to account for a second dynamic issue in conjunction with
sensor detection which is only implemented in this mode: To detect an open input or an interrupted signal
wire, a dynamic burnout current source will feed pulses of 400A into the source. This current pulses have
durations of up to several milliseconds and might therefore affect an active source more easily than the
very short dynamic charging currents of the scanning process.
But even in this case it is true that for longer sampling rates such settling artifact will increasingly be
suppressed by the averaging filter and will eventually no longer be relevant.
For the above reasons it is not advisable to perform any parallel measurement on one single sensor or
signal node with both a OSC scanner channel and a second conventional continuous amplifier module.
The continuous amplifier will monitor the complete dynamic settling processes of the connected scanner
channel and not only the precisely settled states, which will result in large artifacts (noise) and even errors
in a filtered signal, as the mean value of the transient spikes will not neccesarily cancel out!
Conventional scanner systems work at a fixed sampling rate, namely the highest rate at which switching
between channels takes place (fast scanning). If the sampling rate actually set is less than the maximum
possible data rate, then an average of multiple samples taken at the high sampling rate is computed
(filtering).
The maximum sampling rate is substantially determined by the scanner's transients, i.e., the switching
times and the transients of pre-amps, of analog (and any digital) filters, and of ADCs.
Since the system's bandwidth must be quite high for the transients to subside within the interval
corresponding to the "aggregate sampling rate", while on the other hand the channel-sampling rate is lower
by at least the factor n=channel count, the conditions for the Sampling Theorem will necessarily be violated.
Aliasing effects which cannot be filtered out will result.
This dilemma, characteristic of scanner systems, can be significantly mitigated at least in the case of a
flexibly configured, low-speed measurement (e.g. of temperature). For that purpose, the rigid sampling
scheme is adapted in accordance with block-measurement and averaging ("Burst-mode"). Thus,
flexible adaptation of the scanner timing enables disturbance- and aliasing-free low-speed precision
measurement.
The Burst mode is based on making optimal use of the time spent while the signal experiences its
transients. Not only a single measurement of the selected channel is performed, but a block measurement
over a period of time at least equally long or a multiple of the time period. By this means, the total cycle
time is mostly used for data acquisition and no longer mainly taken up by the cumulative transient time.
The block measurement is performed by a high-speed analog/digital converter (ADC) having a data rate
which is a multiple of the max. aggregate sampling rate. An anti-aliasing filter adapted to this data rate
ensures aliasing-free acquisition within the block. This block is then digitally filtered and becomes a data
stream whose bandwidth is flawlessly limited and perfect for frequencies above the block filter's. This data
stream is in turn "re-sampled" at the actually intended channel sampling rate. While it is true that this
channel rate is lower than the block-averaging filter's bandwidth, and that anti-aliasing effects could
theoretically occur for that reason, the conditions are vastly less extreme than with fast-scanning: the
range of possible aliasing errors is now limited to between one-half of the channel sampling rate and the
block filter's cutoff frequency. This range has a frequency ratio of approx. 14 to 28 (depending on the
module type), and, with the sampling rate suitably selected, it lies below the critical frequency ranges from 5
0Hz on, in which the relevant interference is expected.
This procedure thus has the advantage: Optimal aliasing-free noise suppression of even 50Hz
interference.
Note the following constraints: The block averaging time is not channel-specific. It is based on the smallest
123
sampling rate set within the module. All channels used, including ones not outputted directly but rather
used to calculate virtual channels, are instrumental! The procedure thus only provides advantages if all
channels are set to one low-speed sampling rate which determines the noise suppression properties.
In order to achieve a (seemingly) even better time resolution, the data stream of the resulting (internal)
data rate is resampled again at a factor of 2 to 2.5; this means that corresponding intermediate values are
interpolated. The frequency ratio between this interpolated data rate, which is set in the user interface, and
the block-averaging filters cutoff frequency is about 1:20.
Scanner concept:
G
f
22 Hz filter
20 ms burst
50 Hz Noise 6.1 kHz
AAF
30 kHz
sample
ADC
15 kHz
Nyquist
(ADC)
G
f
1 Hz
Nyquist (k-Rate)
2 Hz
Sample (k)
22 Hz
filter bandwidth
Aliasing:
-> non relevant
no noise between
1Hz .. 22Hz
Burst-measurement: 30 kSamples (Sigma-Delta ADC, BW 6.1 kHz): Aliasing-free!
Aliasing-
free
band of
interest
effective user channel rate (interpolated): 5 Hz
internal channel rate (non-interpolated): 2 Hz
Opto Scanner (OSC-16)
switch
3 ms
K1
acquire
20ms ... 80ms burst
K16
Channel-Rate:
interpolation to:
Burst measurement
(30 kSps)
Burst measurement
(30 kSps)
switch
3 ms
acquire
20ms ... 80ms burst
time domain: burst mode
frequency domain: burst mode
500 ms/2.5 Hz ... 2000ms/0.5Hz
200 ms/5 Hz ... 1000ms/1Hz
124
4.3.22.7 Filter
The signal passes through the following filter stages one at a time.
1. Hardware: Pre-filter for the ADC (analog-digital converter), which is a Sigma-Delta type device and
requires a relatively high-frequency, fixed-frequency low-pass filter: Low-pass 5kHz.
2. ADC: Low-pass decimation filter of the Sigma-Delta ADC. Its cutoff frequency is around 6kHz. Its
characteristic is a 5
rd
order rectangular filter.
3. Noise suppression: The block-averaging filter used for noise suppression, whose configuration
depends on the sampling rate. See the table for the cutoff frequency. The cutoff frequency is much
higher than a channels sampling frequency. The filter counteracts the aliasing and suppresses
noise and interference, although not in the sense of a perfect anti-aliasing filter. Depending on the
sampling rate, this filter is configured as either a block averaging filter or a higher-order transversal
filter. At the highest sampling rates, this filter stage is omitted.
4.3.22.7.1 Filter for OSC-16
sampling rate filter cutoff:
noise suppression
(-3dB)
filter-type filter cutoff:
synchronisation
(-3dB)
settling signal-band
width
(-1dB)
200ms / 5 Hz 22 Hz square --- 1s 1 Hz
500ms / 2 Hz 16 Hz triangle --- 2s 0.5 Hz
1s / 1 Hz 8 Hz triangle --- 4s 0.25 Hz
125
4.3.23 SC2-32 Voltage channels: Differential amplifiers/ Scanner module
The module SC2-32 comes with 32 differential, non-isolated input channels which can be used for
measuring voltage. In addition, current measurement by means of a shunt plug and the use of an
ICP-expansion plug are provided for.
The module is built as a "scanner" which enables the maximum aggregate sampling rate of 400kHz to be
distributed among the amount of activated channels (up to 32). The maximum sampling rate for a single
channel can extend up to 100kHz.
The channels each come with 5
th
order ("analog", fixed-configuration) anti-aliasing filters, whose cutoff
frequency is 28kHz (-3dB). This means that for a channel sampled at 100kHz, nearly aliasing-free
measurement in the sense of the Sampling Theorem is ensured.
For low channel sampling rates (esp. when many channels are active), appropriately adapted (digital)
low-pass filter are implemented. This procedure then no longer stringently adheres to the condition for the
Sampling Theorem, since the cutoff frequency of the "primary" analog filter (28kHz) is not adapted to the
lower channel sampling rate; however, the properties of this affordable module are perfectly adequate for a
number of applications.
- Input ranges: 250mV, 1V, 2.5V, 10V
- Analog bandwidth:
28kHz (-3dB); 20kHz (-0.1dB)
- Maximum aggregate sampling rate:
400kHz
- High sampling rate per channel:
100 kHz for voltage channels
- Impedance: 20MO differential
- Supports imc Plug & Measure (Transducer Electronic Data Sheets (IEEE 1451))
Along with voltage measurement, current measurement via a shunt plug, temperature measurement and
the use of an ICP expansion plug are all provided for.
The technical specification of the CRPL/SC2-32 .
- Voltage ranges: 250mV, 1V, 2.5V, 10V
The input impedance is 10MO referenced to system ground or 20MO differential. The inputs are
DC-coupled. The corresponding connection terminal is designated ACC/DSUB-U4
- Current ranges: 5mA, 20mA, 50mA
For current measurements, a special plug with a built-in shunt (50) is needed (order #: ACC/DSUB-I4).
Configuration is carried out in the voltage mode, but an appropriate scaling factor is entered which allows
direct display of current values (20mA/V = 1/50O).
0mA (corresponding to 2V or 2.5V voltage ranges) are permitted due to the measurement shunt's
limited power dissipation in the case of static long-term loading.
4.3.23.3 TEDS
The SC2-32 is supporting TEDS. The appropriate plugs are:for voltage ACC/DSUB-TEDS-U4, for current
ACC/DSUB-TEDS-I4 and for current feed sensors ACC/DSUB-ICP-Microdot.
(Unlike the ACC/DSUB-TEDS-ICP4 the ACC/DSUB-ICP-Microdot can't be set to voltage mode; the 4mA
source can't be switched off)
The DSUB 37-variant provides also the 5V-supply - but there is no 37-pin plug for TEDS or current
measurement.
202
126
4.3.23.4 External +5V supply voltage
At the DSUB-15 connector plugs, there is a 5V supply voltage available for external sensors or for the
ICP-expansion plug. This source is not isolated; its reference potential is identical to the overall system's
ground reference.
The +5V supply outputs are electronically protected internally against short-circuiting and can each be
loaded up to max. 160mA (short-circuit limiting: 200mA). The sensor's reference potential, in other words
its supply-ground connection is the terminal "GND".
The SC2-32 can be enhanced with the sensor supply unit CRPL/SUPPLY, which provides an adjustable
4.3.23.6 Pin configuration and cabling
The SC2-32 module is normally equipped with eight DSUB-15 plugs (4 channels / plug) and thus occupies
4 module slots in the system. In device models such as PL-3, a more compact module version is used,
which occupies only 3 module slots, since in this case 16 channels are wired to a common DSUB-37 plug.
In consequence, these 16 channels can't be used with imc terminal plugs, a shunt or ICP-expansion plugs!
In custom devices, modules having two DSUB-37 connections can also be used.
Remark: In contrast to the normal configuration, in the DSUB-15 plugs belonging to the SC2-32 model,
Pin1 is NOT connected to the device ground (CHASSIS), but to the DSUB-connector housing itself. When
the imc terminal plug is used, this makes no difference, since in such cases the respective
"CHASSIS"-terminals are connected appropriately. This must only be taken into account when using
personally assembled, commercially available DSUB-plugs (for example, for connecting the cable
shielding).
216
127
4.3.24 SYNTH-8 Sythesizer: 8 analog outputs
General notes
The synthesizer is capable of outputting defined curve segments in sequence. The order of the curve
segments is determined by virtual bits or counter events. Thus, the synthesizer can output load profiles or
other control signals. For the maximum data volume of all the segments, refer to the technical specs.
A maximum of two synthesizer modules can run within a device, into which the modules are retrofitted at
factory.
The technical specifications of the module CRPL/SYNTH-8 .
The module is fully supported by the operating software imcDevices. The signals can be generated by
functions, or defined as arbitrary waveforms. The output can be controlled by means of conditions and
events. Since the data to be outputted are user-defined, the ability to save data is not provided. For details
on operation, refer to the manual imc_Cronos_PL-Synthesizer.
The output range is 10V with a resolution of 16 bits. The per-channel bandwidth is 50 kHz, with an
aggregate sampling rate limit of 160kHz.
At need, the output can be interrupted. For this purpose, the synthesizer comes with two digital inputs
(TTL/CMOS). These are located directly on the board and can intervene in the output process
independently of the measurement.

The digital inputs and outputs are directly edited by the synthesizer and cannot be seen in either the trigger
machine or OnlineFAMOS.
The module is connected via two 15-pin DSUB terminals for four channels each (CRPL/DSUB-SYNTH).
204
128
4.3.25 UNI-8 Voltage, current, temp. and bridge
8 universal-channels - non-isolated
Parameter Value (typ. / max) Test conditions
Inputs 8
Measurement
modes:
- current fed sensors
- voltage measurements with
adjustable supply
- thermocouples
- thermocouples, isolated
- temperature sensor PT100
- bridge-sensor
(ICP-, DELTATRON
-, PIEZOTRON
-Sensors)
with imc plug ACC/DSUB-ICP2.
with shunt-plug ACC/DSUB-I2 or single-ended
the thermocouple has no low-impedance
connection to the device ground.
To supply external sensors or bridges the module is equipped with a sensor supply module .
- Flexible usage to record up to eight different channels
- One amplifier for most relevant measurement types
- The UNI-8 supports imc Plug & Measure TEDS (Transducer Electronic Data Sheets (IEEE
1451)
The eight measurement inputs connected by four DSUB plugs (ACC/DSUB-UN2) with two channels each
are for voltage, current, bridge PT-100 and thermocouple measurements. In addition the use of an
ICP-expansion plug are provided for. They are non-isolated differential amplifiers. They share a
common voltage supply for sensors and measurement bridges.
The technical specification of the CRPL/UNI-8 .
- Voltage
50V... 5mV
- DSUB-plug:
ACC/DSUB-UNI2
Within the voltage ranges 50V and 20V, a voltage divider is in effect; the resulting input impedance is 1M
O. By contrast, in the voltage ranges 10V and 5mV, the input impedance is 20MO. For the deactivated
device, the value is approx. 1MO.
In the input ranges <20V, the common mode voltage must lie within the 10V range. The range is
reduced by half of the input voltage. The input configuration is differential and DC-coupled.
141
152
205
129
The voltage source itself already has a
connection to the device's ground. The
potential difference between the voltage source
and the device ground must be fixed.
Example: The device is grounded. Thus, the
input GND is also at ground potential. If the
voltage source itself is also grounded, it's
referenced to the device ground. It doesn't
matter if the ground potential at the voltage
source is slightly different from that of the
device itself. But the maximum allowed
common mode voltage must not be exceeded.
Important: In this case, the negative signal
input -IN may not be connected with the device
ground GND. Connecting them would cause a
ground loop through which interference could
be coupled in.
In this case, a genuine differential (but not
isolated!) measurement is carried out.
+in
-in
+V Supply
GND
sense
I;
1
/
4
Bridge
+
-
U
e
+in
-in
+V Supply
GND
sense
I;
1
/
4
Bridge
+
-
U
e
The voltage source itself is not referenced to the amplifier
ground but is instead isolated from it. In this case, a ground
reference must be established. One way to do this is to ground
the voltage source itself. Then it is possible to proceed as for
"Voltage source with ground reference". Here, too, the
measurement is differential. It is also possible to make a
connection between the negative signal input and the device
ground, in other words to connect -IN and GND.
Example: An ungrounded voltage source is measured, for
instance a battery whose contacts have no connection to
ground. The device module is grounded.
Important: If -IN and GND are connected, care must be taken
that the potential difference between the signal source and the
device doesn't cause a significant compensation current. If the
source's potential can't be adjusted (because it has a fixed,
overlooked reference), there is a danger of damaging or
destroying the amplifier. If -IN and GND are connected, then in
practice a single-end measurement is performed. This is no
problem if there was no ground reference beforehand.
130
4.3.25.1.3 Case 3: Voltage source at a different fixed potential
+in
-in
+V Supply
GND
sense
I;
1
/
4
Bridge
+
-
U
e
+
-
Ucm
For measurement ranges <20V the common mode voltage
(U
cm
) has to be less than 10V. It is reduced by input
voltage.
Suppose a voltage source is to be measured which is at a
potential of 120V to ground. The system itself is grounded.
Since the common mode voltage is greater than permitted,
measurement is not possible. Also, the input voltage difference
to the amplifier ground would be above the upper limit allowed.
For such a task, the amplifier cannot be used!
4.3.25.1.4 Voltage measurement: with zero-adjusting (tare)
In voltage measurement, it is possible for the sensor to have an initial offset from zero. For such cases, use
the operating software to select the measurement mode "Voltage enable offset calibration" for the desired
channel. The input range will be reduced by the initial offset. If the initial offset is too large for compensation
by the device, a larger input range must be set.
4.3.25.2 Current-fed sensors
For measurement of current-fed sensors, e.g. ICPs, the special connector ACC/DSUB-ICP2 is required.
Note
This mode is not possible, if one channel is set to measure thermocouples.
131
4.3.25.3.1 Case 1: Differential current measurement
- Current: e.g. 50mA ... 1mA
- DSUB-plug: ACC/DSUB-I2
That connector comes with a 50O shunt and
is not included with the standard package. It
is also possible to measure a voltage via an
externally connected shunt. Appropriate
scaling must be set in the user interface. The
value 50O is just a suggestion. The resistor
needs an adequate level of precision. Pay
attention to the shunt's power consumption.
The maximum common mode voltage must
be in the range 10V for this circuit, too. This
can generally only be ensured if the current
source itself already is referenced to ground.
If the current source is ungrounded a danger
of exceeding the maximum allowed
overvoltage for the amplifier exists. The
current source may need to be referenced to
the ground, for example by being grounded.

+in
+V Supply
GND
R
cable
R
cable
sense
+I;
1
/
4
Bridge
+
-
50O
-in
Because this procedure is a voltage measurement of the shunt, the channel has to be configured in
imcDevices as a voltage measurement. The scaling factor is 1/R and the unit has to be A.
The sensor can also be supplied with a software-specified voltage via Pins +V
Supply
and GND.
4.3.25.3.2 Case 2: Ground-referenced current measurement
- Current: 50mA ... 2mA
- DSUB-plug: ACC/DSUB-UNI2
In this circuit, the current to be
measured flows through the internal 12
0O shunt. Note that here, the terminal
GND is simultaneously the amplifier
ground. Thus, the measurement carried
out is single-end or ground referenced.
The potential of the current source itself
may be brought into line with that of the
amplifiers ground. In that case, be sure
that the unit itself is grounded.
In the settings interface, set the
measurement mode to Current.
Note that the jumper between +IN and
+I;
Bridge
should be connected right to
+I;
Bridge
inside the DSUB-Plug.
Note
- In case the amplifier is of the 350O
variety, ground referenced current
measurement is not possible!
- A UNI-8 with 15V sensor supply
(optional) ground referenced current
measurement is not possible. The pin
I;
Bridge
is used as 15V pin.

+in
-in
+V Supply
GND
R
cable
R
cable
-sense
+I;
1
/
4
Bridge
+
-
120 O
132
4.3.25.3.3 Case 3: 2-wire for sensors with a current signal and variable supply
E.g. for pressure transducers 4.. 20mA.

+in
-in
+V Supply
I;
1
/
4
Bridge
GND
R
cable
R
cable
sense
Sensor
4..20mA
120 O
Transducers which translate the
physical measurement quantity into
their own current consumption and
which allow variable supply voltages
can be configured in a two-wire
circuit. In this case, the device has its
own power supply and measures the
current signal.
In the settings dialog on the index
card Universal amplifiers/ General, a
supply voltage is set for the sensors,
usually 24V. The channels must be
configured for Current measurement.
The sensor is supplied with power via
Terminals +V
Supply
and +I;
Bridge
.
The signal is measured by the unit
between +IN and GND. For this
reason, a wire jumper must be
positioned between Pins A and +I;
Bridge
inside the connector pod.
Note
There is a voltage drop across the resistances of the leadwires and the internal measuring resistance of
120O which is proportional to the amperage. This lost voltage is no longer available for the supply of the
transducer (2.4V = 120O * 20mA). For this reason, you must ensure that the resulting supply voltage is
sufficient. It may be necessary to select a leadwire with a large enough cross-section.
In case the amplifier has been ordered as 350O variant, this mode is not possible!
133
4.3.25.4 Bridge measurement
Measurement of measurement bridges such as strain gauges.
The measurement channels have an adjustable DC voltage source which supplies the measurement
bridges. The supply voltage for all eight inputs is set in common. The bridge supply is asymmetric, e.g., for
a bridge voltage setting of V
B
= 5V, Pin C is at +VB = 5V and Pin D at -VB = 0V. The terminalVB is
simultaneously the device's ground reference.
Depending on the supply set, the following input ranges are available:
Bridge measurement [V] Input ranges [mV/V]
10 1000... 0,5
5 1000... 1
Fundamentally, the following holds:
For equal physical modulation of the sensor, the higher the selected bridge supply is, the higher are the
absolute voltage signals the sensor emits and thus the measurement's signal-to-noise ratio and drift
quality. The limits for this are determined by the maximum available current from the source and by the
dissipation in the sensor (temperature drift!) and in the device (power consumption!)
- For typical measurements with strain gauges, the ranges 5mV/V ... 0,5mV/V are particularly relevant.
- There is a maximum voltage which the Potentiometer sensors are able to return, in other words max.
1V/V; a typical range is then 1000mV/V.
Bridge measurement is set by selecting as measurement mode either Bridge: Sensor or Bridge: Strain
gauge in the operating software. The bridge circuit itself is then specified under the tab Bridge circuit, where
quarter bridge, half bridge and full bridge are the available choices.
Note
We recommend setting channels which are not connected for voltage measurement at the highest input
range. Otherwise, if unconnected channels are in quarter- or half-bridge mode, interference may occur in a
shunt calibration!
4.3.25.4.1 Case 1: Full bridge

+in
-in
+VB
I;
1
/
4
Bridge
-VB
R
cable
R
cable
sense
VB
A full bridge has four resistors, which can be four
correspondingly configured strain gauges or one
complete sensor which is a full sensor internally. The
full bridge has five terminals to connect. Two leads (
+VB and -VB) serve supply purposes, two other leads (
+IN and -IN) capture the differential voltage. The 5
th
lead (Sense) is the Sense lead for the lower supply
terminal, which is used to determine the single-sided
voltage drop along the supply line. Assuming that the
other supply cable (+VB) has the same impedance and
thus produces the same voltage drop, no 6
th
lead is
needed. The Sense lead makes it possible to infer the
measurement bridge's true supply voltage, in order to
obtain a very exact measurement value in mV/V.
134
Please note that the maximum allowed voltage drop along a cable may not exceed approx. 0.5V. This
determines the maximum possible cable length.
If the cable is so short and its cross section so large that the voltage drop along the supply lead is
negligible, the bridge can be connected at four terminals by omitting the Sense line. In that case, however,
Sense and -VB must be jumpered. Pin Sense must never be unconnected!
4.3.25.4.2 Case 2: Half bridge
I;
1
/
4
Bridge
+in
-in
+VB
-VB
R
cable
R
cable
sense
int.half
bridge
VB
A half bridge may consist of two strain gauges in a
circuit or a sensor internally configured as a half bridge,
or a potentiometer sensor. The half bridge has 4
terminals to connect. For information on the effect and
use of the Sense lead, see the description of the full
bridge.
The amplifier internally completes the full bridge itself,
so that the differential amplifier is working with a full
bridge.
4.3.25.4.3 Case 3: Quarter bridge
+in
-in
+VB
-VB
120
R
cable
R
cable
quarter
bridge
sense
I;
1
/
4
Bridge
O
VB
int.half
bridge
A quarter bridge can consist of a single strain gauge resistor, whose
nominal value can be 120O.
For quarter bridge measurement, only 5V can be set as the bridge
supply.
The quarter bridge has 3 terminals to connect. Refer to the description
of the full bridge for comments on the Sense lead. However, with the
quarter bridge, the Sense lead is connected to +IN and Sense jointly.
If the sensor supply is equipped with the option 15V, a
quarter bridge measurement is not possible. The pin I_1/4B for
the quarter bridge completion is used for15V instead.
4.3.25.4.3.1 Quarter bridge with 350 Ohm option
A built-in 120 Ohm completion resistor comes standard for bridge measurements. A 350 Ohm completion
resistor for quarter bridge measurements is also possible. When using this option, the scope of functionality
is limited:
- no direct current measurement with the included standard connectors ACC/DSUB-UNI2 is possible,
but only with the optional connector ACC/DSUB-I2 having a 50 Ohm shunt (differential measurement);
- no Pt100 3-line measurement is possible, but 4-line measurement is still possible.
135
4.3.25.4.4 General notes
The SENSE lead serves to compensate voltage drops due to cable resistance, which would otherwise
produce noticeable measurement errors. If there are no Sense lines, then SENSE must be connected in
the terminal plug according to the sketches above.
Bridge measurements are relative measurements (ratiometric procedure) where the ratio of bridge supply
input to bridge output is analyzed (typically in the 0.1% range, corresponding to 1mV/V). Calibration of the
system in this case pertains to this ratio, the bridge input range, and takes into account the momentary
magnitude of the supply. This means that the bridge supply's actual magnitude is not relevant and
need not necessarily lie within the measurement's specified overall accuracy.
The bandwidth for DC bridge measurement (without low-pass filtering) is also 14kHz (-3dB).
Any initial unbalance of the measurement bridge, for instance due to mechanical pre-stressing of the strain
gauge in its rest state, must be zero-balanced (tare). Such an unbalance can be many times the input
range (bridge balancing). If the initial unbalance is too large to be compensated by the device, a larger input
range must be set.
Input range [mV/V] Bridge balancing
(VB = 5V) [mV/V]
Bridge balancing
(VB = 10V) [mV/V]
1000
500 150
500
100 250
200
100 50
100 15 50
50
15 7
20 3 7
10
10 15
5
10 5
2
3 5
1
4 5
4.3.25.4.5 Balancing and shunt calibration
The amplifier offers a variety of possibilities to trigger bridge balancing (tare):
- Balancing / shunt calibration upon activation (cold start) of the unit. If this option is selected, all the
bridge channels are balanced as soon as the device is turned on.
- Balancing / shunt calibration via the on the Amplifier balance tab.
- In shunt calibration, the bridge is unbalanced by means of a 59.8k or 174.66k shunt. The results
are:
Bridge resistance 120 350
59.8k
174.7k
0.5008mV/V
0.171mV/V
1.458mV/V
0.5005mV/V
The procedures for balancing bridge channels also apply analogously to the voltage measurement mode
with zero-balancing.
136
The module's channels are designed for direct measurement with thermocouples and PT100-sensors.
Any combinations of the two sensor types can be connected.
Note on making settings with imcDevices
A temperature measurement is a voltage measurement whose measured values are converted to physical
temperature values by reference to a characteristic curve. The characteristic curve is selected from the
Base page of the imcDevices configuration dialog. Amplifiers which enable bridge measurement, must first
be set to Voltage mode (DC), in order for the temperature characteristic curves to be available on the Base
page.
4.3.25.5.1 Thermocouple measurement
The cold junction compensation necessary for thermocouple measurement is built-in.
- In the imc connector ACC/DSUB-UNI2, the cold junction is located directly under the clamp
terminal strip and is measured automatically.
- For connection with ITT VEAM plugs, the module comes with the appropriate PT1000 resistors for
measuring the junction temperature. Note, however, that these resistors are not installed in the
plugs themselves but on the housing, so that they are actually at some distance from the real
contact point. This point's exact location is where the thermo-wires meet the electric contacts in the
plug, basically where they are soldered or crimped. Since the temperature sensor PT1000 and the
contact point are separated in space, their temperatures can also diverge. This temperature
difference can also lead to measurement errors. However, situations do exist where the
measurement results are valid; for example, inside a switch cabinet where the temperature
processes are stabilized, the internal cold junction compensation is in practice adequate.
- However, if the temperature processes in the devices environment are not stable, a Pt100 in the
connector is absolutely necessary. This is certainly the case if:
- there is a draught
- if the module is used on-board a vehicle
- if cables with terminals of different temperature are connected
- if the ambient temperature is fluctuating
- whenever reliable and precise measurement is required.
The following circuit diagrams reflect each of the varieties with and without Pt100 in the connector. We
strongly recommend using a Pt100 in the connector for all thermocouple measurements. When using
DSUB plugs, the wiring is established already by the imc thermo-plug.
137
4.3.25.5.1.1 Case 1: Thermocouple mounted with ground reference
The thermocouple is mounted in such a way that it already is in electrical contact with the device ground /
chassis. The thermocouple is connected for differential measurement.
+in
-in
V Supply
GND
sense
I;
1
/
4
Bridge
+in
-in
V Supply
GND
sense
I;
1
/
4
Bridge
PT100
The thermocouple itself already is referenced to the device ground. This is ensured by attaching the
thermocouple to a grounded metal body, for instance. Since the unit is grounded itself, the necessary
ground reference exists.
It is not a problem if the ground potential at the thermocouple differs from that of the device units by a few
volts. However, the maximum allowed common mode voltage may not be exceeded.
Note
- In imcDevices software Settings - Configuration... - Amplifier the option Isolated thermo couple must
be deactivated. This option is visible in coupling DC only.
- The negative signal input -IN may not be connected to amplifier ground point GND. Connecting them
would cause a ground loop through which interference could be coupled in.
138
4.3.25.5.1.2 Case 2: Thermocouple mounted without ground reference
+in
-in
V Supply
GND
sense
I;
1
/
4
Bridge
C
A
B
F
G
D
+in
-in
V Supply
GND
sense
I;
1
/
4
Bridge
C
A
B
F
G
D
PT100
The thermocouple is mounted so as to be isolated from the module's ground/chassis. The thermocouple's
connection is differential, but the module itself supplies the necessary ground reference internally.
The thermocouple itself is not referenced to the module's ground, but is instead isolated from it. This is
achieved by sticking the thermocouple on to non-conducting material.
In this measurement mode, the unit itself provides the ground reference by having Terminals -IN and GND
connected internally. Then a measurement which is practically single-ended (ground-referenced) is
performed. There is no disadvantage to this if there was no ground reference previously.
Note
- In imcDevices software Settings - Configuration... - Amplifier the option Isolated thermo couple
must be activated (default). This option is visible in coupling DC only.
- A description of the available thermocouples .When using thermocouples, the ICP-supply is no
longer available.
4.3.25.5.2 Pt100/ RTD measurement
Pt100. RTD, platinum resistor thermometer. Along with thermocouples, PT100 can be connected directly in
4-wire-configuration. The 4-wire measurement returns more precisely results since it does not require
the resistances of both leads which carry supply current to have the same magnitude and drift. Each
sensor is fed by its own current source with approx. 1.2mA.
40
139
4.3.25.5.2.1 Case 1: Pt100 in 4-wire configuration
+in
-in
+V Supply
GND R
cable
RTD
(PT100)
sense
I;
1
/
4
Bridge
+
-
R
cable
R
cable
R
cable
The Pt100 is supplied by 2 lines. The other two serve as
Sense-leads. By using the Sense-leads, the voltage at the resistor
itself can be determined precisely. The voltage drop along the
conducting cable thus does not cause any measurement error.
The Sense-leads carry practically no current.
The 4-wire configuration is the most precise way to measure with a
Pt100. The module performs a genuine differential measurement.
Use the software to set a Pt100 4-wire configuration, because the connection is made in the same way as
for the 4-wire case. The difference is that +IN/SENSE and IN/GND must be jumpered inside the
connector. Note that the total cable resistance contributes to measurement error, and that this method is
the most imprecise and not to be recommended.
+in
-in
+V Supply
GND R
cable
RTD
(PT100)
sense
I;
1
/
4
Bridge
C
A
B
F
G
D
+
-
R
cable
R
cable
The Pt100 is supplied by 2 lines. The other one serve as
sense-lead. By using the Sense-lead, the voltage at the resistor
itself can be determined precisely. The voltage drop along the
conducting cable thus does not cause any measurement error.
The Sense-leads carry practically no current.
It is important, that the connection between +IN to Sense and -IN
to GND (-VB) is made directly at the module.
3-wire configuration is not always as precise as 4-wire
configuration. When in doubt, 4-wire configuration is preferable.
140
4.3.25.5.2.4 Open sensor detection
The amplifier comes with the ability to recognize breakage in the sensor lines.
Thermocouple: If at least one of the thermocouple's two lines breaks, then within a short time (only a few
samples), the measurement signal generated by the amplifier approaches the bottom of the input range in
a defined pattern. The actual value reached depends on the particular thermocouple. In the case of Type K
thermocouples, this is around 270C. If the system is monitoring a cutoff level with a certain tolerance, e.g.
Is the measured value < -265C, then it's possible to conclude that the sensor is broken, unless such
temperatures could really occur at the measurement location.
The open sensor detection is also triggered if a channel is parameterized for "Thermocouple" and
measurement starts without any thermocouple being connected. If a thermocouple is later connected after
all, it would take the period of a few measurement samples for transients in the module's filter to subside
and the correct temperature to be indicated. Note also in this context that any thermocouple cable's
connector which is recently plugged into the amplifier is unlikely to be at the same temperature as the
module. Once the connection is made, the temperatures begin to assimilate. Within this phase, the Pt100
built into the connector may not be able to indicate the real junction temperature exactly. This usually takes
some minutes to happen.
RTD/PT100: If the leads to the PT100 are broken, then within a short time (only a few samples), the
measurement signal generated by the amplifier approaches the bottom of the input range. If the system is
monitoring a cutoff level with a certain tolerance, e.g. Is the measured value < -195C, then it's possible to
conclude that the sensor is broken, unless such temperatures could really occur at the measurement
location. In case of a short-circuit, the nominal value returned is also that low.
In this context, note that in a 4-wire measurement a large variety of combinations of broken and shorted
leads are possible. Many of these combinations, especially ones with a broken Sense lead, will not return
the default value stated.
4.3.25.6 Sensors requiring adjustment of their supply

+in
-in
V Supply
I;
1
/
4
Bridge
GND
R
cable
R
cable
sense
NIPPONDENSO
This applies especially to Nippondenso
pressure sensors, for instance.
If a sensor's supply must not be
susceptible to voltage drop along the
supply cable, it can be adjusted by the
device. The option Adjust control as
per: in the settings interface's dialog
Universal amplifiers / General must be
selected.
If the resistors in the feed lines are
equal, the supply voltage is adjusted at
the sensor the voltage drop along the
cable is compensated.
The sensor is supplied via Terminals V
Supply
and GND. The sensor returns the measurement signal in
reference to its own ground.
UNI-8 makes a differential measurement of the signal between +IN and -IN.
Note that there must be a jumper between Pins -IN and Sense. The Sense connection serves to measure
the voltage drop at the lower voltage feed line.
Adjustment can only be activated for either 5V or 10V supply. It can only compensate up to 0.5V for the
141
supply and return lines together. This means that UNI-8's internal voltage source can deliver a maximum of
0.5V more voltage.
Adjustment works slowly (with a time constant of some seconds) in order to compensate a static voltage
drop.
4.3.25.7 Sensor supply module
The module is enhanced with the sensor supply unit CRPL/SUPPLY, which provides an adjustable supply
The supply voltage can only be set for all measurement inputs in common. The voltage selected is also
the supply for the measurement bridges. If a value other than 5V or 10V is set, bridge measurement is no
longer possible!
4.3.25.8 Bandwidth
The channels' maximum sampling rate is 10s (100kHz). The analog bandwidth (without digital
low-pass filtering) is 14kHz (-3dB).
4.3.25.9 Connectors: DSUB-15 plugs
The UNI-8 module is normally equipped with four DSUB-15 plugs (two channels / plug) and thus occupies
two module slots in the system.
The pin configuration of the DSUB plug .
+IN
-IN
sensor
shield
CHASSIS
shielded cable
measurement channel
AGND
216
220
142
4.4 Miscellaneous
4.4.1 ACC/DSUB-ICP ICP-Expansion plug for voltage channels
4.4.1.1 ICP-Sensors
The ICP-channels are specially designed for the use of current-fed sensors in 2-wire-configuration.
This sensor type is fed with a constant current of typically 4mA and delivers a voltage-signal consisting of a
DC-component (typ. +12V) superimposed with an AC-signal (max. 5V).
ICP-sensors are typically employed in vibration and solid-borne sound measurements and are offered by
various manufacturers as solid-borne sound microphones or accelerometers under different
(trademarked) product names, such as:
PCB: ICP-Sensor, KISTLER: Piezotron-Sensor, Brel&Kjaer: DeltaTron-Sensor.
The commonly used name ICP (Integrated Circuit Piezoelectric) is actually a registered trademark of the
American manufacturer "PCB Piecotronics".
The technical specification of the module ACC/DSUB-ICP4 .
4.4.1.2 Feed current
The exact magnitude of the supply current is irrelevant for the measurement's precision. Values of 2mA
tend to be adequate. Only in the case of very high bandwidth and amplitude signals in conjunction with very
long cables, supply currents may be a concern, as considerable currents are need to dynamically charge
the capacitive load of the cable.
dynam. current headroom:
cable capacity (typ. coax-cable):
max. signal slew rate (full-power):
I = 2mA
C = l * 100pF/m
dU/dt = 5V * 2*PI*25kHz
max. cable length: l_max = 2mA / (100pF/m * 5V * 2*PI*25kHz) = 25m
Up to a max. cable length of 25m, no limitations are to be expected as long as the above conditions are
fulfilled.
212
143
4.4.1.3 ICP-Expansion plug
As a special accessory for voltage channels, an ICP expansion plug is available. This can be used to
directly connect current-fed ICP-sensors also at voltage channels.
4-channel models (ACC /DSUB-ICP4) are available
for the following conditioning modules:
CRPL/SC2-32, CRPL/LV-8, CRPL/ISO2-8
2- channel models (ACC /DSUB-ICP2) are available
for the following conditioning modules:
CRPL/BR-4, CRPL/DCB-8, CRPL/UNI-8
This (active) expansion plug having the same dimensions as the imc DSUB-plug, comes with additional
conditioning equipment built into its housing and having the following features:
- individual current sources for the current-fed ICP-sensors
- per source: 4.2mA (typ.), voltage swing: max. 25V
- differential AC-coupling to block the signal's DC-component (approx. +12V) typical with ICP.
- each channel can be switched to current-fed ICP measurement (AC-coupled) or DC-coupled voltage
measurement.
4.4.1.4 Configuration
Block schematic: Potential relationships
+ICP
+27V
-ICP
AGND
+/- 5V ...
+/- 250mV
"DC-coupling"
+
-
ICP-
Sensor
shielded cable
CHASSIS
+IN
-IN
AGND
DC / DC
+5V
GND
CRONOS Voltage channel ICP-Expansion plug
s
e
e
t
e
x
t
s
e
e

t
e
x
t
4 mA
no isolation
common sensor
AGND
Groundloop common mode interf erence
Bridge f or ungrounded
sensors
1
0
0
CHASSIS
AGND
Switch position ICP:
- The AC-coupling is already provided by the ICP-plug, the voltage channel is DC-coupled.
- The input range must be adapted to the signal's AC-component, it can be adjusted within the range
between
5V ... 250mV
- The combination of the built-in coupling capacitor (2 x 220nF corresponding to 110nF diff.) with the
impedance of the ICP-plug (2MO diff.) and the input impedance constitutes a high-pass filter. When
connecting the plug or sensor, be aware of the transients experienced by this high-pass filter, caused
by the sensor's DC-offset (typ. +12V). It is necessary to wait until this phenomenon decays and the
measured signal is offset-free!
- When the ICP-expansion plug is used, a considerable offset can occur (in spite of AC-coupling), which
can be traced to the (DC-) input currents in conjunction with the voltage amplifier's DC input impedance.
This remainder, too, can be compensated by high-pass filtering with Online FAMOS.
144
Switch position Volt:
- The voltage channel is DC-coupled, the current source de-coupled.
- The voltage channel's input impedance is reduced by parallel connection with the ICP-plug's
impedance.
The following table provides an overview of the modules compatible with the ICP-plugs.
The voltage amplifiers' different input impedance values (with / without input divider) depend on the voltage
range selected. The resulting high-pass cutoff frequencies and the time necessary for the 12V-offset to
decay to 10V are shown.
Module Range diff. R_in Result impedance tau fg Settling (10V)
LV-8 25V 2MO 1. 0MO 11ms 1.4Hz 1.5s
10V 20MO 1. 2MO 20ms 0.8 Hz 2.8s
ISO2-8 5V 1 MO 0. 7MO 73ms 2.2 Hz 1.0s
2V 10MO 1. 7MO 18ms 0.9 Hz 2.6s
SC2-32 all 20MO 1. 2MO 20ms 0.8 Hz 2.8s
BR-4 5V 1 MO 0. 7MO 73ms 2.2 Hz 1.0s
2V 20MO 1. 2MO 20ms 0.8 Hz 2.8s
UNI-8 20V 1 MO 0. 7MO 73ms 2.2 Hz 1.0s
10V 20MO 1. 2MO 20ms 0.8 Hz 2.8s
DCB-8 all 20MO 1. 2MO 20ms 0.8 Hz 2.8s
In terms of the shielding and grounding of the connected ICP-sensors, note:
- We recommend using multicore, shielded cable, where the shielding (at the plug) is connected to the
plug "CHASSIS", or can be connected to the pull-relief brace in the plug.
The section on ICP-channels within this chapter provides further information on ICP-sensors and hints on
applications.
145
4.4.1.4.1 Circuit schematic: ICP-plugs
-in1
+in2
-in2
+in3
+in1
+
pwr
-in3
+in4
-in4
-
pwr
Sensor
4 x 3,8 mA
CHASSIS
Signal ground
15
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Terminal
numbers
DSUB-
15 Pins
8
7
14
13
5
4
11
2
10
ICP
ICP
ICP
ICP
17
18
13
14
15
16 1
+5V
1
0
0
R
1
0
0
R
1
0
0
R
1
0
0
R
+ICP1
-ICP1
+ICP2
-ICP2
+ICP3
-ICP3
+ICP4
-ICP4
CHAS
SIS
CHAS
SIS
CHAS
SIS
CHAS
SIS
AGND
AGND
146
4.4.2 ACC/DSUB-ESD Expansion plug
Adapter connector for UNI-8 and BR-4, for suppression of disturbance on the measurement line
caused by electrostatic discharge
Electrostatic discharge can cause the functioning of the amplifiers to be compromised. When using the
measurement device in an environment where electrostatic discharge is likely, action should be taken to
mitigate the problem (grounding, prevention of static, etc.). Unfortunately, these action are of limited
effectiveness if the disturbance must be discharged via the measurement lines.
The connector adapter ACC/DSUB-ESD is able to attenuate the electrostatic discharge by means of
choking coils, or to drain it off via gas diodes. The adapter is connected ahead of the measurement
amplifier. The pin configurations match 1:1.
The adapter is only designed for the modules BR-4 and UNI-8.
When using the connector adapter with UNI-8, the bridge voltage may only have a maximum of 5V.
Otherwise, irreparable damage to the connector adapter can result.
The technical specification of the ACC/DSUB-ESD
213
147
4.4.3 imc Display
Overview
The imc display enables interaction between the user and a running measurement process by posting
read-outs of system states and allowing parameter adjustments via the membrane touch panel.
If the measurement device is prepared for opening a particular configuration upon being activated, its
possible to carry out the measurement without any PC. The display serves as a convenient status indicator
and can replace or supplement imcDevices for process control purposes. It works even where no PC or
display unit normally could, for example at temperatures of -20C or +70C.
The Display can be connected or disconnected at any time without disturbing a running measurement. This
makes it possible, for instance, to check the status of multiple running devices in succession.
The Displays interaction with the measurement device is handled by means of virtual Display variables or
bits, which can either be evaluated for the purpose of status indication or set in order to affect the
measurement process.
The technical specifications of the module CRPL/Display .
A variety of different models of the Display are available:

- Alphanumeric Displays Hand-held terminals and built-in displays
- Alphanumeric hand-held terminals have 32 scrollable lines of text with 40 characters each.
Four of the lines are visible on screen. This Display type comes in these varieties:
- M/Display housing dimensions approx.
220mm x 105mm x 30mm
Screen dimensions:
146mm x 28.5mm
Weight: approx. 0.5kg
- M/Display-L housing dimensions approx. 350mm x 168mm x 25mm
Screen dimensions: 244mm x 68mm
- Built-in display units with 32 scrollable lines of 20 characters, of which either two or four are
on screen.
210
148
- Graphics Displays Hand-held terminals and built-in displays. The prerequisite is the software
version imcDevices 2.5 and imc CRONOS-PL/SL (400kHz)

- imc Graphics Terminal technical benchmarks:
Housing dimensions: approx. 306mm x 170mm x 25mm
Screen dimensions: approx. 11.5cm x 8.6cm
There are three different display modes:
- 320 x 240 pixels in 16 gray scale colors
0 320 x 240 pixels in 65536 colors
1 The built-in Display is monochrome: 160 x 80 pixels
The technical specification of the Alphanumeric Display .
The technical specification of the imc Graphics Display .
210
210
149
4.4.4 GPS
At the nine-pin GPS socket it is possible to connect a GPS-receiver of the type Garmin GPS35LVS,
GPS18LVC, GPS18LVC-5Hz etc. which enables absolute synchronization to GPS time. If the GPS-mouse
has reception, the measurement system synchronizes itself automatically. Also, if a valid DCF-77 signal is
applied at the Sync-socket, the first signal which the hardware recognizes as valid is accepted.
order
CRPL/GPS-MOUSE-1Hz
CRPL/GPS-MOUSE-5Hz
C/GPS-MOUSE-5Hz
number
1080065
1080174
1400019
As of imcDevices Version 2.6, the time counter DCF77 or GPS can be selected by software. Furthermore,
from this version onward, it is possible to evaluate all GPS information which can be retrieved in the system
via the process vector. By means of Online FAMOS, this information can be processed further.
The available GPS information includes:
pv.GPS.quality
GPS quality indicator
1 Invalid position or position not available
2 GPS standard mode, fix valid
3 differential GPS, fix valid
pv.GPS.satellites
number of used satellites.
pv.GPS.latitude
pv.GPS.longitude
latitude and longitude in degree. (Scaled with 1E-7)
pv.GPS.height
height over sea level (over geoid) in meter
pv.GPS.height_geoidal
height geoid minus height ellipsoid (WGS84) in meter
pv.GPS.course
course in
pv.GPS.course_variation
magnetic declination in
pv.GPS.speed
speed in km/h
pv.GPS.hdop
pv.GPS.vdoppv.GPS.pdop
Dilution of precision for horizontal, vertical and position
See http://www.iota-es.de/federspiel/gps_artikel.html
for internal use only:
pv.GPS.time.sec
pv.GPS.time.usec
pv.GPS.counter
pv.GPS.test
slow = Mean( DIn01, 1, 10 )
latitude = CreateVChannelInt( slow, pv.GPS.latitude)
150
longitude = CreateVChannelInt( slow, pv.GPS.longitude)
quality = CreateVChannel( slow, pv.GPS.quality)
satellites = CreateVChannel( slow, pv.GPS.satellites)
Important note
pv.GPS.latitude and pv.GPS.longitude are scaled as integer 32 with 1E-7. They must be processed as
integer channels, otherwise precession will be lost.
Pin configuration of the DSUB9 connector.
229
151
4.4.5 LEDs and Beeper
6 Status-lamps (LEDs, on the device front panel) and a beeper are provided as additional visual and
acoustic "output channels". They can be used just as standard output channels in Online FAMOS by
assigning them the binary values "0" / "1" or functions taking the Boolean value range.
Interactive setting and Bit-window display for these output channels is neither especially useful nor
supported.
It is not possible to deactivate the beeper by software.
4.4.6 Modem connection
By default, an external modem is connected via the 9-pin DSUB socket. If your system comes with a
built-in modem, there is an RJ45 socket instead. Normal telephone connection plugs are smaller than
standard RJ45 plugs, however they will fit without an adapter.
Pin configuration of the 9 pin DSUB socket .
Note
Dont mistake the modem socket for the Ethernet socket used to connect to a computer network.
4.4.7 SEN-SUPPLY Sensor supply
Non-isolated Module for Sensor Supply with Selectable Voltage Output
The module provides a sensor supply voltage which is adjustable by a selection switch. The maximum
available power is 3 W. The voltages provided are short-circuit-proof.
Upon request also available as an internal amplifier expansion for sensor supply. The terminal for the
voltage is then at the amplifier DSUB jack. Other limitations apply (5 ranges; 15V as optional substitute for
+15V), refer to the amplifiers spec sheet.
The technical specification of the module CRPL/SEN-SUPPLY .
4.4.8 SYNC
For a synchronized measurement use the SYNC terminal. That connector has to be connected with other
imc devices or a DCF77 antenna.
Technical data for synchronization
Note
When using multiple devices connected via the Sync terminal for synchronization purposes, ensure that
all devices are the same voltage level. Any potential differences among devices may have to be evened
out using an additional line having adequate cross section.
Alternatively it is possible to isolate the devices by using the module ISOSYNC.
See also chapter Synchronization in the imcDevices manual.
228
216
217
152
4.4.9 TEDS
4.4.9.1 imc Plug & Measure - complex measurements as childs play
imc Plug & Measure is based on the TEDS technology set out in IEEE 1451.4. It fulfills the vision of quick
and error-free measurement even by inexperienced use.
A TEDS sensor or a conventional sensor equipped with a sensor recognition memory unit is connected to
the device. The sensor recognition contains a record of the sensors data and the measurement device
settings. The device reads this info and sets itself accordingly. An incorrectly measurement channel is then
recognized automatically and marked in different colors. The meaning of the colors is described in manual
imcDevices chaper 2 menu Settings Configuration Sensor tab.
4.4.9.2 Particular advantages and applications
Quick and error-free measurement device setting
Reduction of routine work
Recordable measurement channel parameter recommendations (sampling rate, filter settings, etc.)
Standardization of channel designations for particular sensors used
Verification of calibration data and their validity
Quick and unambiguous traceability of calibration data per ISO9000
Monitoring of calibration intervals
Measurement device-independent sensor administration
basis isolated for 50V
4.4.9.3 Sensor administration by database
In the administration of sensor information, the user is supported by imcSensors (sensor database for the
imc Plug & Measure technology).
Along with import of information from TEDS, parameters values can also be transferred from the sensor
database by means of Drag & Drop.
Sensor information can be transferred via the measurement device software from the sensor database to
the sensor recognition and vice versa.
For more advanced sensor administration, the sensor database supports barcode reading devices.
imcSensors makes the use and administration of many different sensors quick, easy and economical by
the use of TEDS and imc Plug & Measure.
imcSensors is a software expansion for imcDevices. But Plug & Measure also functions as a stand-alone
application. imc Sensors is designed to make a sensor's data quickly and comprehensively available.
It makes it possible to:
administer sensors in a central database
parameterize a measurement channel
trace the calibration history
inspect the spec sheet
In conjunction with TEDS-capable measurement amplifiers for CRONOS-PL/SL, imcSensors supports
modern TEDS sensors in accordance with IEEE 1451.4
Especially recommendable for this purpose is the amplifier UNI-8, to which a wide variety of sensors can
be connected directly.
153
Technical specifications and terminal configuration of all basic systems
Technical specifications and terminal configuration of all
basic systems
5.1 Basic systems technical specs
5.1.1 imc CRONOS-PL
: standard-equipped; O optional; -: not available
Housing CR-PL-4 CR-PL-8 CR-PL-13 AC CR-PL-15 DC CR-PL-16
Housing type
portable
housing
portable
housing
module rack
19
module rack
19 portable housing
Dimension (WxHxD in mm) without
base and handholds
286 x 150 x
276
286 x 150 x
333
84 HP, 3 U,
61HP
(426,7x133,35x
310)
84 HP, 3 U,
61HP
(426,7x133,5x
310)
470 x 150 x 333
Weight (kg) 7 8 typ. 9 / max. 12
typ. 9 / max.
12 typ. 9 / max. 12
Free module slots 4 8 13 15 16
Modular expansion
Max. number of channels >24 (#1) >24 (#1) >24 (#1) >24 (#1) >24 (#1)
(#1) The maximum number of channels depends on the amplifier configuration; please contact us for detailed consultation.
Interconnections CR-PL-4 CR-PL-8 CR-PL-13 AC CR-PL-15 DC CR-PL-16
PC connector: Ethernet TCP/IP 10/100 Mbit
PCMCIA Slot 1
Synchronization of multiple
devices
BNC
Modem connection DSUB
Hand-held terminal connection DSUB
Earth connection

Measurement signal terminals appropriately equipped with signal conditioning, typically imc DSUB connectors
Current supply CR-PL-4 CR-PL-8 CR-PL-13 AC CR-PL-15 DC CR-PL-16
Power supply
10-36V DC 10-36V DC
110V / 230V
AC
10-36V DC 10-36V DC
DC-input isolated -
110 V / 230 V power adapter -
Battery buffering / UPS
UPS buffer time/ power outage 30s 30s 30s 30s 30s
Battery operating(#2) 2-6h 1,5-3h 2-6h 2-6h 2-6h
Automatic charge control
Automatic measurement
operation with autostart no PC
necessary

Auto-data saving upon power
outage

Power consumption (with UPS
battery fully charged)
<80 W
(typ. 60 W)
<130 W
(typ. 80 W)
<130 W
(typ. 80 W)
<130 W
(typ. 80 W)
<130 W
(typ. 80 W)
(#2) restricted temperature range 0C .. 45C
154
Operating conditions CR-PL-4 CR-PL-8 CR-PL-13 AC CR-PL-15 DC CR-PL-16
Operating environment (standard) indoor
Operating temperature (standard) -10 .. 55 C without condensation
Operating altitude up to 2000 m
Relative humidity
80 % for less than 31C, for more than 31C linear declining to 50%, according
DIN EN61010-1
Shock resistance 30g pk over 3 ms
Extended temperature range
(opt.)
-20 .. 85C
Condensation protection O
PC - software equipment CR-PL-4 CR-PL-8 CR-PL-13 AC CR-PL-15 DC CR-PL-16
Operating software
"imcDevices"

LabView Visualization tool

Factory configuration
options CR-PL-4 CR-PL-8 CR-PL-13 AC CR-PL-15 DC CR-PL-16
Online FAMOS - Personal
Analyzer
O O O O O
Display intern (#3)
-
O upon
request
O upon request O upon request O upon request
Digital inputs O O O O O
Digital outputs O O O O O
Incremental inputs O O O O O
Analog-outputs O O O O O
Signal Synthesizer O O O O O
CAN-Bus Interface (#4) O O O O O
Internal modem O O O O O
LED-Port (6 LEDs)

Analog measurement
channels modular
see list of imc CRONOS-PL modules for voltage, current, ICP, thermocouples,
PT100, strain gauges, measurement bridges, incremental encoders, high voltage
and current probes
Sensor supply
Either provided by the signal conditioning module or available separately as a supply
module
(#3) The external hand-held terminal is not available for devices with a built-in display
(#4) Requires one module slot per interface
155
Device properties and hardware options all imc-CRONOS-PL variations
Maximum channel count
512, incl. analog, digital, virtual, monitor and bus channels
Maximum aggregate sampling rate
400 kHz
Time bases
2
Per-channel sampling rates
Sampling rate adjustable in 1-, 2-, 5 steps
Monitor channels
Multi-triggered (multi-shot) data acquisition
Extensive intelligent trigger functions
arithmetic mean, min, max, mean value,
extensive real-time calculation and control functions
O (with Online FAMOS - Personal Analyzer)
External hand-held terminal for display of measured
data and status messages(#5)
O
External modem (PPP) for remote measurement (#6)
DCF77 real time radio clock
GPS real time radio clock
O
Wireless LAN PCMCIA board (#7) O
Characteristic curve for temperature measurement
temperature table according IPTS-68
(#5) The external hand-held terminal is not available for devices with a built-in display
(#6) Before revision 3: DSUB connector for external modem over PPP. From revision 3: RJ45 for optional internal modem; external
modem is not supported
(#7) occupies the PCMCI slot and can be operated alternatively to the PCMCIA removable hard drive.
Data storage CR-PL-4 CR-PL-8 CR-PL-13 AC CR-PL-15 DC CR-PL-16
internal hard drive O O O O O
PCMCIA-Solid State storage O O O O O
Compact Flash-Card O O O O O
Software selectable storage to
removable drive (option) and/or PC

Software selectable storage to
internal hard drive (option) and/or PC

Any memory depth with pre- and post
triggering

Circular buffer memory
Synchronous, multi-triggered records
Unless otherwise indicated, the technical specs given are valid for the following ambient conditions:
- temperature 23C
- air pressure 1013mbar
- relative humidity 40%
156
5.1.2 imc CRONOS-SL
: standard-equipped; O optional; -: not available
Housing imc CRONOS-SL-2 imc CRONOS-SL-4
Housing type portable housing portable housing
IP-degree of protection IP65 IP65
Dimension (WxHxD in mm)
without base and handholds
256 x 73 x 257 (#2) 286 x 116 x 257 (#2)
Weight (kg) 6,5 8
Free module slots 2 4
Modular expansion
Max. number of channels 16 (#3) 32 (#3)
(#1) when used with associated connectors/ terminal lid
(#2) with handles, feet and interconnections
(#3) The maximum number of channels depends on the amplifier configuration; please contact us for detailed consultation.
Interconnections imc CRONOS-SL-2 imc CRONOS-SL-4
PC connector: Ethernet TCP/IP 10/100 Mbit
CF-card slot 1
Synchronization of multiple
devices
BNC
Modem connection DSUB
Hand-held terminal connection DSUB
Earth connection

Measurement signal terminals appropriately equipped with signal conditioning, typically imc DSUB connectors
Current supply imc CRONOS-SL-2 imc CRONOS-SL-4
Power supply 10-36V DC 10-36V DC
DC-input isolated
110 V / 230 V power adapter
Battery buffering / UPS
UPS buffer time/ power outage 30s 30s
battery operation (#4) 2-6h 1,5-3h
Automatic charge control
Automatic measurement operation with autostart no
PC necessary

Auto-data saving upon power outage
Power consumption (with UPS battery fully charged)
depending on amplifier (typ.
50 W)
depending on amplifier (typ.
70 W)
(#4) not available with battery supply
Operating conditions imc CRONOS-SL-2 imc CRONOS-SL-4
Operating environment outdoor
Operating temperature -40 .. 85 C with condensation
Operating altitude up to 2000 m
Shock resistance MIL STD810F
Condensation protection
157
PC - software equipment imc CRONOS-SL-2 imc CRONOS-SL-4
Operating software
"imcDevices"
LabView Visualization tool
Factory configuration
options imc CRONOS-SL-2 imc CRONOS-SL-4
Online FAMOS - Personal
Analyzer
O O
Display intern - -
Digital inputs O O
Digital outputs O O
Incremental inputs O O
Analog-outputs O O
Signal Synthesizer O O
CAN-Bus Interface (#5) O O
Internal modem O O
LED-Port (6 LEDs)

Analog measurement
channels modular
see list of imc CRONOS-PL/SL modules for voltage, current, ICP, thermocouples,
PT100, strain gauges, measurement bridges, incremental encoders, high voltage
and current probes
Sensor supply
Either provided by the signal conditioning module or available separately as a
supply module
(#5) Requires one module slot per interface
Device properties and hardware options all imc-CRONOS-PL variations
Maximum channel count
512, incl. analog, digital, virtual, monitor and bus channels
Maximum aggregate sampling rate
400 kHz
Time bases
2
Per-channel sampling rates
Sampling rate adjustable in 1-, 2-, 5 steps
Monitor channels
Multi-triggered (multi-shot) data acquisition
Extensive intelligent trigger functions
arithmetic mean, min, max, mean value,
extensive real-time calculation and control functions
O (with Online FAMOS - Personal Analyzer)
External hand-held terminal for display of measured
data and status messages
O
External modem (PPP) for remote measurement
Synchronization with DCF77 real time radio clock
Synchronization with GPS real time radio clock
O
External GPS receiver
O
Wireless LAN PCMCIA board
Characteristic curve for temperature measurement
temperature table according IPTS-68
Data storage imc CRONOS-SL-2 imc CRONOS-SL-4
internal hard drive O O
Compact Flash-Card O O
Software selectable storage to removable drive
(option) and/or PC

Software selectable storage to internal hard drive
(option) and/or PC

Any memory depth with pre- and post triggering
Circular buffer memory
Synchronous, multi-triggered records
158
Unless otherwise indicated, the technical specs given are valid for the following ambient conditions:
- temperature 23C
- air pressure 1013mbar
- relative humidity 40%
5.2 Module overview
imc CRONOS-PL/SL is a modular, configurable device system constructed from individual modules (esp.
for signal conditioning), whose properties are presented below.
Type
Model name
CRPL/
Channels
per module
Max. sampling
rate per channel
Bandwidth Comment
voltage AUDIO-4 4 100kHz 43kHz ICP directly
voltage AUDIO-4/MIC 4 100kHz 43kHz
ICP directly, polarization
voltage, LEMO plugs
strain gauge (DMS),
bridge
BR-4 4 20kHz 10kHz
bandwidth CF 2.5KHz
Current with shunt plug
voltage, temperature C-8 8 100Hz 20Hz Current with shunt plug
analog outputs DAC-8 8 50kHz 50kHz
strain gauge (DMS),
bridge
DCB-8 8 100kHz 5kHz Current with shunt plug
digital inputs DI-16 16 50kHz 30kHz (isolated)
dig. in/out + inc.
DI16-DO8-EN
C4
16 / 8 / 4 10kHz / 50kHz 10kHz/ 500kHz DI, DO / ENC
digital outputs DO-16 16 50kHz 10kHz (isolated)
incremental
encoder
ENC-4 4 50kHz 500kHz
incremental
encoder
HRENC-4 4 50kHz 500kHz
high-voltage
(isolated) current
probes
HV-4I 4 50kHz 25kHz
2 high-voltage +
2 current probes
high-voltage
(isolated) current
probes
HV-2U2I
HV-4U
8 100kHz 17kHz
2 high-voltage + 2 current
4 current probes
voltage, ICP ICPU-8 8 100kHz 14kHz
ICP can be measured with
BNC directly
voltage, ICP ICPU-16 16 20kHz 6,6kHz
ICP can be measured with
BNC directly
voltage, current,
temp erature, ICP
(isolated)
ISO2-8 8 50kHz 8kHz
ICP- extension plug can
be used.
voltage, current LV-16 16 20kHz 6,6kHz
ICP extension plug can be
used.
voltage, current LV2-8 8 100kHz 14kHz
ICP ext. plug can be used.
voltage, temp
erature
OSC-16 16 50kHz 7Hz (isolated)
159
Type
Model name
CRPL/
Channels
per module
Max. sampling
rate per channel
Bandwidth Comment
voltage, current, ICP SC2-32 32 100kHz 20kHz
Current with shunt plug,
be used.
synthesizer SYNTH-8 8 50kHz 50kHz
voltage, current,
temperature, bridge,
DMS, ICP
UNI-8 8 100kHz 14kHz
be used.
current measured directly
CAN CAN 2 nodes
J1587 J1587 1
general
aggregate
sampling rate
400kHz from Q3-2003 (DAB4k)
160
5.3 Technical specification of the modules
5.3.1 AUDIO-4 Voltage / ICP
Technical specs (4 differential analog inputs)
Parameter typ. min. / max. Comments
inputs 4 TEDS - Transducer Electronic Data
Sheets (IEEE 1451)
third octave processing as option
(4 channels + 4 virtual channels)
For further processing Online FAMOS
or imc WAVE is necessary
measurement modes: - voltage
- sensors with current supply
- condenser microphone
ICP-, DELTATRON
-Sensors
with option CRPL/MIC_SUPPLY
sample rate/channel 100kHz
50kHz
without third octave processing
with third octave processing
bandwidth (AC)
1Hz
45.3 kHz
48.6 kHz
54.7 kHz
22.4 kHz
-3 dB lower cut-off frequency
0.005dB without third octave process.
-3 dB
-112 dB
-3 dB with third octave processing
filter characteristic, cut-off
frequency, order
10kHz, 5kHz, .. , 5Hz
Cauer, Butterworth, Bessel (digital)
low and high filter pass 8. order
band pass, LP and HP each 4. order
AAF: Cauer 8. order with f
cutoff
= 0,4 f
s

for AC-coupling without filter a HP 2. order
Bessel with f
cutoff
=1Hz (0,5Hz with WAVE)
calculated *
connector plug
default
condenser microphone
4 BNC
4 LEMO-connector 1B series
TEDS
sensors (current supply)
condenser micro
conform IEEE 1451.4
Class I MMI
Class II MMI
Voltage
ranges
50V, 25 V, 10V, 5V, 2.5 V, 1V...
25mV
input voltage surge protection 65V
200V
refer to chassis
continuous at 25C, <1s at 40C
< 2ms
input impedance
1MO
10 MO
2MO
20 MO
1%
2%
1%
2%
single-end, ranges:
50V, 25 V
10 V... 25mV
differential, ranges:
50V, 25 V
10 V... 25mV
161
input coupling
DC
AC, ICP 1Hz, -3dB, 2
th
order
input configuration differential, single end
gain uncertainty
0.004%
0.006%
s0.05%
s0.1%
of reading, ranges:
50V 50 mV
25mV
offset uncertainty (DC)
0.004%
0.005%
0.006%
0.006%
s0.03%
s0.05%
s0.10%
s0.15%
of measurement range, ranges:
50V... 250mV
100 mV
50 mV
25mV
offset uncertainty (AC, ICP) 2LSB
max. settling time of the 1Hz
input high pass filter (AC)
20s
common mode voltage
65V
10V
ranges:
50V, 25 V
10 V... 25mV
common mode suppression
CMRR
68dB
82dB
95dB
101dB
108dB
>60dB
>66dB
>78dB
>84dB
>96dB
coupling DC, common mode test
voltage 10 V= or 4Vrms; 50Hz; ranges:
50V, 25 V
10 V... 5 V
2.5 V... 1 V
500 mV
250 mV... 25mV
signal to noise ratio
-110dB
-82dB
-76dB
-70dB
-90dB
(A-weighted), s 100ksps
bandwidth 20 Hz .. 20 kHz
50 V.. 250 mV
100 mV
50 mV
25mV
noise voltage (rms)
2V
bandwidth 10 Hz .. 10 kHz
25mV
ICP-, DELTATRON-Sensors
constant current 4.2mA 20 %
compliance voltage 25V >24V
source impedance 280kO >100kO
*
AC-coupling (or ICP) means a high pass filter at the input. To avoid drifting of the module, a high pass filter is always calculated,
even if the user selects without filter.
The description of the AUDIO-4 .
53
162
5.3.2 AUDIO-4-MIC Microphone supply module
See the technical data of AUDIO-4 and the additional information below.
On request you can order special connectors for polarized microphones ( Brel & Kjr, Norsonic) in
conjunction with the appropriate microphone supply:
Parameter typ. min. / max. Test conditions/ Remarks
inputs 4
microphone supply
low supply voltage
max. supply current/ channel
14V
3%
< 3mA
long-term short-circuit protection
high supply voltage
max. supply current/ channel
60V
3%
< 3mA
long-term short-circuit protection
caution! danger of electric shock
polarization voltage +200V 0,2% long-term short-circuit protection
max. current <300A caution! danger of electric shock
The description of the AUDIO-4-MIC .
160
54
163
5.3.3 BR-4 Bridge, Voltage, Current
Parameter Value (typ. / max.) Comment
inputs 4
measurement modes full bridge
half bridge
quarter bridge
differential voltage input
Voltage or bridge mode global for all four
channels.
sampling rate/ channel 2 0kHz (max)
bandwidth 8.6kHz (DC)
2kHz (CF)
filter cut-off frequency, order 2Hz..5kHz
low pass filter 8. order
high pass filter 4. order
band pass, LP 8.

and HP 4. order
cutoff
= 0,4 f
s

sensors strain gauge: full-, half-, quarter bridge
piezo-resistive bridge transducer
potentiometer
voltage
current (e.g. 4-20mA sensors)
current-fed piezo-electric transducer
(e.g. ICP, Deltatron)
directly connectable

with shunt-plug ACC/DSUB-I2(-IP65)
not for CRSL/BR-4-L
with ICP-plug ACC/DSUB-ICP2 (-IP65)
connector plug
2 * DSUB-15 / 2 channels
or
4 * LEMO / 1 channel
ACC/DSUB-B2(-IP65)
ACC/DSUB-I2(-IP65)
ACC/DSUB-ICP2(-IP65)
bridge input ranges
1mV/V ... 400mV/V
2mV/V... 800mV/V
5mV/V... 2000mV/V
corresponding to strain gauge:
2 000m/m ... 800 000m/m
4 000m/m ... 1600 000m/m
10 000m/m ... 4 000 000m/m
for bridge voltage:
5V
2.5V
1V
for bridge voltage:
5V
2.5V
1V
bridge voltage
DC
CF
Carrier frequency
1V, 2.5V, 5V (symmetric)
1V, 2.5V, 5V (peak)
5kHz
set globally for 4-channel groups
corresp. 0.5V, 1.25V, 2.5V
corresp. RMS: 0.7V, 1.8V, 3.5V
voltage input ranges 5mV / 10mV / 25mV / 50mV / 10
0mV / 250mV / 500mV /
1V / 2V / 5V /
10V / 25V / 50V
current input ranges 100A / 200A / 400A /
1mA / 2mA / 5mA /
10mA / 20mA / 40mA
with special shunt connector pod (shunt 5
0O)
surge protection 50V
80V
long-term
(differential- and SENSE-inputs)
short-term
input impedance 10MO
1MO
ranges 5mV to 2V
ranges 5V to 50V
and for deactivated device
164
input current 40nA (max.)
input capacitance 300pF (typ.)
common mode voltage (max.) 2.8V
50V
ranges 5mV to 2V
ranges 5V to 50V
bridge balance range measurement range
however, minimally:
5mV/V
10mV/V
25mV/V
for Vb = 5V
for Vb = 2.5V
for Vb = 1V
min. bridge impedance
bridge impedance (max.)
120O, 10mH full bridge
60O, 5mH half bridge
5kO
Vb = 1V .. 5V, I_load 42mA
cable length (max.) 500m (one-way length) 0.14mm, 130mO / m, 65O
cable compensation technique
4-wire Sense
3-wire Sense
by means of shunt-calibration
3 techniques available:
any cables;
for cables of same type;
one-time (not controlled) compensation
internal quarter-bridge
completion
120O, 350O selectable
automatic shunt-calibration 0.5mV/V for 120O and 350O bridges
gain uncertainty < 0.05% 23 C
offset after bridge balance < 0.02% 23 C
non-linearity < 200 ppm
input offset-drift 0.05V / C
0.01V/V / C
0.3V / C
0.06V/V /C
DC voltage measurement
DC full bridge
(Vb=5V, 1mV/V range)
without ext. bridge offset
gain drift 60ppm /C < 100ppm / C
drift of bridge balance
equivalent offset drift by means
of balanced ext. bridge offset
50ppm /C
0.05V/V /C
< 90ppm /C
0.09V/V /C
of compensated amount
full bridge (DC or CF),
ext. bridge offset = 1mV/V
1mV/V input range
half-bridge drift (int.
half-bridge)
0.5V/V / C 1V/V /C DC or CF bridge
SNR (signal to noise ratio)
> 90dB
> 88dB
> 82dB
> 75dB
> 69dB
full-scale / rms-noise full bandwidth
ranges 100mV ... 50V
range 50mV
range 25mV
range 10mV
range 5mV
Input noise, voltage (RTI)
16nV/\Hz rms
14V pk-pk
2V rms
0,6V pk-pk
DC-Mode (range 5mV)
0...1kHz
0...10kHz
0...10kHz
0,1...10Hz
165
Input noise (bridge)
DC full bridge 3V/V pk-pk, 0,39/V rms
0,9V/V pk-pk, 0,12/V rms
0,1V/V pk-pk
range: 1mV/V (bridge voltage = 5V)
0...10 kHz
1 kHz, lowpass filter
100 Hz, lowpass filter
DC half-/quarter bridge 3,3V/V pk-pk, 0,45/V rms
0,3V/V pk-pk
0 .. 10 kHz
CF full bridge, half bridge 3,5V/V pk-pk, 0,47/V rms
0,3V/V pk-pk
0 .. 10 kHz
min. measurement resolution 0,31 V
0,06 V/V
0,12 m/m
15 Bit
common mode rejection ratio
(CMRR)
> 120dB
> 110dB
> 95dB
> 54dB
DC
ranges 5 mV to 25 mV
ranges 50 mV to 100 mV
ranges 250 mV to 2V
ranges 5 V to 50 V
> 100dB
> 68dB
> 90dB
> 54dB
50 Hz
ranges 5 mV to 2 V
ranges 5 V to 50 V
> 50dB
5 kHz
all ranges
auxiliary supply +5V (max. 160mA / plug)
not isolated
e.g. for ICP-expansion plugs
The description of the BR-4 .
55
166
5.3.4 C-8 Voltage / Temperature
parameter typ. min. / max. comments
inputs 8
measurement modes(DSUB) voltage, current
thermocouples, PT100
measurement modes(LEMO) voltage, current
PT100
with external shunt
filter cut-off frequency, order 1Hz .. 5 0Hz
Butterworth (digital)
AAF: Butterworth 6. order,
f
cutoff
= 0,5 f
s
connector plug
standard
2 plug DSUB-15,
4 channels per plug
or
8* LEMO
ACC/DSUB-U4 (-IP65),
ACC/DSUB-T4 (-IP65),
ACC/DSUB-I4 (-IP65)
TEDS - Transducer Electronic
DataSheets
conform IEEE 1451.4
Class II MMI
ACC/DSUB-TEDS-T4(-IP65)
ACC/DSUB-TEDS-U4(-IP65)
ACC/DSUB-TEDS-I4(-IP65)
voltage measurement
sample rate / channel 100 Hz
voltage input range
50V, 25V, 10V, 5V, 2.5 V, 1V,
500mV, 250mV, , 2.5mV
surge protection
250V
80V
long term to chassis
<1ms
input impedance
1.00MO
492 kO
79 kO
1%
>135 kO
>75 kO
differential
50 V. . . 2.5 V
1 V. . . 50 mV
25 mV. . . 2.5 mV
gain uncertainty
0.01%
5ppm/KDTa
s0.05%
s0.02%
s0.05%
20ppm/KDTa
of reading
50 V. . . 250 mV
100 mV. . . 25 mV
10 mV. . . 2.5 mV
DTa=|Ta -25C| ambient temperature Ta
offset uncertainty
0.01%
0.005%
0.01%
0.02%
4V/K
0.07V/K
s0.05%
s0.01%
s0.05%
s0.1%
<12 V/K
<0.16V/K
of measurement range
50 V. . . 250 mV
100 mV. . . 25 mV
10 mV. . . 5 mV
2.5 mV
50 V. . . 2.5 V
1 V. . . 2.5 mV
167
common mode voltage
50V. . . 2V
1V. . . 2.5m V
50V
2V
< 30V
< 1V
with differential input voltage:
50V
1V
common mode rejection CMRR
50V. . . 2V
1V. . . 2.5m V
70 dB
120 dB
>54 dB
>100 dB
common mode test voltage:
50V
1V
signal-to noise ratio
95 dB
90 dB
86 dB
>90dB
>86dB
>82 dB
bandwidth 0.1Hz10 Hz
50 V. . . 10 mV
5 mV
2.5 mV
bandwidth 0...20 Hz -3 dB
temperature measurement - thermocouples
sample rate / channel 100Hz
measurement range J, T, K, E, N, S, R, B according IEC 584
resolution 0.063K J, T, K, E, N, S, R, B
measurement uncertainty 0.2K < 0.5K
type J, T, K, E, L
(for all other types see specifications of
voltage measurement)
temperature drift 0.02K/KDTa
DTa= |Ta -25C|
ambient temperature Ta
cold junction compensation
uncertainty
drift of cold junction comp.
0.001K/KDTj
< 0.15K ACC/DSUB-T4
DTj = |Tj -25C|
cold junction temperature Tj
input impedance 100 kO differential
temperature measurement RTD (PT100)
input range
-200...850C, -50...150C
-328...1562F, -58302F
resolution 0.063 K
-200...850C, -328...1562F
-50...150C, -58302F
uncertainty
< 0.1K
< 0.05 %
-200...850 C, four-wire connection
plus of reading
drift 0.01 K/K DTa
DTa=|Ta -25C|; ambient temp: Ta
sensor supply 625A
input impedance 20.0 MO 1% differential
168
signal-noise ratio >85dB bandwidth 10Hz
bandwidth 0...10Hz -3 dB
The description of the C-8 .
Technical specs of the Sensor supply (optional) .
61
216
169
5.3.5 DAC-8 Analog outputs
Technical specs (8 analog outputs)
Parameter Value (typ. / min. max.) Comments
outputs 8
output level 10V
connector plug 2 * DSUB-15 / 4 channels ACC/DSUB-DAC4(-IP65)
load current 10mA max. 250 max., no filter
resolution 16Bit
linearity max. 4 LSB
14bit no missing codes
max. output frequency 50kHz
analog bandwidth 50kHz -3dB, low pass 2
nd
order
accuracy 4 LSB (16bit) 25C
offset < 10mV < 17mV 25C
offset drift 0.06mV / C
summary offset uncertainty < 20mV whole temperature range
gain uncertainty < 0.29% 25C
gain drift 25ppm / C
summary gain uncertainty < 0.8% whole temperature range
The description of the DAC-8 .
64
170
5.3.6 DCB-8 Bridge channels
inputs 8
measurement modes (DSUB): - voltage measurements
adjustable supply
- current feed sensors (ICP*)
- bridge-sensor
(*ICP-, DELTATRON
-,
PIEZOTRON
-Sensors) with
ACC/DSUB-ICP2*
measurement modes (LEMO): - voltage measurements
adjustable supply
- bridge-sensor
single ended or with external shunt
band pass, LP 8.

and HP 4. order
AAF: Cauer 8. order with
f
cutoff
= 0,4 f
s
sampling frequency/channel s100kHz
bandwidth 0...5kHz -3 dB
connector plug
standard
4 * DSUB-15 / 2 Kanle
oder
8 * LEMO / 1 Kanal
ACC/DSUB-B2(-IP65)
ACC/DSUB-I2(-IP65)
TEDS - Transducer
Electronic DataSheets
conform IEEE 1451.4
Class II MMI
ACC/DSUB-TEDS-B2(-IP65)

voltage measurement
input ranges 10V, 5V, 2.5 V, 1V, ..., 5 mV
surge protection 40V permanent channel to chassis
input coupling DC
input configuration differential
171
input impedance 20MO 1% differential
gain uncertainty 0.02% s0.05% of reading
drift +20ppm/KDTa +80ppm/KDTa
offset uncertainty 0.02% s0.05%
s0.06%
of range, in ranges:
> 50mV
s 50mV
drift 0.06V/KDTa
0.3V/KDTa
s 10 V
common mode rejection
ranges 10 V. . . 50mV
20mV. . . 5m V
92dB
120 dB
>84dB
>100dB
common mode test voltage: 10 V=
noise
0.4Vrms
14nV/Hz
bandwidth 0.1...1kHz, (RTI)
current measurement
input ranges
50mA, 20mA, 10mA, 5mA, 2
mA, 100A
with 50 shunt in terminal plug
with 120 internally
over load protection 60 mA permanent
input configuration single-end
differential
with 120 internally
or 50 shunt in terminal plug
(ACC/DSUB-I2)
gain: uncertainty 0.02%
s0.06%
s0.1%
of reading
plus uncertainty of 50 shunt
drift +20ppm/KDTa +95ppm/KDTa
offset: uncertainty 0.02% s0.05% of range
drift 0.5nA/KDTa
5nA/KDTa
bridge measurement
bridge measurement
modes:
- full bridge
- half bridge
- quarter bridge
5V bridge excitation voltage only
input ranges
1000mV/V, 500mV/V, 200
mV/V, 100mV/V
... 0.5mV/V
excitation bridge voltage: 10V
input impedance 20MO 1% differential, full bridge
172
gain: uncertainty 0.02% s0.05% of reading
drift +20ppm/KATa +80ppm/KATa
offset: uncertainty 0.01% s0.02% of input range after automatic bridge balancing
drift +16nV/V/KATa
+0.2V/V/KAT
a
bridge excitation voltage
10V
5V
0.5%
120O, 10mH full bridge
60O, 5mH half bridge
5kO
internal quarter bridge
completion
120O optional 350O; no direct current measurement; no
PT100 3-line measurement
Cable resistance for
bridges
(without return line)
< 6O
< 12O
10 V excitation 120 O
5 V excitation 120 O
*ICP is a registered trade mark of PCB Piezotronics Inc.; DeltaTron is a registered trade mark of Brel & Kjr Sound and Vibratio;
PIEZOTRON, PIEZOBEAM is a registered trade mark of Kistler.
The description of the DCB-8 .
65
216
173
5.3.7 DI-16 Digital input channels
Technical specs (16 digital inputs)
Parameter Value ( typ./min.max.) Comments
channels / bits 16bit
2 external clocks
2 groups of 8 bits, each group
galvanically isolated as a whole,
common reference potential (LCOM) for
each group
connector plug 2 * DSUB-15 / 8Bit ACC/DSUB-DI8(-IP65)
isolation strength 50V to system ground (protection ground)
input configuration single-end common reference: LCOM
input level TTL / CMOS
or 24V logic
configurable by wire jumper (LEVEL
LCOM) in the connector plug
switching level
TTL / CMOS
24V-logic
HIGH
> 2V
> 7.3V
LOW
< 0.55V
< 1.3V
Schmitt-trigger characteristics
typical 1.8V and 1V 200mV
hysteresis
TTL / CMOS
24V-logic
> 0.4V
> 1.6V
typical 0.8V
input impedance > 50k 100k pull-up to HCOM
input current < 1A
switching time < 20s
bandwidth > 30kHz (max. switching frequency)
The description of the DI-16 .
73
174
5.3.8 DI-HV-4 Digital input for high voltages
Technical Specs (4 differential digital inputs)
Channels / bits 4 each isolated
Terminal connector 8-pin Phnix clamp terminal MSTB 2,5/8-STF
Phnix Nr. 1779709
Input configuration differential mutually isolated
Nom. Input level u
e
230V
eff
/ 400V
Switching level U
s
unipolar (DC-mode)
bipolar (AC-mode)
Low
<1.5V
<1.5V
High
>3.5V
<-3.5V, >3.5V
Schmitt-trigger characteristics
Hysteresis: (typ.) 830mV
Isolation strength,
between channels or to
grounding conductor
300V
eff
CAT II (2),
Test voltage: 2.3kV 10s
Overvoltage protection s600V
long-term
Input current <50A u
e
-600V.. +600V
DC-mode switching time
low high
high low
<70 s
<50 s
AC-mode switching time
low high
high low
<40s
>2.0ms <2.2
ms
The description of the DI-HV-4 .
75
175
5.3.9 DI16-DO8-ENC4
16 digital inputs / 4 digital outputs / 4 Incremental encoder inputs
5.3.9.1 ENC-4 (DI16-DO8-ENC4) Incremental encoder channels
Parameter Value (typ. / max) Remarks
channels 4 + 1
(5 tracks)
Four single-tracks or combining two single-
into two-track encoders
One index track
measurement modes: Distance(diff), Angle(diff), Speed,
RPM, Events, Frequency, Time,
Pulse time, Angle(abs.)
connection terminals 1 x DSUB-15 ACC/DSUB-ENC4(-IP65)
sampling rate 50kHz / channel (max.)
time resolution of measurement 31.25ns Counter frequency: 32MHz
(primary sampling rate)
data resolution 16bits
input impedance 100kO
input voltage range
(differential)
10V
common mode input range max. 25V, min. 11V
switching threshold -10V ... +10V individual for each channel
hysteresis 100mV...20V individual for each channel
analog bandwidth 500kHz -3dB (full power)
analog filter Bypass (no Filter),
20kHz, 2kHz, 200Hz
adjustable (per-channel)
2
nd
order Butterworth
switching delay 500ns Modulation: 100mV squarewave
CMRR 70dB
60dB
50dB
50dB
DC, 50Hz
10kHz
gain uncertainty < 1% of input voltage range @ 25C
offset uncertainty < 1% of input voltage range @ 25C
overvoltage protection 50V to system ground
sensor supply +5V, 300mA not isolated (reference: GND, CHASSIS)

The description of the ENC-4 (DI16-DO8-ENC4) .
83
176
5.3.9.2 DI-16 (DI16-DO8-ENC4) Digital Inputs
Parameter Value (typ. / min.max.) Remarks
channels 16 common ground reference for each
4-channel group, isolated from the other
input group
connection terminals DSUB-15 ACC/DSUB-DI4-8 (-IP65)
configuration options TTL or 24V input voltage range
(global configurable for all inputs)
configurable at the DSUB
jumper from LCOM to LEVEL activates
TTL-mode
LEVEL unconn. activates 24V-mode
sampling rate 10kHz per channel
isolation strength 150 V to system ground (tested 200V)
input configuration differential isolated mutually and from supply
input current max. 500A
switching threshold 1,5V (200mV)
7V (300mV)
5V mode
24V mode
supply HCOM 5V max. 100mA Reference at Level otherwise electrically
isolated from system
The description of the DI-16 (DI16-DO8-ENC4) .
5.3.9.3 DO-8 (DI16-DO8-ENC4) Digital Outputs
Parameter Value (typ. / min.max.) Comments
channels / bits 8bit 1 group of 8 bits, gal van ically isolated
as a whole, common reference potential
("LCOM) for each group
connector plug 1 * DSUB-15 / 8 Bit ACC/DSUB-DO8(-IP65)
output configuration totem pole
(push-pull) or
open-drain
configurable by wire jumper ("ODRN"
"LCOM") in the connector plug
output level TTL
or
max. Uext -0.8V
internal, galvanically isolated
supply voltage
by connecting an external supply
voltage U
ext
an "HCOM", U
ext
= 5V .. 3
0V
max. output current (typ.)
TTL
24V-logic
open-drain
HIGH
15mA
22mA
---
LOW
0.7A
0.7A
0.7A
external clamp diode needed for
inductive load
output voltage
TTL
24V-logic (Uext = 24V)
HIGH
> 3.5V
> 23V
LOW
0.4 V
0.4 V
for load current:
I
high,
= 15mA, I
low,
0.7A
I
high,
= 22mA, I
low,
0.7A
The description of the DO-8 (DI16-DO8-ENC4) .
176
176
177
5.3.10 DO-16 Digital outputs
Technical specs (16 digital outputs)
channels / bits 16bit
two 8-bit groups, isolated, common
reference potential ("LCOM) for a group
connector plug 2 * DSUB-15 / 8 Bit ACC/DSUB-DO8(-IP65)
output configuration totem pole
(push-pull) or
open-drain
configurable by wire jumper ("ODRN"
"LCOM") in the connector plug
output level TTL
or
max. U
ext
-0.8V
internal, galvanically isolated
supply voltage
by connecting an external supply
voltage U
ext
an "HCOM", U
ext
= 5V .. 3
0V
TTL
24V-logic
open-drain
HIGH
15mA
22mA
---
LOW
0.7A
0.7A
0.7A
external clamp diode needed for
inductive load
output voltage
TTL
24V-logic (U
ext
= 24V)
HIGH
> 3.5V
> 23V
LOW
0.5O * I
low
0.5O * I
low
for load current:
I
high
, = 15mA, I
low
, 0.7A
I
high
, = 22mA, I
low
, 0.7A
The description of the DO-16 .
85
178
5.3.11 DO-HC-16 Digital high current outputs
Technical specs (16 digital outputs high-amperage version)
Channels / bits
with CRPL/DO_HC-16 16 bit
2 x 8-bit groups, isolated, common
reference potential (LCOM) for each
group
Connection terminal 2 * DSUB-15 / 8 bit CRPL/DSUB-DO_HC-16
DSUB-15 connector with high current
capacity wiring recommended (HCOM /
LCOM!)
In deviation from CRPL/DO-16:
seperate (diode-decoupled) HCOM /
LCOM for each 4-bit group
(due to current sharing at DSUB-pins)
Isolation strength 50 V To system ground (protection ground)
Output configuration
totem pole (push-pull)
open-drain (LowSide)
open-source (HighSide)
configurable with OPDRN pin:
OPDRN: wire jumper at LCOM
OPDRN: open
OPDRN: 10k-resistor at LCOM
Output level max. Vext = 8 V .. 28 V
or
connection of an external
supply voltage Vext at HCOM,
(Totem Pole or Open-Source)
TTL / CMOS 5V
or
by means of internal isolated
supply voltage and external pull-up
-resistors (with 5 V,only Open-Drain
configuration supported, no
Totem-Pole / push-pull)
Open-Drain external supply not required for
Open-Drain operation
Totem Pole 8..28 V
Open Source 8..28 V
Open Drain
open-drain w/ intern.
5V supply
HIGH
0.7 A
0.7 A
---
LOW
0.7 A
---
0.7A
20 mA
no external clamping diode required for
inductive load switching
Output voltage HIGH
Vext -
0.5 * I
high
LOW
0.5 * I
low
with load current:
I
high
, , I
low
, 0.7 A
Internal supply voltage available
at contacts
5 V, 160 mA
isolated
per 8-bit group; VCC_int = 5 V isolated
from V
ext
by diodes on HCOM
179
Protection mechanisms short circuit
therm. overload
capacitive load (surge)
inductive load (load dump)
reverse battery
Quick response current limiting: 1.4A
(typ.), 2 A (max.)
Unlimited duration
Current limiting
voltage limiting
reverse voltage between BIT-output
and HCOM or LCOM
current limiting: 9 A (after 100 ms)
2 A (after 10 s)
State upon system power-up
Activation of the output stage
Connection of internal 5 V
supply to contacts
high impedance (High-Z)
upon preparation of measurement
upon preparation of measurement
Independent of output configuration
with selectable initial states
(High / Low) in the selected output
configuration
VCC_int = 5V via diodes at HCOM
Switching time < 300s
The description of the DO-HC-16 .
87
180
5.3.12 ENC-4 Incremental encoder channels
Technical specs (4 incremental encoder inputs)
inputs 4 + 1
( 9 tracks )
4 channels with 2 tracks each (A, B)
1 index-channel, all fully conditioned
(differential amplifier)
measurement modes: Distance(diff), Angle(diff), Speed, RPM,
Events, Frequency, Time, Pulse time,
Angle(abs.)
connector
2 x DSUB-15 / 2 channels
or
4 * LEMO/ 1 channel
ACC/DSUB-ENC-4(-IP65)
ACC/DSUB-ENC-4-IU
for each group of 2 channels per plug
INDEX only occupied on second socket
sampling rate 50kHz / channel (max.)
time resolution of
measurement
33ns counter frequency 32MHz
resolution of data 16bit
input impedance 100kO
input voltage range (differential) 10V
30V
linear range
maximum, outside of the linear range:
max. non-linearity error: 300ns
common mode input voltage max. 30V
switching threshold -10V ... +10V globally selectable in 0.1V steps
hysteresis 0 .. 40% of |threshold|,
min. 100mV
globally selectable in 0.1V steps
analog bandwidth 500kHz -3dB (full power)
analog filter none, 20kHz, 2kHz, 200Hz Butterworth, 2
nd
order per channel
CMRR 70dB (typ.), 50dB (min.)
60dB (typ.), 50dB (min.)
DC, 50Hz
10kHz
switching delay 500ns level: 100mV square wave
gain uncertainty < 1% 23C
offset < 1% 23C
isolation: 50V inputs isolated to power supply,
not mutually
safe voltage (max.) 50V long-term
sensor supply +5V, 100mA
300mA (optional)
reference: GND
The description of the ENC-4 .
91
181
5.3.13 HRENC-4
Channels 4 + 1
( 9 tracks )
4 channels with 2 tracks (X, Y) each
1 index-channel
all fully conditioned (differential
amplifier)
Measurement mode Distance(diff), Angle(diff), Speed, RPM,
Events, Frequency, Time, Pulse time,
Angle(abs.)
Connection terminal 2 x DSUB-15 / 2 channels
or
ACC/DSUB-ENC4(-IP65)
ACC/DSUB-ENC-4-IU
2 channels per each terminal
INDEX only occupied on second socket!
Sampling rate 50kHz / channel (max.)
Measurement time resolution 3.9 ns Counter frequency 256MHz
as of imc Devices 2.6 R2 SP1
Analog analysis
SIN/COS encoder analysis 8x12 Bit A/D-converter 8 channels of simultaneous sampling
Input voltage range 1.5V, 10V (differential)
General
Data resolution 16 bits
Input configuration differential
Input impedance 50kO
Input voltage range
(differential)
10V
30V
Linear range
maximum range; exceeding linear
range: max. non-linearity: 300ns
Common mode input voltage max. 30V
Switching threshold -10V ... +10V adjustable individual for each channels
Hysteresis 0 .. 40% off |threshold|,
min. 100mV
adjustable individual for each channels
Analog bandwidth 500kHz -3dB (full power)
Analog filter Bypass (without filter),
20kHz, 2kHz, 200Hz
adjustable (per channel)
Butterworth, 2
nd
order
Switching delay 500ns modulation: 100mV squarewave
CMRR 70dB (typ.), 50dB (min.)
60dB (typ.), 50dB (min.)
DC, 50Hz
10kHz
Gain uncertainty < 1% 23 C
Offset uncertainty < 1% 23 C
Max. safe overload 50V long-term
182
Sensor supply +5V, 100mA
300mA (optional)
not isolated (reference: GND,
CHASSIS)
The description of the HRENC-4 .
98
183
5.3.14 HV-4I High-voltage channels
Parameter Value (typ. / min. max.) Remarks
Inputs 4
Measurement modes
2 x voltage (600V)
2 x voltage (10V)
Samplerate/channel
5 0kHz (max)
Bandwidth 2 5 k H z -3 dB
Filter 5Hz .. 10 kHz, Bypass
Butterworth (digital)
AAF: Butterworth 6. order
with f
cutoff
= 0,5 f
s

Input ranges 0,5 V/ 1 V/ 2,5 V/ 5V / 10 V / 25 V, 5
0 V / 100 V / 250 V / 600 V
Isolation voltage 600 V CAT II
Overvoltage protection 1000 Vpk long-term
Input coupling configuration DC
differential, isolated
with voltage divider
Input impedance 1MO
gain error 0.05% < 0.1%
+50 ppm/KDT
a
23 C
DT
a
=|T
a
-23C|
ambient temp. T
a
Offset error 0.05% < 0.1%
+50 ppm/KDT
a
23 C
SNR (signal to noise ratio) TBD bandwidth 25 kHz
Connection terminal 8 * banana / 4 channels safety jacks
The description of the HV-4I .
100
184
5.3.15 HV-4I Current probe channels / (non-isolated) volt. channels
Parameter Value (typ. / min. max.) Comments
current probe input ranges 1A ... 100 A depends on current probe or converter
type
voltage input range 0.3V / 1V / 3V / 10V
supply voltage for ext. current probes
or sensors
1.5V ... 12.5V
max. 120mA / channel
adjustable by means of external,
"programmed-resistance"
surge protection 60 V diff. input voltage, indefinite
input coupling configuration DC
differential, not isolated
for connecting isolated current probes
or converters
input resistance 1MO
gain uncertainty
not counting probe uncertainty
0.05% < 0.1%
+50 ppm/KTa
23 C Ta=|Ta -23C|
ambient temp. T
a
offset
not counting probe uncertainty
0.05% < 0.1%
+50 ppm/KDT
a
23 C Ta=|Ta -23C|
ambient temp. T
a
SNR (signal to noise ratio) TBD bandwidth 25kHz
filter 5Hz .. 10kHz, bypass
analog bandwidth 24.81kHz -3dB
connector plug 4 * Mini-DIN8 / 4 channels specially adapted current probe:
CRPL/STZ-30
The description of the HV-4I .
100
185
5.3.16 HV-2U2I, HV-4U Voltage / Current probe
Technical data (4 isolated analog inputs)
general
sampling frequency/ channel s100kHz
isolation strength
4.3kV
eff
50Hz, 1min / 1000V CAT III
1
category
imc CRONOS-PL-3
imc CRONOS-PL-8
imc CRONOS-PL-16
600 V CAT III 600
V CAT III 600 V
CAT III
frequency, order
5Hz..10kHz
band pass, LP 8.

and HP 4. order
cutoff
= 0,4 f
s
voltage measurement channels
input range 1000V, 500V, 250 V, ... , 2.5 V crest value
overvoltage strength 1450V long-term
input impedance 2.0 MO 1%
input coupling DC isolated
gain uncertainty 0.02% s0.05%
5ppm/KT
a
15ppm/KT
a
T
a
=|T
a
-25C|
ambient temperature T
a
, steady-state
offset 0.02% s 0.05%
5ppm/KT
a
15ppm/KT
a
Ta=|Ta -25C|
a
,steady-state
isolation suppression
130dB
76dB
50dB
> 130dB
>74dB
>48dB
isolation strength 500V
eff
DC
50Hz
1kHz
measurement bandwidth 0 ... 6.5kHz <0.1%
186
voltage measurement channels
phase uncertainty 0 ... 2.5kHz <1
signal noise
<20mV
<2mV
input range 250V and above
input range 100V and below
channels for current measurement with current probes
input ranges 5V, 2.5V, 1V, ... , 250mV
overvoltage strength 100V long-term
input impedance 200kO 1% isolated
3ppm/KT
a
15ppm/KT
a
T
a
=|T
a
-25C|
a
,
steady-state
offset 0.02% s0.05%
3ppm/KT
a
15ppm/KT
a
Ta=|Ta -25C|
a
,steady-s
isolation suppression
> 130dB
> 105dB
> 80 dB
Isolation strength 500 V
eff
DC
50Hz
1kHz
measurement bandwidth 0 ... 6.5kHz <0.1%
phase uncertainty 0 ... 2.5kHz <1
signal noise
noise suppression
75V
> 86dB bandwidth 100Hz
187
current measurement with MN71 current probe
input range 10A, 5A, ... , 2.5A RMS-values, crest factor <1.5
overload strength 200A
long-term, f 1kHz,
crest factor < 1.5
measurement uncertainty 0.3%
s 0.7%
1mA
50Hz, sine, line centered
TBD
T
a
=|T
a
-25C|
a
measurement bandwidth 40Hz ... 6.5kHz <0.5%
phase uncertainty 40Hz ... 2.5 kHz < 1
signal-noise ratio TBD bandwidth 100 Hz
188
current measurement with AmpFlex A100 (2kA)
input range 2000A RMS-values, crest factor <1.5
overload strength 3000A
long-term, f 1kHz,
crest factor < 1.5
s0.6%
1A
50Hz, sine, line centered and
orthogonal
TBD
T
a
=|T
a
-25C|
a
measurement bandwidth 40 Hz ... 6.5kHz <0.6%
phase uncertainty 40Hz ... 2.5kHz <1
signal-noise TBD bandwidth 100Hz
current measurement with AmpFlex A100 (10kA)
input range 10kA RMS-values, crest factor <1.5
overload strength 10kA
long-term, f 1kHz,
crest factor < 1.5
s0.6%
2A
50Hz, sine, line centered and
orthogonal
TBD
T
a
=|T
a
-25C|
a
measurement bandwidth 40 Hz ... 6.5kHz <0.6%
phase uncertainty 40Hz ... 2.5kHz <1
signal-noise TBD bandwidth 100Hz
1
CAT III is the highest category for maximum utilization of the 1000V measurement range. That will be defined for each
measurement system and could possibly be less.
The description of the HV-4U, HV-2U2I .
102
189
5.3.17 ICPU-8 Voltage / ICP
Parameter Value (typ. / max) Comment
channels 8
input coupling: ICP-mode (4 mA)
DC voltage mode
AC voltage mode
software-configurable
single-end
input ranges
50V, 25V, 10V, 5V, 2.5 V, 1V,
..., 5 mV
frequency, order
2Hz..5kHz
band pass, LP 8.

and HP 4. order
cutoff
= 0,4 f
s
for AC-coupling without filter a HP 2
nd
order
Bessel with f
cutoff
=0,4Hz is calculated *
filter cut-off frequency
(-3 dB, high-pass)
0.37Hz
1.0Hz
AC, differential, range 10V
connector plug BNC
TEDS
transducer electronic data sheet
conform IEEE 1451.4
Class I Mixed Mode Interface
TEDS-data and analog signal
shared-wire
ICP-current sources 4.2mA / channel 10%, individual current sources
voltage swing max. 24V
input resistance (static) 960 kO
380 kO
1.82 MO
0.67 MO
20 MO
1 MO
ICP, differential, range 10V
ICP, differential, range 20V
DC, differential, range 10V
DC, differential, range 20V
gain uncertainty
0.02%
+20ppm/KT
a
s0.05%
+80ppm/KT
a
of reading
T
a
=|T
a
-25C|; ambient temp: T
a
offset uncertainty 0.02%
s0.05%
s0.06%
> 50mV
s 50mV
drift
60V/KT
a
0.06V/KT
a
100V/KT
a
0.3V/KT
a
> 10 V
s 10 V
T
a
=|T
a
a
isolation max. 50V to device ground (CHASSIS, protection
ground) channels not mutually isolated
190
ranges
50V. . . 10V
5 V. . . 50mV
25mV. . . 5m V
62dB
92dB
120 dB
>46dB
>84dB
>100dB
common mode test voltage(50Hz):
50 V
10 V
10 V
noise
0.4V
rms
14nV/Hz
*
The description of the ICPU-8 .
106
191
5.3.18 ICPU-16 Voltage / ICP
channels 16
input coupling: ICP-mode (4 mA)
DC / AC voltage mode
input configuration differential; single-end software-configurable
input ranges
10V, 5V, 2.5 V,
1V, 500mV, 250 mV
frequency, order
2Hz..5kHz
band pass, LP 8.

and HP 4. order
cutoff
= 0,4 f
s

for AC-coupling without filter a HP 2. order
Bessel with f
cutoff
=0,4Hz is calculated *
bandwidth
0...5kHz
0...6.6kHz
-0.1dB
-3 dB (analogue 5. order AAF)
filter cut-off frequency 0.37Hz (-3 dB, high-pass) AC, differential
connector plug BNC
TEDS
transducer electronic data sheet
conform IEEE 1451.4
Class I Mixed Mode Interface
TEDS-data and analog signal
shared-wire
ICP-current sources 4.2mA / channel 10%, individual current sources
voltage swing max. 24V
input resistance (static) 960 kO
1.82 MO
20 MO
ICP, differential
AC, differential
DC, differential
gain uncertainty
0.02%
+20ppm/KT
a
s0.05%
+80ppm/KT
a
of reading
T
a
=|T
a
a
s0.06%
> 50mV
s 50mV
drift 0.06V/KT
a
0.3V/KT
a
T
a
=|T
a
a
isolation max. 50V to device ground
(CHASSIS, protection ground)
channels not mutually isolated
ranges 10V. . . 2.5 V
1 V. . . 250mV
-90dB
-108dB
-80dB
-97dB
common mode test voltage: 10 V= and
7V
rms
, 50Hz
channel to channel crosstalk
MB 10V. . . 2.5 V
1 V. . . 250mV
-90dB
-116dB
test voltage: 10 V= und 7Vrms, 0...50Hz;
range: 10V
noise
12V
rms
bandwidth:
0.1Hz...1kHz
*
The description of the ICPU-16 .
109
192
5.3.19 ISO2-8 Voltage / Current / Temperature (isolated)
Technical specs (8 differential isolated inputs)
inputs 8
measurement modes (DSUB) voltage
current
thermocouple, RTD (PT100)
ICP (current fed sensors)
measurement modes
(LEMO)
voltage
RTD (PT100)
sample rate 50kHz per channel
bandwidth 8kHz - 0.2 dB
band pass, LP 8.

and HP 4. order
cutoff
= 0,4 f
s
connector plug 2 *DSUB-15 / 4 channels
or
ACC/DSUB-U4(-IP65)
ACC /DSUB-I4(-IP65)
ACC /DSUB-ICP4(-IP65)
ACC /DSUB-T4(-IP65)
TEDS - Transducer
conform IEEE 1451.4
Class II MMI
ACC/DSUB-TEDS-ICP4(-IP65)
voltage and current measurement
voltage input ranges 50mV / 100mV /250mV / 500
mV / 1V/ 2V / 5V / 10V / 25
V /50V / 60V
current input ranges 1mA / 2mA / 5mA
10mA / 20mA / 40mA
with shunt-plug (Shunt 50O) (ACC/
DSUB-I4)
gain uncertainty < 0,025%
< 0,07%
< 0.05%
< 0.15%
voltage, 23C
current with shunt-plug
offset uncertainty 2 LSB
non-linearity < 120 ppm range 10V
gain drift 6 ppm/K
50 ppm/K
ranges 2V
ranges 5V
over full
temperature
range
offset drift 2.5 ppm/K over full temperature range
193
input voltage noise 2.5Vrms
20Vpp
bandwidth 0.1 1kHz
IMR (isolation mode
rejection)
> 145dB (50Hz)
> 70dB (50Hz)
range 2V
range 5V
R
source
= 0
channel isolation
> 1GO, < 40pF
> 1GO, < 10pF
channel-to-ground
(protection ground)
channel-to-channel
channel isolation
(crosstalk)
channel-to-channel
> 165dB (50Hz)
> 92dB (50Hz)
range 2V
range 5V
R
source
100
measurement range R, S, B, J, T, E, K, L, N according IEC 584
resolution 0.063K (1/16K)
measurement uncertainty < 0.6K
< 1.0K
type K, range -1501200C
else
temperature drift
0.02K/KT
a
T
a
= |T
a
-25C|
a
uncertainty of cold junction
compensation
temperature drift
0.001K/KT
a
< 0.15K ACC/DSUB-T4
T
a
= |T
a
-25C|
a
temperature measurement PT100
measurement range -200+850C
-200+250C
measurement uncertainty
< 0.2K
< 0.05%
200...+850C, 4-wire connection
plus of reading
temperature drift 0.01K/K T
a
T
a
= |T
a
-25C|;ambient temp. T
a
sensor feed (PT100) 250A
general
isolation
nominal rating
test voltage
60V
300V (10 sec.)
channel to case (chassis)
and channel-to-channel
194
overvoltage protection 60 V
ESD 2kV
transient protection:
automotive load dump
ISO 7636, Test impulse 6
differential input voltage
(continuous)
human body model
test pulse 6 with max. 250V
Ri=30O, td=300s, tr<60s
input coupling
configuration
DC, isolated (differential) galvanically isolated to System-
GND (case, CHASSIS)
input impedance
10MO
1MO
50O
range +/-2V & temperature mode
range +/-5V and switched off
current mode (shunt-plug)
(ACC/DSUB-I4(-IP65))
input current
operating conditions
on overvoltage
condition
1nA
1mA |Vin| > 5V on ranges < 5V
or device powered-down
not isolated
power-consumption of
analog conditioning
2.0 W 2.4 W per 8 channels (no ICP-plug used)
Technical specs of the Sensor module SUPPLY (optional) .
The description of the ISO2-8 .
216
110
195
5.3.20 LV-16 Low Voltage
parameter typ. min. / max. test conditions / remarks
inputs 16 differential, non isolated
measurement modes(DSUB) - voltage
- current
- transducer with
constant current supply
(e.g. ICP-, DELTATRON
-Sensors)
with shunt plug (ACC/DSUB-I4)
with plug (ACC/DSUB-ICP4(-IP65))
or special connector panel
measurement modes(LEMO) - voltage
- current with external shunt
characteristic, order
5kHz, 2kHz, 1kHz , 2Hz
cutoff
= 0,4 f
s

sampling frequency /channel s20kHz total sampling frequency 320ksps
bandwidth
0...5kHz
0...6.6kHz
-0.1dB
-3dB (analogue 5. order AAF)
connector plug 4 plug DSUB-15,
4 channels per plug
or
1 plug DSUB-37,
16 channels per plug
or
16* LEMO / 1 channel
ACC/DSUB-U4(-IP65)
ACC/DSUB-I4(-IP65)
ACC/DSUB-U16
TEDS - Transducer
conform IEEE 1451.4
Class II MMI
ACC/DSUB-TEDS-U4 (-IP65)
voltage measurements
input ranges
10V, 5V, 2.5V,
1V, 500mV, 250mV
input impedance 20MO 1%
differential,
> 10k off-state
drift 8ppm/KDT
a
30ppm/KDT
a
T
a
= |T
a
-25C|; ambient temp. T
a
196
drift
18V/KDT
a
2V/KDT
a
45V/KDT
a
5V/KDT
a
10V. . . 2.5V
1V. . . 250mV
T
a
= |T
a
a
max. common mode voltage 12 V
ranges 10V. . . 2.5 V
1V. . . 250mV
-90dB
-108dB
-80dB
-97dB
common mode test voltage: 10 V
=
and 7V
rms
, 50Hz
MB 10V. . . 2.5 V
1V. . . 250mV
-90dB
-116dB
test voltage: 10 V
=
und 7V
rms
,
0...50Hz; range: 10V
noise 12V
rms
bandwidth:
0.1Hz...1kHz
current measurement
input ranges 50mA, 20mA, 10mA, 5mA 50 shunt in terminal plug
max. over load 60 mA permanent
input configuration differential 50 shunt plug (ACC/DSUB-I4)
gain: uncertainty drift 0.02%
s0.06%
s0.1%
of reading
20ppm/KDT
a
55ppm/KDT
a
T
a
= |T
a
a
offset: uncertainty drift 0.02% s0.05% of range
30nA/KDT
a
60nA/KDT
a
T
a
= |T
a
a
not isolated
The description of the LV-16 .
Technical specs of the Sensor module SUPPLY (optional).
113
151
197
5.3.21 LV2-8 Voltage / Current
inputs 8
measurement modes (DSUB): - voltage, current
- sensors with current supply
with shunt plug (ACC/DSUB-I4)
with ICP extension plug
measurement modes (LEMO): - voltage, current
with external shunt
band pass, LP 8.

and HP 4. order
AAF: Cauer 8. order with
f
cutoff
= 0,4 f
s
2 channels per plug
or
8* LEMO / 1 channel
ACC/DSUB-U4(-IP65)
ACC/DSUB-I4(-IP65)
TEDS - Transducer
conform IEEE 1451.4
Class II MMI
ACC/DSUB-TEDS-U4 (-IP65)
voltage measurement
input ranges
50V, 25V, 10V, 5V, 2.5 V,
1V, ..., 5 mV
input coupling DC
input impedance 1MO
20MO
1%
differential
> 10 V
s 10 V
gain uncertainty
0.02%
+20ppm/KT
a
s0.05%
+80ppm/KT
a
of reading
T
a
= |T
a
a
offset uncertainty 0.02%
s0.05%
s0.06%
> 50mV
s 50mV
198
drift
60V/KT
a
0.06V/KT
a
100V/KT
a
0.3V/KT
a
> 10 V
s 10 V
T
a
= |T
a
a
ranges 60V. . . 25V
10 V. . . 50mV
20mV. . . 5m V
62dB
92dB
120 dB
>46dB
>84dB
>100dB
50 V
10 V
10 V
noise
0.4V
rms
14nV/Hz
current measurement
input ranges
50mA, 20mA, 10mA, 5mA, 2
mA, 100A
50 shunt in terminal plug
over load protection 60 mA permanent
50 shunt in terminal plug (ACC/
DSUB-I4)
s0.06%
s0.1%
of reading
drift +20ppm/KT
a
+95ppm/KT
a
T
a
= |T
a
a
drift 0.5nA/KT
a
5nA/KT
a
T
a
= |T
a
a
The description of the LV2-8 .
115
216
199
5.3.22 OSC-16 Voltage / Current / Temperature (isolated)
Technical specs (16 differential isolated inputs)
inputs 16
measurement modes(DSUB) voltage
current
thermocouple, RTD (PT100)
Standard-plug (ACC/DSUB-U4)
Shunt-plug (ACC/DSUB-I4)
Thermo-plug (ACC/DSUB-T4)
measurement modes(LEMO) voltage
current
RTD (PT100)
with external shunt
connection plugs 4 * DSUB-15 / 4 channels
or
16 * thermocouple plugs
ACC/DSUB-U4(-IP65)
ACC/DSUB-I4(-IP65)
ACC/DSUB-T4(-IP65)
only thermocouples
DataSheets
conform IEEE 1451.4
Class II MMI
sample rate max. 5Hz (200ms) / channel internal: 2Hz (500ms)
with additional Interpolation;
max. allowable input signal frequency: 1Hz
sample rate, temperature 5Hz (200ms) / channel
2Hz (500ms) / channel
recommended max.
for optimized 50Hz noise rejection
noise rejection @50Hz ( 2%)
5Hz (200ms)
2Hz (500ms)
34dB @ 49Hz / 51Hz
68dB @ 49Hz / 51Hz
max. bandwidth 1Hz -0.01dB for max. sample rate 5Hz (200ms)
settling max. 5 samples complete settling
as a response to input step
bandwidth / noise rejection /
max. input frequency
at sampling rate:
5Hz (200ms)
2Hz (500ms)
1Hz (1s)
bandwidth
-1dB
(fg)
1.0Hz
0.5Hz
0.25Hz
max.
signal
(f_s)
1Hz
0.5Hz
0.25Hz
noise
rejection
60dB
(f_filt)
50Hz
48.5Hz
48.5Hz
aliasing restricted to narrow band:
f_s ... f_filt
aliasing-free for frequencies beyond:
f_filt
(noise rejection 60dB)
voltage and current measurement
voltage input ranges 50mV / 100mV /250mV / 500
mV / 1V/ 2V / 5V / 10V / 25
V /50V / 60V
current input ranges 1mA / 2mA / 5mA
10mA / 20mA / 40 mA
with shunt-plug (Shunt 50O)
(ACC/DSUB-I4-(IP65))
200
gain uncertainty < 0,025%
< 0,07%
< 0.05%
< 0.15%
voltage, 23C
current with shunt-plug
offset uncertainty < 0.05%
< 3V
of range
whichever is greater
non-linearity < 30 ppm range 10V
gain drift 6 ppm/K
36 ppm/K
ranges 2V
ranges 5V
over full temperature
range
offset drift 3 ppm/K over full temperature range
input voltage noise
TBDVrms
TBDVpkk
sampling rate TBD Hz
CMRR / IMR all sample rates
> 110dB (50Hz)
> 95dB (50Hz)
> 65dB (50Hz)
range 2V
range 2V
range 5V
R
source
= 0
R
source
= 100
channel-to-channel crosstalk
rejection
rejection of squarewave slopes
on neigbouring channels
all sample rates
> 116dB (50Hz)
>101dB (50Hz)
>123dB @ sample rate 200ms
range 2V
range 2V
range 2V
R
source
= 0
R
source
= 100
R
source
= 100
channel isolation < 50pF, <100 nA channel-to-ground (CHASSIS)
channel-to-channel
max. source impedance 5kO
measurement range
R, S, B, J, T, E, K, L, N
according IEC 584
measurement uncertainty
< 0.5K
0.05%
type K, range -1501200C
plus of reading
temperature drift
0.02K/KT
a
T
a
= |T
a
-25C|;
a
compensation
temperature drift
0.001K/KDT
j
< 0.15K ACC/DSUB-T4
DT
j
= |T
j
-25C|
cold junction temperature T
j
sensor detect reading -2000C
at open input
201
temperature measurement PT100
measurement range -200+850C
-200+250C
measurement uncertainty < 0.1K
0.05%
200...+850C, 4-wire connection
plus of reading
temperature drift
0.01 K/K DTa
T
a
= |T
a
a
sensor feed (PT100) 250A nicht-isoliert
general
isolation
nominal rating
test voltage
60V
300V (10 sec.)
channel to case (chassis)
and channel-to-channel
overvoltage protection 60 V
ESD 2kV
transient protection:
automotive load dump
ISO 7636, Test impulse 6
differential input voltage (continuous)
human body model
test pulse 6 with max. 250V
Ri=30O, td=300s, tr<60s
input coupling
configuration
DC, isolated (differential) electrically isolated to system-GND (case,
CHASSIS)
input impedance 10MO
1MO
50O
voltage mode (range +/-2V),
temperature mode
voltage mode (range +/-5V)
current mode (shunt-plug)
Input current:
static
dynamic
on overvoltage condition
1nA (typ.)
0.1mA (typ.)
30nA (typ.)
10nA (max.)
1.5mA (max.)
600nA (max.)
1.5mA
dynamic currents: scanner-device!
Settled current at time of sampling
peak dynamic input current
(typ. @100mV, max. @2V)
average dynamic input current
(typ. @100mV, max. @2V)
|Vin| > 7V in range <= 2V
or device powered-down
DataSheets
conform IEEE 1451.4
Class II MMI
power-consumption of
analog conditioning
1.2 W per 16 channels
fraction of total system power
default sensor supply (standard feature)
range +5V, 250mA / 4 channels non-isolated, short circuit proof
The description of the OSC-16 . Technical specs of the Sensor module SUPPLY (optional).
118 151
202
5.3.23 SC2-32 Scanner
inputs 32 differential, non isolated
measurement modes (DSUB): - voltage
- current
- transducer with constant
current supply (e.g. ICP-,
DELTATRON
-Sensors)1
with plug (ACC/DSUB-ICP4) or special
connector panel
measurement modes (LEMO): - voltage
- current with external shunt
characteristic, order
50kHz, 20kHz, 10kHz ... 10Hz
cutoff
= 0,4 f
s

sampling frequency /channel s100kHz total sampling frequency 400ksps
bandwidth
0...20kHz
0...28kHz
-0.1dB
-3 dB (analogue 5. order AAF)
4 channels per plug
or
2 plug DSUB-37,
16 channels per plug
or
ACC/DSUB-U4(-IP65)
ACC/DSUB-I4(-IP65)
ACC/DSUB-U16(-IP65)
DataSheets
conform IEEE 1451.4
Class II MMI
ACC/DSUB-ICP-Microdot
voltage measurement
input ranges
10V, 5V, 2.5 V,
1V, 500mV, 250 mV
input impedance 20MO 1%
differential,
> 10k off-state
drift 8ppm/KDTa
30ppm/KDTa
T
a
= |T
a
a
203
drift
20V/KDTa
1.7V/KDTa
40V/KDTa
3V/KDTa
10V. . 2,5mV
1 V. . . 250mV
T
a
= |T
a
a
max. common mode voltage 12 V
ranges 10V... 2.5V
1V... 250mV
-87dB
-107dB
-72dB
-92dB
common mode test voltage: 10 V= and
7Vrms, 50Hz
ranges 10V... 2.5V
1V... 250mV
-98dB
-116dB
test voltage: 10 V= and 7Vrms, 0...1kHz;
range: 10V
noise 23Vrms
23Vrms
30Vrms
30Vrms
bandwidth:
0.1Hz...10kHz
0.1Hz...1kHz
current measurement
input ranges 50mA, 20mA, 10mA, 5mA 50 shunt in terminal plug
max. over load 60 mA permanent
input configuration differential 50 shunt plug (ACC/DSUB-I4)
s0.06%
s0.1%
of reading
drift 20ppm/KDT
a
55ppm/KDT
a
T
a
= |T
a
a
drift 30nA/KDT
a
80nA/KDT
a
T
a
= |T
a
a
not isolated
1
ICP is a registered trade mark of PCB Piezotronics Inc.; DeltaTron is a registered trade mark of Brel & Kjr Sound and Vibratio;
The description of the SC2-32 . Technical specs of the Sensor module SUPPLY (optional).
125 151
204
5.3.24 SYNTH-8 Synthesizer
Technical specs (8 analog outputs)
Parameter typ. min. / max.
Analog outputs
Outputs 8
Output level 10V
Connection plug 2 * DSUB-15 / 8 channels CRPL/DSUB-SYNTH(-IP65)
Total memory depth for all
segments
490.000 samples with time track
1.960.000 equidistant samples
imc Format (*.DAT or *.RAW)
Load current 10mA max.
Resolution 16Bit
Linearity Max. 4 LSB
14Bit no missing codes
Analog bandwidth 50kHz -3dB, 2. order, low-pass
Max. output frequency 160kHz aggregate output frequency
Max. output frequency with
interpolation double/ triple
integral
4kHz
per signal
Accuracy 4 LSB (16bits) 25C
Offset < 10mV < 17mV 25C
Offset drift
0.06mV /K
Total offset < 20mV whole temperature range
Gain uncertainty
< 0.29%
Gain drift
25ppm /K
Total gain uncertainty < 0.8%
over entire temperature range
Digital inputs
Channels 2 isolated, common reference potential
(LCOM)
Input configuration single-end common reference: LCOM
Input level
TTL / CMOS or 24V logic configurable by means of wire
jumper ("DILEVEL"-"LCOM") in the
connector plug
The description of the SYNTH-8 .
127
205
5.3.25 UNI-8 Universal module
inputs 8
measurement modes (DSUB):
- current feed measurement*
adjustable supply
- thermocouples
- thermocouples, isolated
- temperature sensor PT100
(3- and 4-line)
- bridge-sensor
with shunt plug ACC/DSUB-I2 or
single ended
*ICP-, DELTATRON
-, PIEZOTRON
1
-Sensors with imc plug
ACC/DSUB-ICP2.
the thermocouple has no
low-impedance connection to the
device ground.
measurement modes (LEMO): - voltage measurements
adjustable supply
- PT100 (3- and 4-line)
- bridge-sensor
single-ended or external shunt
band pass, LP 8.

and HP 4. order
cutoff
= 0,4 f
s
sampling rate s100kHz per channel
connector plug
standard
4 plug DSUB-15,
2 channels per plug
or
8
*
LEMO /1 channel
ACC/DSUB-UNI2(-IP65)
ACC/DSUB-I2(-IP65)
DataSheets
conform IEEE 1451.4
Class II MMI
ACC/DSUB-TEDS-UNI2(-IP65)
ACC/DSUB-TEDS-B2(-IP65)
voltage measurement
voltage input range
50V, 25V, 10V, 5V, 2.5 V, 1V... 5 m
V
surge protection 80V differential (long term)
input coupling DC
206
input impedance
1M
20M
1%
differential
input range > 10 V
input range s 10 V
+20ppm/KTa +80ppm/KTa
T
a
= |T
a
a
offset 0.02%
s0.05%
s0.06%
input range > 50mV
input range s 50mV
drift
60V/KT
a
0.06V/KT
a
100V/KT
a
0.3V/KT
a
> 10 V
s 10 V
T
a
= |T
a
a
ranges
60V. . . 20V
10 V. . . 50mV
20mV. . . 5m V
62dB
92dB
120 dB
>46dB
>84dB
>100dB
50 V
10 V
10 V
noise
(RTI)
0.4V
rms
14nV/Hz
bandwidth 0.1...1kHz
current measurement Value (typ. / max) Comments
current input range
50mA, 20mA, 10mA, 5mA, 2mA, 1
mA
or 120 internally
over current protection 60mA long term
input configuration
differential
single-end
or 120 internally
+20ppm/KT
a
+95ppm/KT
a
T
a
= |T
a
a
offset 0.02% s0.05% Of measurement range
0.5nA/KT
a
5nA/KT
a
T
a
= |T
a
a
bridge measurement Value (typ. / max) Comments
bridge measurement
modes
full bridge
half bridge
quarter bridge
5V bridge excitation voltage only
bridge input range
1000mV/V, 500mV/V, 200mV/V, 100
mV/V... 0.5mV/V
VB = 10V
input impedance 20M 1% differential, full bridge
207
drift +20ppm/KATa +80ppm/KATa
T
a
= |T
a
a
of input range after automatic bridge
balancing
drift +16nV/V/KATa +0.2V/V/KATa
T
a
= |T
a
a
bridge excitation voltage
10V
5V
0.5%
120, 10mH full bridge
60, 5mH half bridge
5k
cable resistance for
bridges (without return line)
< 6
< 12
10 V excitation 120
5 V excitation 120
temperature measurement Value (typ. / max) Comments
thermocouple measurement
input range
J, T, K, E, N, S, R, B
according IEC 584
resolution: ca. 0.1K
uncertainty
drift
+0.02 K/KT
a
s0.05%
s0.05%
+0.05 K/KT
a
a
type K
of reading
T
a
= |T
a
a
compensation
drift 0.001K/KAT
j
< 0.15K
with ACC/DSUB-T4
AT
j
= |T
j
-25C|
cold junction temperature T
j
input impedance 20 M 1 % differential
PT100
input range
-200...850 C
-200...250C
resolution: ca. 0.1K
ca. 0.1K
uncertainty
< 0.25 K
+0.02%
< 0.1 K
+0.02%
4-wire measurement:
-200...850 C
of reading
-200...250C
of reading
+0.01 K/KT
a
T
a
= |T
a
a
sensor feed (PT100) 1.23mA
1
ICP is a registered trade mark of PCB Piezotronics Inc.; DeltaTron is a registered trade mark of Brel & Kjr Sound and Vibration.;
The description of the UNI-8 ; Technical specs of the Sensor supply .
128 216
208
5.3.26 Field bus
Note
There is no special limitation to the number of field bus channels. But the maximum number of all channels
(analogue, field bus, virtual) is 512.
5.3.26.1 ARINC-bus Interface (CRPL/ARINC)
Parameter value (min / max) Comments
number of Rx-channels 8
channels <512 per device
connector plug arbitrary according to agreement by adapter plug
transfer protocol ARINC 429
Low (12,5 kbit/s)
High (100 kbit/s)
max voltage for each Rx connector 29V to system ground (protection ground)
5.3.26.2 CAN-BUS Interface
number of CAN-nodes 2
channels <512 for each device
connector plug 2x DSUB-9
transfer protocol CAN High Speed
1 MBaud (ISO 11898)
CAN Low Speed
125 KBaud (ISO 11519)
Standard
custom version upon request
With CAN2, it is possible use the
program to configure every node either
as CAN High Speed or CAN Low
Speed.
max. cable length at data transfer
rate
MCAN
CAN2
15m at 1000kBit/s
80m at 500kBit/s
25m at 1000kBit/s
90m at 500kBit/s
CAN High Speed
delay of cable 5.7ns/m
from imcDevices version 2.6R1
Termination resistance
(only with CAN2)
120 Ohm
Termination resistance can be activated
for each node by software.
209
5.3.26.3 LIN-BUS Interface
number of LIN-nodes 2
channels < 512 per device
connector plug 2x DSUB-9 per module for each of LIN_IN / LIN_OUT
transfer protocol LIN 2.0, LIN 1.3
1-20 kBaud adjustable
both LIN specifications can work
together on one module.
5.3.26.4 J1587-BUS Interface
number of J1587 plugs 1
channels <512 per device
connector plug 1 x DSUB-9
transfer protocol J1587
RS485
210
5.4 Accessories
5.4.1 imc Alphanumeric Display
Parameter M/DISPLAY M/DISPLAY-L
Display 40 characters, 4 visible lines, 32 lines total
Dimensions (W x L x H in mm)
without interconnections
220 x 105 x 30
146 x 28.5
350 x 168 x 25
244 x 68
Weight approx. 0.5kg approx. 1.3kg
Cable length (DSUB-9) max. 6m (0,14mm cross section) max. 30m (acc. RS232 spec.)
Supply voltage from measurement device Power supply unit: 9-36V
DC
Power consumption 1.2W 18W
Interconnections DSUB-9 (female) for connection to measurement device
3-pin linker (metal) for external current supply
Not supported by busDAQ-II and CRONOS-PL/SL based on MultiIO.
The description of the Alphanumeric Display .
5.4.2 imc Graphics Display
Parameter Color Display BW Display Inbuilt Display
Display 5,7 TFT 5,7 FSTN 3,2 FSTN
Colors 65536 16 gray scale colors
Resolution 320 x 240 320 x 240 160 x 80
Backlight CCFL LED LED
line of vision 6 oclock
Contrast (typ.) 350 :1 5:1
Brightness (typ.) >280cd/m
2
60cd/m
2
80cd/m
2
Dimensions (mm, W x H x D) 192 x160 x30 100 x 54 x 11
Weight approx. 1kg approx. 0,5kg
Supply voltage 9-36V
DC
6 - 50VDC upon request
internal
Cable length (DSUB-9) max. 30m (acc. RS232 spec.) internal
Power consumption with 100% backlight approx.
6.0W
with 50% backlight approx. 3.
6W
approx. 1.9W
approx. 1.4W
approx. 0.65W
approx. 0,57W
Temperature range
default
extended t.range
-20C ... +65C
-30C ... +70C
Interconnections DSUB-9 (female) for connection to measurement device
3-pin linker (metal) for external current supply
internal
System prerequisites Group 2/3 measurement devices from imc, as per imcDevices manual
imcDevices software from Version 2.5
147
211
Parameter Color Display BW Display Inbuilt Display
Miscellaneous 150MHz ARM9 processor, 8MB Flash, 16MB RAM,
embedded Linux; Data transfer from measurement device
via BlueTooth (upon request); Membrane touch panel with
15 buttons
Robust metal frame; Anti-reflection coated glass pane to
protect Display
7 buttons
The description of the imc Graphics Display .
147
212
5.4.3 ACC/DSUB-ICP ICP-expansion plug
Parameter Value (min / max) Comments
for use with channel types: LV-8, LV2-8, SC2-32, ISO2-8
BR-4, DCB-8, UNI-8
DSUB-15 plug
inputs
2
4
differential, not isolated
ACC/DSUB-ICP2
ACC/DSUB-ICP4
input coupling DC
ICP
current source, high pass filter 1.
order
voltage measurement
input voltage max.
voltage
ICP
60V
-3V...50V
3V
permanent to chassis
at +IN1, ..., +IN2 bzw. +IN4
at -IN1, ..., -IN2 bzw. +IN4
input impedance
voltage
ICP
1MO
10 MO
0.33MO
0.91MO
differential
single-ended
ICP-, DELTATRON
-, PIEZOTRON
-Sensoren1
Highpass cutoff frequency 2.2Hz
0.80Hz
-3 dB, AC, differentiell, entsprechend
der Messbereichsgruppen der
verwendeten Messeingnge
ICP-current source 4.2mA 10 %
voltage swing 25V >24V
Source impedance 280kO >100kO
1
ICP is a registered trade mark of PCB Piezotronics Inc.; DeltaTron is a registered trade mark of Brel & Kjr Sound and Vibratio;
The description of the ICP-expansion plug .
143
213
5.4.4 ACC/DSUB-ESD expansion plug
Accessories: Intermediate filter-plug for ESD suppression on BR-4 or UNI-8 modules.
Technical data (2 channels)
Parameter typ. min. / max. Test conditions / remarks.
suitable for modules CRPL/BR-4
CRPL/UNI-8; CANSAS UNI8
DSUB-15 connectors
Vb 5V
inputs 2 for fully equipped bridge channels
with 6 leads / channel
ESD-filter
T-Filter:
ferrite capacitor - ferrite
ferrite: 120O @100MHz
capacitor: 100pF
all inputs and outputs
DC-resistance (ferrite)
250 mO
500 m A
transient overvoltage
protection:
IN inputs
SENSE inputs
gas discharge tube
(surge arrester):
DC sparc-over voltage: typ. 90V
transient overvoltage
protection
VB, +5V outputs
transient voltage suppressor:
max. 7.25V @10mA
max. 2mA leakage @5V
connector DSUB-15 intermediate connector
(male / female)
The description of the ACC/DSUB-ESD expansion plug
5.4.5 ACC/DSUB-ENC4-IU connector for incremental sensors with current signals
Accessory: connector for incremental sensors with currents signals for use with an incremental encoder
interface
Parameter typ. min. / max. Test conditions / Remarks
usable with CRPL/ENC-4
CRPL/HRENC-4
C-Serie/ENC-4
CANSAS/INC4
DSUB-15 connector
inputs 4 + 1 differential, non isolated
input coupling DC
range
4 basic channels:
1 index channel:
12 A
24 A
146
214
Parameter typ. min. / max. Test conditions / Remarks
sensitivity
4 basic channels:
1 index channel:
Vout = - 0.2V / A
Vout = - 0.1V / A
input impedance
4 basic channels:
1 index channel:
200 kO
100 kO
voltage output differential
differential signal +Vout -Vout
analyzed by the INC-4 module
output level
approx. 0 .. 5V
+Vout = 2.5V - 0.2V / A
-Vout = 2.5V
basic channels
analog bandwidth
4 basic channels:
1 index channel:
80k Hz
50k Hz
supply:
connector
external sensors
5V, 5mA, 25mW
5V, max. 170mA
supplied by the INC-4 module:
DSUB15(14) VCC
DSUB16(7) = GND
connector plug DSUB-15 with screw clamp in the
connector housing
Description for incremental sensors with current signals.
97
215
5.4.6 STZ-30 (current probe)
Technical specs (current probe)
Parameter Value (min / max) Comments
for use with channel types current probe channels (C/HV4-I4) Mini-DIN8 plug
channel count 1
input ranges 3A, 10A, 30A when used with current probe channels
overload protection 500A
voltage range 50V in conjunction with current probe
channels (CRPL/HV4-I4)
suited for applications with isolated lines
in high-voltage systems
max. diameter of
measured lead
19mm
scaling 0.1V / A
output level 3V
supply battery 9V, internal battery lifetime: 30 h
input coupling DC
analog bandwidth 100kHz - 0.5dB
accuracy 1% of measurement value
2mA
DC
gain-drift 100ppm / C
216
5.4.7 SUPPLY Sensor supply module
Technical specs (sensor supply ) for /UNI-8, DCB-8, LV2-8, LV-16 SC2-32, C-8, ISO2-8, OSC-16
configuration options 5 adjustable ranges
output voltage Voltage
+5.0V
+10V
+12V
+15V
+24 V
15V
Current
580mA
300mA
250mA
200mA
120mA
100mA
Net power
2.9W
3.0W
3. 0W
3.0W
2.9W
3W
selected globally for 8-channel groups
option, replaces unipolar +15V
upon request for UNI-8, DCB-81 and
C-8
Isolation
Standard:
option, upon request:
non isolated
isolated
output to case (CHASSIS)
Nominal rating: 50V, Test voltage
(10sec.): 300V, not available with
option 15V.
short-circuit protection unlimited duration to reference ground of output voltage
precision of output voltage < 0.25% (typ.)
< 0.5% (max.)
< 0.9% (max ).
25C
25C
over full temperature range2
compensation of cable
resistance (UNI-8, DCB-8 only)
3-wire control:
SENSE line as refeed
( VB: supply ground)
provided for 5V and 10V.
Calculated compensation for bridges
(no voltage adjustment)
prerequisites:
1) symmetric supply and return lines,
2) identical lines for all channels,
3) representative measurement at
Channel 1
efficiency typ. 72%
typ. 66%
typ. 55%
typ. 50%
10V, ..24V none isolated
5V
10V, ..24V isolated
5V
capacitive load (max.) >4000F
> 1000F
> 300F
2.5V, ..10V
12V, 15V
24V
operating temp. range -20C ... +85C
The description of the SUPPLY module .
5.4.8 Sensor supply module CRPL/SEN-SUPPLY
Like SUPPLY , 8 voltages adjustable by a selection switch. (5V, 7.5V, 10V; 12V; 15V, 24V; 2.5 and 15V
as an option)
Default not isolated, isolated as an option.
If the module is equipped with 15V, the module is not available with the isolated option.
151
216
217
5.4.9 Synchronization and time base
Parameter value typical min. / max. Comments
time base per device without external synchronization
not balanced (default) 50ppm @ 25C (== accuracy of
internal time base)
balanced (with GPS) 1s (1ppm) @ 25C (POLARES, only)
Drift 20ppm 50ppm
ageing 10ppm @ 25C, 10 years
accuracy of time base with external synchronization
synchronized with GPS-signal, GPS accuracy
synchronized with DCF-signal DCF-accuracy
synchronization for several devices with DCF
DCF accuracy 1 Sample 3ms(max.) TTL-level, short circuit proof,
none isolated
jitter (max.) 8s
max. cable length 200m for cable RG58
max. number of devices 20 slaves only
common mode 0V module ISOSYNC with
potential difference
ISOSYNC with different potentials
isolation strength 1000V 1 minute
delay 5s @ 25C
temperature range -35...+80C
max. cable length 200m for cable RG58
max. number of devices 20 slaves only
For description see imcDevices manual and here .
151
218
5.4.10 DC-12/24 USV
Technical specs (USV)
Parameter Value (min / max) Comment
input supply 10..36V DC
internal battery voltage 24V
max. buffer duration > 8min depending on device model (total
power 110W )
buffer time constant 30sec. the duration of a continuous outage
which triggers device deactivation.
Other configurations upon request
effective buffer capacity 15 W h typ. 23C, battery fully charged
minimum charging time for
1 min. buffer duration
10min. for empty battery, depending on device
model (total power 110W)
charging time ratio buffer time * (total power/ 12W) more charging power available in short
term
charging time for empty battery 24h device activated!
219
5.5 Connection
5.5.1 DSUB-15 plugs Pin configuration
With only a few exceptions (high voltage channels, current probes), all the measurement channels'
terminals are DSUB-15 sockets. All measurement channels are connected at standard DSUB-15
sockets, with the exception of the ICP-channels (BNC). The connection can be made with standard
DSUB-15 plugs (male). However, the special imc-plugs include in the product package are designed
for ease and efficiency of use. The plug housing contains screw terminals for direct connection of
lines without requiring soldering. For most measurement configurations the Standard terminal
plugs are used, which are essentially 1:1 adapters for connecting DSUB-15 to the screw terminals.
Adhesive labels designed to denote the signal types can be attached to the appropriate channel
groups' plugs. Aside from that, however, these plug are electrically identical. There are also special
plugs which offer additional functionality besides converting DSUB-pins to screw terminals. The
terminals are optimized for cables of max. 1mm cross-section.
The special thermo-plug (ACC/DSUB-T4) is needed for temperature-measurements. This plug
contains an internal PT100 sensor for cold-junction compensation within its housing. It contains
additional "auxiliary" clamps for connecting PT100's in 4-wire-configuration, whereby the reference
current circuit is already pre-wired internally. The thermo-plugs for the various temperature modules
are not necessarily identical or thus interchangeable!
The Shunt-plug for current measurement with the isolated voltage channels (ACC/DSUB-I4) comes
with built-in 50 O shunts. For direct display of the measurement results as current, this value must be
entered in the settings interface as the scaling factor.
The ICP expansion plugs (ACC/DSUB-ICP) provide 4 isolated supply current sources and a
capacitive coupling. There are 2- and 4-channel models.
The universal plug for the UNI-8 module contains a PT1000 temperature sensor for thermocouple
measurement. If these functions aren't required, a standard DSUB-15 plug can also be used for any
other measurement types.Cable shielding must always be connected to "CHASSIS" (DSUB housing,
Pin1 or Terminals T15, T16). Some plugs provide V
CC
(5V), which can be loaded with 135mA per
plug.
Older plugs called CRPL/DSUB and have been redesigned to ACC/DSUB plugs. New modules are
equipped with that type only. In the following overview tables the pin configuration for CRPL- and
ACC/DSUB-15 plugs are listed for all modules and measurement types. There is also a cross
reference to see which CRPL-plug is compatible to ACC.
The general scheme for the pin configuration of different channel types is shown in the table below,
where the "relative channel serial number" refers to the respective channel group plug. The
arrangement of the "absolute channel serial number" can be derived from the channel overview.
These are labeled on the device's front panel or above the terminal sockets.
Note on the screw terminals used in the terminal plugs: the terminal's screw heads are only in secure
electrical contact once they have been tightened onto a connection wire. Therefore, measurements
(for instance, using multimeter test prods) to check "loose" terminals can seem to indicate bad
contacts!
220
5.5.1.1 Standard plugs (ACC/DSUB-STD)
measurement mode
(labeled inside)
VOLTAGE BRIDGE ANALOG OUT SYNTH
compatible module type
CRPL
C-8, ISO2-8, LV2-8, LV-16,
OSC-16, SC2-32
UNI-8, DCB-8 DAC-8 SYNTH-8
name: ACC/DSUB -U4 -B2 -DAC4 -SYNTH
DSUB-15 Pin terminals
9 1 (RES.) +VB1 DO0
2 2 +IN1 +IN1 DAC1 OUT1
10 3 -IN1 -IN1 AGND AGND
3 4 (+SUPPLY) -VB1 DO1
11 5 +IN2 +SENSE1_1/4B1* DAC2 OU2
4 6 -IN2 SENSE1 AGND Vcc5
12 7 (-SUPPLY) +VB2 HCOM
5 8 +IN3 +IN2 DAC3 OUT3
13 9 -IN3 -IN2 AGND AGND
6 10 (GND) -VB2 DIO
14 11 +IN4 +SENSE2_1/4B2 DAC4 OUT4
7 12 -IN4 SENSE2 AGND LCOM
15 14 (GND) GND DI_LEVEL/DG
8 17 (+5V)** +5V OPDRN
housing 15,16 CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS
*UNI-8 and DCB-8 dont use a positive sense. For them this pin is used for the quarter brigde completion.
**+5V for C-8 not available.
measurement mode
(labeled inside)
INC.-ENCODER DIGITAL
IN
DIGITAL
IN
DIGITAL
IN
DIGITAL
OUT
DIGITAL
OUT
REMOTE
CRPL
ENC-4
HRENC-4
DI16-DO8-ENC
4
DI-16 DI16-DO8
-ENC4
DI16-DO8
-ENC4
DO-16
DI16-DO8-
ENC4
DO-HC-16
comments
INDEX only on
CON2
Vcc only on
HCOM of CON2
Rev.2 Rev.3 device
PL/8, PL/16
name: ACC/DSUB -ENC4 -DI8 -DI2-8 -DI4-8 -DO8 -DO8
DSUB-15 Pin terminals
9 1 +INA BIT1
+IN1 +IN1
BIT1 BIT1
OFF
2 2 -INA BIT2
+IN2 +IN2
BIT2 BIT2
SWITCH
10 3 +INB BIT3
-IN1/2 +IN3
BIT3 BIT3
ON
3 4 -INB BIT4
+IN3 +IN4
BIT4 BIT4
ON1
11 5 +INC BIT5
+IN4 -IN1/2/3/4
BIT5 BIT5
-BATT
4 6 -INC BIT6
-IN3/4 +IN5
BIT6 BIT6
12 7 +IND BIT7
+IN5 +IN6
BIT7 BIT7
5 8 -IND BIT8
+IN6 +IN7
BIT8 BIT8
13 9 +INDEX CLK
-IN5/6 +IN8
HCOM_1-4
6 10 -INDEX
+IN7 -IN5/6/7/8
LCOM_1-4
14 11 +5V HCOM
+IN8 HCOM
HCOM HCOM_5-8
7 12 GND LCOM
-IN7/8 LCOM
LCOM LCOM_5-8
15 14 LCOM
LEVEL LCOM
LCOM LCOM
8 17 LEVEL
LCOM LEVEL
OPDRN OPDRN
housing 15,16 CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS
CHASSIS
CHASSIS CHASSIS
CHASSIS
221
5.5.1.2 TEDS plugs (ACC/DSUB-TEDS)
measurement mode
(labeled inside)
VOLTAGE CURRENT CURRENT TH-COUPLE
/ RTD
UNIVERSAL BRIDGE
compatible module
type CRPL
C-8, ISO2-8,
LV2-8, LV-16,
OSC-16,
SC2-32
C-8, ISO2-8,
LV2-8, LV-16,
OSC-16,
SC2-32
UNI-8
DCB-8
ISO2-8
C-8
OSC-16
UNI-8
UNI-8
DCB-8
name ACC/DSUB- TEDS-U4 TEDS-I4 TEDS-I2 TEDS-T4 TEDS-UNI2 TEDS-B2
terminals shunt int ernal in amp
1 (RES.) (RES.) +SUPPLY1 +IREF +VB1 +VB1
2 +IN1 +IN1 +IN1 +IN1 +IN1 +IN1
3 -IN1 -IN1 -IN1 -IN1 -IN1 -IN1
4 (+SUPPLY) (+SUPPLY) -SUPPLY1 -VB1 -VB1
5 +IN2 +IN2 +SENSE1 +IN2 I1_1/4B1 +SENSE1_1/4B1
6 -IN2 -IN2 -SENSE1 -IN2 -SENSE1 -SENSE1
7 (-SUPPLY) (-SUPPLY) +SUPPLY +VB2 +VB2
8 +IN3 +IN3 +IN2 +IN3 +IN2 +IN2
9 -IN3 -IN3 -IN2 -IN3 -IN2 -IN2
10 GND GND -SUPPLY2 -IREF -VB2 -VB2
11 +IN4 +IN4 +SENSE2 +IN4 I2_1/4B2 +SENSE2_1/4B2
12 -IN4 -IN4 -SENSE2 -IN4 -SENSE2 -SENSE2
13 TEDS1 TEDS1 TEDS1 TEDS1 TEDS1 TEDS1
14 TEDS2 TEDS2 (GND) TEDS2 (GND) GND
15 CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS
16 TEDS_GND TEDS_GND TEDS_GND TEDS_GND TEDS_GND TEDS_GND
17 TEDS3 TEDS3 (+5V) TEDS3 (+5V) (+5V)
18 TEDS4 TEDS4 TEDS2 TEDS4 TEDS2 TEDS2
222
5.5.1.3 Special plugs (ACC/DSUB-)
measurement mode
(labeled inside)
TH-COUPLE/
RTD
UNIVERSAL CURRENT CURRENT ICP ICP
CRPL
C-8
ISO2-8
OSC-16
UNI-8
C-8, ISO2-8,
LV2-8, LV-16,
OSC-16,
SC2-32
UNI-8, DCB-8
BR-4
(special also:
ISO2-8, C-8, LV2-8)
LV2-8,
ISO2-8
SC2-32
BR-4
DCB-8
UNI-8
name ACC/DSUB -T4 * -UNI2 -I4 -I2 -ICP4 -ICP2
terminals
1 +I1 +VB1 (RES.) +SUPPLY1 +ICP1 +ICP1
2 +IN1 +IN1 +IN1 +IN1 -ICP1 -ICP1
3 -IN1 -IN1 -IN1 -IN1 +ICP2
4 +I2 -VB1 (+SUPPLY) -SUPPLY1 -ICP2
5 +IN2 I1_1/4B1 +IN2 (+SENSE1) +ICP3 +ICP2
6 -IN2 SENSE1 -IN2 -SENSE1 -ICP3 -ICP2
7 +I3 +VB2 (-SUPPLY) +SUPPLY2 +ICP4
8 +IN3 +IN2 +IN3 +IN2 -ICP4
9 -IN3 -IN2 -IN3 -IN2
10 -I4 -VB2 (GND) -SUPPLY2
11 +IN4 I2_1/4B2 +IN4 (+SENSE2)
12 -IN4 SENSE2 -IN4 -SENSE2
13 -I1
14 -I2 GND (GND) (GND) CHASSIS CHASSIS
17 -I3 +5V (+5V ) (+5V ) AGND AGND
18 +I4
*Can be used for voltage measurement, too.
223
5.5.1.4 Standard plugs (CRPL/DSUB-STD)
measurement mode
(labeled inside)
VOLTAGE VOLTAGE
SUPPLY
VOLTAGE
CURRENT
BRIDGE BRIDGE
VOLTAGE
CRPL
C-8, ISO2-8,
LV2-8, LV-16,
OSC-16,
SC2-32
ISO-8, C-8
LV2-8
LV-8 DCB-8
UNI-8
BR-4
comments DSUB(1): n.c. SUPPLY:
optional
internal current-shunt
inside amplifier
DSUB-15 Pin Contact
9 1 +IREF +I1 +VB1 +VB1
2 2 +IN1 +IN1 +IN1 +IN1 +IN1
10 3 -IN1 -IN1 -IN1 -IN1 -IN1
3 4 +SUPPLY +I2 -VB1 -VB1
11 5 +IN2 +IN2 +IN2 I1_1/4B1 -SENSE1
4 6 -IN2 -IN2 -IN2 SENSE1 +SENSE1
12 7 -SUPPLY +I3 +VB2 +VB2
5 8 +IN3 +IN3 +IN3 +IN2 +IN2
13 9 -IN3 -IN3 -IN3 -IN2 -IN2
6 10 -IREF +I4 -VB2 -VB2
14 11 +IN4 +IN4 +IN4 I2_1/4B2 -SENSE2
7 12 -IN4 -IN4 -IN4 SENSE2 +SENSE2
15 14 GND GND GND GND GND
8 17 +5V +5V** +5V +5V +5V
housing 15,16 CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS
**+5V for C-8 not available.
measurement mode
(labeled inside)
ENCODER INC. ENCODER DIGITAL
IN
DIGITAL
OUT
ANALOG
OUT
REMOTE
CRPL
ENC-4 INK-4 DI-16 DO-16 DAC-8
comments INDEX only on
second socket
Vcc at
HCOM only
devices
PL-8, PL-16
DSUB-15 Pin Contact at CON 2
9 1 +IN1X +IN1Y BIT1 BIT1 OFF
2 2 -IN1X +IN1X BIT2 BIT2 DAC1 SWITCH
10 3 +IN1Y -IN1 BIT3 BIT3 AGND ON
3 4 -IN1Y +IN2Y BIT4 BIT4 ON1
11 5 +IN2X +IN2X BIT5 BIT5 DAC2 -BATT
4 6 -IN2X -IN2 BIT6 BIT6 AGND
12 7 +IN2Y +IN3Y BIT7 BIT7
5 8 -IN2Y +IN3X BIT8 BIT8 DAC3
13 9 +INDEX -IN3 CLK AGND
6 10 -INDEX +IN4Y
14 11 +5V +IN4X HCOM HCOM DAC4
7 12 GND -IN4 LCOM LCOM AGND
15 14 SYNC LCOM LCOM
8 17 +5V LEVEL OPDRN
housing 15,16 CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS
224
5.5.1.5 Special plugs (CRPL/DSUB-)
measurement mode
(labeled inside)
TEMPERTURE TEMPERATURE/RT
D
UNIVERSA
L
CURRENT CURRENT-2
compatible module
type CRPL
ISO2-8 C-8 UNI-8
DCB-8
C-8, ISO2-8,
LV2-8, LV-16,
OSC-16, SC2-32
UNI-8
DCB-8
BR-4
comments
terminals
1 +I1 +I1 +VB1 +IREF +SUPPLY1
2 +IN1 +IN1 +IN1 +IN1 +IN1
3 -IN1 -IN1 -IN1 -IN1 -IN1
4 +I2 +I2 -VB1 +SUPPLY -SUPPLY1
5 +IN2 +IN2 I1_1/4B1 +IN2
6 -IN2 -IN2 SENSE1 -IN2
7 +I3 +I3 +VB2 -SUPPLY +SUPPLY2
8 +IN3 +IN3 +IN2 +IN3 +IN2
9 -IN3 -IN3 -IN2 -IN3 -IN2
10 -I4 -I4 -VB2 -IREF -SUPPLY2
11 +IN4 +IN4 I2_1/4B2 +IN4
12 -IN4 -IN4 SENSE2 -IN4
13 -I1 -I1
14 -I2 -I2 GND AGND AGND
17 -I3 -I3 +5V +5V +5V
18 +I4 +I4
15,16 CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS
measurement mode
(labeled inside)
ICP (VOLTAGE) ICP (VOLTAGE)
compatible module type CRPL
LV-8, LV2-8,
ISO2-8, SC2-32
BR-4, DCB-8
UNI-8
comments ACC/DSUB-ICP4 ACC/DSUB-ICP2
terminals
1 +ICP1 +ICP1
2 -ICP1 -ICP1
3 +ICP2
4 -ICP2
5 +ICP3 +ICP2
6 -ICP3 -ICP2
7 +ICP4
8 -ICP4
14 CHASSIS CHASSIS
17 AGND AGND
15,16 CHASSIS CHASSIS
225
5.5.2 SC2-32
5.5.2.1 Variety 8 x DSUB 15
226
5.5.2.2 Variety 2 x DSUB 37
227
5.5.3 DSUB-9 plugs
5.5.3.1 DSUB-9 connectors for field bus
5.5.3.1.1 CAN-Bus
DSUB-PIN Signal Description Use in busDAQ
1 nc optional supply 7V..13V unused
2 CAN_L dominant low bus line connected
3 CAN_GND CAN Ground connected
4 nc reserved unused
5 nc optional CAN Shield unused
6 CAN_GND optional CAN Ground connected
7 CAN_H dominant high bus line connected
8 nc reserved (error line) unused
5.5.3.1.2 J1587-Bus
DSUB-PIN Signal Description Use in busDAQ
2 TX/RX + J1587 bus line connected
3 TX/RX - J1587 Ground connected
4 Nc reserved unused
6 TX/RX + J1587 bus line connected
7 TX/RX - J1587 Ground connected
5.5.3.1.3 LIN-Bus
DSUB-PIN Signal Description
1 NC
2 NC
3 LIN_GND LIN Ground
4 NC
5 NC
6 LIN_GND Optional LIN Ground
7 LIN_INPUT/OUTPUT LIN bus line
8 NC
9 NC
228
5.5.3.2 Display plug
DSUB-9 plug
DSUB-PIN Signal Description Use in device
1 DCD Vcc 5V connected
2 RXD Receive Data connected
3 TXD Transmit Data connected
4 DTR 5V connected
5 GND ground connected
6 DSR Data Set Ready connected
7 RTS Ready To Send connected
8 CTS Clear To Send connected
9 R1 Pulldown to GND connected
Supply for the graphical display
+ - nc
Binder 1 2 3
Souriau B C A
5.5.3.3 Modem DSUB-9 plug
DSUB-PIN Signal Description Use in device
1 DCD Data Carrier Detect connected
2 RxD Receive Data connected
3 TxD Transmit Data connected
4 DTR Data Terminal Ready connected
5 GND Ground connected
6 DSR Data Set Ready connected
7 RTS Ready To Send connected
8 CTS Clear To Send connected
229
5.5.3.4 GPS-mouse DSUB-9 plug
With the following wiring, the GPS35LVS or Garmin GPS18-5Hz can be connected:
DSUB-PIN Signal Color BNC-plug
1 Vin Red
2 RxD1* White
3 TxD1 Blue
4 -
5 GND, PowerOff Black, Yellow Shield
6 -
7 1PPS (1Hz-clock) Gray Signal
8 -
9 -
*Pin configuration of measurement device. At the GPS-mouse Rx and Tx are interchanged.
230
5.5.4 Connector plugs Cross-Reference
*8-bit block isolated high impedance
231
*** not compatible with ACC/DSUB-U4
Index
- 1 -
1/3-octave calculation: AUDIO-4 53
- 7 -
7008, 7016: Pt100 in 3-wire configuration 139
- A -
AAF-filter 37
AC-adapter 18
ACCDSUB-ESD: description 146
ACCDSUB-ESD: technical data 213
accessories 17
Accident Prevention Regulations 16
activating device 19
adjustment: UNI-8 140
aggregate sampling rate 36
aliasing 37
Alphanumeric Display: Technical specs 210
Alphanumeric Displays 147
amplitude difference 105
amplitude response correction 104
analog outputs 64, 127
angle measurement 91
antialiasing filter 37
ARINC-bus Interface: Technical specs 208
AUDIO-4 53
AUDIO-4 ICP sensors 53
AUDIO-4: 1/3-octave calculation 53
AUDIO-4: input impedance 53
AUDIO-4: Technical specs 160
AUDIO-4: voltage measurement 53
AUDIO-4-MIC 54
AUDIO-4-MIC: microphone supply module 54
- B -
balancing 24, 68, 71, 133, 135
bandwidth: DCB-8 72
bandwidth: ICPU-16 109
bandwidth: ICPU-8 108
bandwidth: LV2-8 117
bandwidth: UNI-8 141
basic systems 153
battery 21
battery: rechargeable 23
BEEPER 151
bit-window: digital inputs 74
block schematic: DI-16 73
BR-4 55
BR-4: cable qualities and configuration 60
BR-4: full bridge, double and single line-sense 56
BR-4: full bridge, double sense 56
BR-4: half-bridge, double sense 56
BR-4: half-bridge, single line-sense 57
BR-4: half-bridge, without sense 57
BR-4: overload recognition 59
BR-4: quarter bridge, with sense 58
BR-4: quarter-bridge, without sense 58
BR-4: Technical specs 163
bridge balancing 51
bridge measurement 68, 133
bridge measurement: 68, 133
bridge modules 43
bridge-mesurement: general remarks 43
broken leads: UNI-8 140
buffer duration: maxium (UPS) 21
buffering battery 21
buffering time constant (UPS) 21
- C -
C-8 61
C-8: connector plug 63
C-8: input impedance 61
C-8: PT100 (RTD) measurement 62
C-8: RTD measurement 62
C-8: sensor supply 63
C-8: shielding 63
C-8: Technical specs 166
C-8: temperature measurement 61
C-8: thermocouple measurement 62
C-8: Thermoplug 61
C-8: voltage measurement 61
Cables 16
calibration 24
Index 233
calibration resistance 43
CAN-Bus 26
CAN-BUS Interface: Technical specs 208
CAN-Bus: pin configuration 227
carrier frequency amplifier 44
CE Certification 12
CHASSIS 18
circuit schematic: ICP expansion plug 145
clamp diode: digital outputs (DI16-DO8-ENC4) 81
clamp diode: digital outputs (DO-16) 85
classes of sensors 36
cleaning 25
cold junction compensation: thermocouples 41
coldjunction compensation: thermocouple 61
comparator 93
connections: high voltage channels 103
connector plug: C-8 63
control functions 64, 81, 85
converter 105
counter 91
coupling 36
Cross-Reference: DSUB connectors 230
current measurement: current probe 100, 103, 104
current measurement: HV-2U2I 103
current measurement: HV-4I 100, 103
current measurement: ISO2-8 111
current measurement: isolated voltage channels
111
current measurement: LV-16 113
current measurement: LV2-8 116
current measurement: OSC-16 119
current measurement: SC2-32 125
current measurement: shunt-plug 111, 113, 119,
125
current probe 100, 103
current probe channels: connection plug 105
current probe: amplitude response correction 104
current probe: connections 104
current probe: phase response correction 104
current probe: supply voltage 100
current supply: imc CRONOS PL 153
current-fed accelerometer: application hints 142
current-fed sensors 52
Customer Service: address 14
Customer Support: Phone and Fax 10
- D -
DAC-8 64
DAC-8: Technical specs 169
data format: digital inputs 74
data storage: imc CRONOS PL 153
database: sensor 152
data-logging operation 35
DC-12/24 USV: Technical specs 218
DCB-8 65
DCB-8: balancing 71
DCB-8: bandwidth 72
DCB-8: bridge measurement 68
DCB-8: current measurement (2-wire for sensors
witha current signal and variable supply) 67
DCB-8: current measurement (differential) 67
DCB-8: current measurement (ground-referenced)
67
DCB-8: full bridge 69
DCB-8: half bridge 69
DCB-8: input impedance 65
DCB-8: quarter bridge 70
DCB-8: quarter bridge with 350 Ohm option 70
DCB-8: sensor supply 72
DCB-8: shunt calibration 71
DCB-8: Technical specs 170
DCB-8: voltage measurement 65
DCB-8: voltage measurement with zero-adjusting
(tare) 66
DCB-8: voltage source at a different fixed potential
66
DCB-8: voltage source with ground reference 65
DCB-8: voltage source without ground reference
66
DCF:technical data 217
DCF77 151
DELTATRON 52, 53, 106, 109, 115, 128
desktop power supply unit 18
device overview 33
device properties: imc CRONOS PL 153
device: properties for all devices 29
DI-16 73
DI-16 (DI16-DO8-ENC4): Technical specs 176
DI-16: block schematic 73
DI-16: possible configurations 74
DI-16: Technical specs 173
DI16-DO8-ENC4 79, 81
DI16-DO8-ENC4: block schematic DO8 82
DI16-DO8-ENC4: block schematic ENC4 84
DI16-DO8-ENC4: digital inputs 79, 81
DI16-DO8-ENC4: digital inputs 24V 79
DI16-DO8-ENC4: digital inputs sampling interval
80
DI16-DO8-ENC4: digital inputs signal levels 80
DI16-DO8-ENC4: digital inputs TTL-range 79
DI16-DO8-ENC4: ENC-4 83
DI16-DO8-ENC4: incremental encoder track
configuration options 83
DI16-DO8-ENC4: possible configurations 82
differential input: incremental encoder channel 93
differential input: incremental encoder channels
(DI16-DO8-ENC4) 83
differential input: voltage channels 53, 61, 100,
102, 103, 106, 109, 110, 113, 115, 118, 125
Digital high current outputs 87
digital inputs 73, 79
digital inputs for high voltages 75
digital inputs: display 74
digital inputs: numerical format 74
digital inputs: reading 74
digital outputs 81, 85
DI-HV-4 75
DI-HV-4: connection 78
DI-HV-4: DC-Mode 75
DI-HV-4: digital inputs for high voltages 75
DI-HV-4: hysteresis (AC-Mode) 75
DI-HV-4: hysteresis (DC-Mode) 75
DI-HV-4: Phoenix plug 78
DI-HV-4: Technical specs 174
DI-HV-4: threshold (AC-Mode) 75
DI-HV-4: threshold (DC-Mode) 75
DIN-EN-ISO-9001 12
display: Display variables 147
Display: DSUB-9 228
display: overview 147
Display: pin configuration 228
DO-16 85
DO-16: control through Online FAMOS 86
DO-16: Possible configurations: 86
DO-16: Technical specs 177
DO-8 81
DO-8 (DI16-DO8-ENC4): Technical specs 176
DO8 block schematic: DI16-DO8-ENC4 82
DO-HC-16 87
DO-HC-16: Open drain mode 89
DO-HC-16: Open source mode 89
DO-HC-16: schematic diagram 88
DO-HC-16: Technical specs 178
DO-HC-16: Totem pole mode 90
DO-HC-16: TTL / CMOS (5V) mode 90
DSUB connectors: Cross-Reference 230
DSUB-15 plugs 219
DSUB-15 plugs: description 219
DSUB-9: Display 228
DSUB-9: GPS-mouse 229
DSUB-9: imc Grafik Display 228
DSUB-9: modem 228
dual track encoder 92, 93
- E -
Elastic modulus 51
Elektro- und Elektronikgertegesetz 13
Elektro-Altgerte Register 13
ElektroG 13
EMC 15
ENC-4 91
ENC-4 (DI16-DO8-ENC4) 83
ENC-4 (DI16-DO8-ENC4): Technical specs 175
ENC4 block schematic: DI16-DO8-ENC4 84
ENC-4: channel assignment 95
ENC-4: maximum input range 92
ENC-4: scaling 92
ENC-4: Technical specs 180
ENC-4: time measurement conditions 91
event-counts 91
exchanging modules 23
- F -
factory configuration options: imc CRONOS PL
153
FCC: Modifications 15
FCC-Note 15
feed current: ICP-channels 142
Filter for OSC-16 124
filter frequency 36
filter: incremental encoder channel 93
filter: OSC-16 124
Index 235
frequency measurement 91
full bridge 69, 133
full bridge configuration 43
full bridge: 4 active strain gauges 50
full bridge: general 48
full bridge: half bridge - shear strain 50
full bridge: Poisson full bridge (strain gauges adjacent
branches) 49
full bridge: Poisson full bridge (strain gauges opposed
branches) 49
fuse: ext. supply (incremental encoder) 92
fuses: overview 23
- G -
galvanic isolation digital outputs 81
galvanic isolation: digital inputs 73
galvanic isolation: digital outputs 85
galvanic isolation: supply input 18
Germany 10
GPS 149
GPS:technical data 217
GPS-mouse: DSUB-9 229
GPS-mouse: pin configuration 229
grounding 18, 19
grounding socket 18
grounding: concept 18
grounding: ICP expansion plug 143
grounding: incremental encoder channel 97
grounding: power supply 18
Guarantee 17
Guide 11
- H -
half bridge 69, 134
half bridge: 1 active and 1 passive starin gauge 48
half bridge: 2 sctive strain gauges 47
half bridge: general 46
half bridge: Poisson 47
half bridge: strain gauge 46
half-bridge configuration 43
hand-held terminal 147
hardware options: imc CRONOS PL 153
high voltage channels: connections 103
hotline 10
HRENC-4 98
HRENC-4: connection 99
HRENC-4: functioning 99
HRENC-4: input 99
HRENC-4: settings in imcDevices 98
HRENC-4: signalshape 99
HRENC-4: Technical specs 181
HRENC-4: two-track sine/cosine signal generators
98
HV: amplitude- and phase response correction 104
HV-2U2I 102
HV-2U2I: connection (voltage) 103
HV-2U2I: current measurement 103
HV-2U2I: current probe 102
HV-2U2I: input impedance 102
HV-2U2I: pin configuration and cable wiring 105
HV-2U2I: Technical specs 185
HV-2U2I: voltage measurement 102
HV-4I 100
HV-4I (current probe channels): Technical specs
184
HV-4I (high-voltage channels): Technical specs
183
HV-4I: current measurement 100, 103
HV-4I: current probe 100
HV-4I: High-voltage channels 100
HV-4I: input impedance 100
HV-4I: voltage measurement 100
HV-4I: voltage measurement - current probe
channels 100
HV-4U 102
HV-4U: connection (voltage) 103
HV-4U: current probe 102
HV-4U: input impedance 102
HV-4U: Technical specs 185
HV-4U: voltage measurement 102
hysteresis: digital inputs 73
hysteresis: incremental encoder conditioning 93
hysteresis: UPS, take-over threshold 22
- I -
ICP 52, 53, 106, 109, 115, 128
ICP expansion plug 143
ICP expansion plug: circuit schematic 145
ICP expansion plug: configuration 143
ICP expansion plug: grounding 143
ICP expansion plug: shielding 143
ICP expansion plug: voltage channels 143
ICP: AUDIO-4 53
ICP-channels 142
ICP-channels: application hints 142
ICP-channels: feed current 142
ICP-channels: supply current 142
ICP-channels: voltage channels with iICP expansion
plug 143
ICP-expansion plug 212
ICP-expansion plug: Technical specs 212
ICPU-16 109
ICPU-16: bandwidth 109
ICPU-16: input impedance 109
ICPU-16: Technical specs 191
ICPU-16: voltage measurement 109
ICPU-16: voltage measurement with taring 109
ICPU-16: voltage source with ground reference
109
ICPU-16: voltage source without ground reference
109
ICPU-8 106
ICPU-8: bandwidth 108
ICPU-8: input impedance 107
ICPU-8: Technical specs 189
ICPU-8: voltage measurement 107
ICPU-8: voltage measurement with taring 107
ICPU-8: voltage source with ground reference 107
ICPU-8: voltage source without ground reference
107
IEEE 1451.4 152
imc CRONOS PL 153
imc CRONOS PL: terminal configuration 153
imc CRONOS PL-13 AC 30
imc CRONOS PL-15 DC 30
imc CRONOS PL-16 31
imc CRONOS PL-4 29
imc CRONOS PL-8 30
imc Customer Support 10
imc Display 147
imc Grafik Display: DSUB-9 228
imc Grafik Display: pin configuration 228
imc Graphics Display: Technical specs 210
imc Graphics Displays 147
imc Limited Warranty 13
imc Sensors 152
INC-4 91
incremental encoder 91
incremental encoder channel: Open-Collector Sensor
96
incremental encoder channel: RS422 97
incremental encoder channel: sensors with current
signals 97
incremental encoder track: DI16-DO8-ENC4 83
incremental encoder: conditioning 93
incremental encoder: measurement quantities 91
incremental encoder: scaling 92
incremental encoder: sensors 92
incremental encoder:threshold 93
incremental sensors with current signals 213
index signal 92
index track 92
initation: important notes 18
input coupling: ICPU-16 106
input coupling: ICPU-8 106
input impdance: AUDIO-4 53
input impdance: C-8 61
input impdance: DCB-8 65
input impdance: HV-2U2I 102
input impdance: HV-4I 100
input impdance: HV-4U 102
input impdance: ICPU-16 109
input impdance: ICPU-8 107
input impdance: ISO2-8 110
input impdance: LV-16 113
input impdance: LV2-8 115
input impdance: OSC-16 119
input impdance: SC2-32 125
input impdance: UNI-8 128
input impedance: high voltage channels 102, 103
input range 36
input voltage: DI16-DO8-ENC4 79
inputs 36
internal time base 217
introduction 26
IPTS-68 40
ISO2-8 110
ISO2-8: bandwidth 110
ISO2-8: current measurement 111
ISO2-8: ICP (supply voltage) 111
ISO2-8: input impedance 110
ISO2-8: PT100 112
ISO2-8: RTD 112
Index 237
ISO2-8: sensor supply 111
ISO2-8: supply voltage for ICP 111
ISO2-8: Technical specs 192
ISO2-8: temperature measurement 112
ISO2-8: thermocouples 112
ISO2-8: voltage measurement 110
Isolated thermo couple 137
ISOSYNC 18, 151
ISOSYNC:technical data 217
IU-plug 213
- J -
J1587-BUS Interface: Technical specs 209
J1587-Bus: pin configuration 227
- K -
Kelvin connection: RTD 41
K-factor 51
- L -
leakage: UPS battery 22
LEDs 151
LEVEL 73
LIN-BUS Interface: Technical specs 209
LIN-Bus: pin configuration 227
linear motion measurement 91
logic threshold levels: digital inputs 73
logic threshold levels: digital outputs
(DI16-DO8-ENC4) 81
logic threshold levels: digital outputs (DO-16) 85
LV-16 113
LV-16: current measurement 113
LV-16: input impedance 113
LV-16: pin configuration and cabling 114
LV-16: sensor supply 114
LV-16: supply voltage 114
LV-16: Technical specs 195
LV-16: voltage measurement 113
LV2-8 115
LV2-8: bandwidth 117
LV2-8: current measurement 116
LV2-8: ICP (supply voltage) 116
LV2-8: input impedance 115
LV2-8: sensor supply 117
LV2-8: supply voltage for ICP 116
LV2-8: Technical specs 197
LV2-8: voltage measurement 115
LV2-8: voltage measurement with taring 116
LV2-8: voltage source at other, fixed potential 116
LV2-8: voltage source with ground reference 115
LV2-8: voltage source without ground reference
115
- M -
main switch 19
maintenance 24
maximum input range: INC-channels 92
measurement mode: current-fed sensors 52
measurement mode: ICP 52
MIC_SUPPLY: Technical specs 162
Mini-DIN8: pin configuration 100
mode: digital high current outputs (driver
configuration) 88
mode: digital inputs (synchronous/asynchronous)
74
mode: digital outputs (driver configuration) 81, 85
modem connection 151
modem: DSUB-9 228
modem: pin configuration 228
modularity 22
module overview 158
- N -
Nippondenso: sensor 140
Nyquist frequency 37
- O -
OPDRN 81, 85
Open Drain: DO-HC-16 87
open sensor detection: PT100 (RTD) 140
open sensor detection: thermocouples 140
open sensor detection: UNI-8 140
Open Source: DO-HC-16 87
Open-Collector Sensor: incremental encoder channel
96
Open-Drain (DI16-DO8-ENC4) 81
Open-Drain (DO-16) 85
operating conditions: imc CRONOS PL 153
operation: precautions 24
OSC-16 118
OSC-16: current measurement 119
OSC-16: filter 124
OSC-16: input impedance 119
OSC-16: PT100 (RTD) measurement 120
OSC-16: RTD measurement 120
OSC-16: sensor supply (optional) 120
OSC-16: Sensor supply standard (5V) 120
OSC-16: Technical specs 199
OSC-16: temperature measurement 119
OSC-16: thermocouple measurement 119
OSC-16: voltage measurement 119
overload recognition: BR-4 59
overview modules 158
- P -
PCB 142
phase difference 91
phase matching 39
phase response correction 104
phasen difference 105
PIEZOBEAM 52
Piezotron 52, 106, 109, 115, 128, 142
pin configuration and cabling: LV-16 114
pin configuration and cabling: SC2-32 126
pin configuration: ACC/DSUB Standard 220
pin configuration: CAN-Bus 227
pin configuration: CRPL/DSUB special 224
pin configuration: CRPL/DSUB Standard 223
pin configuration: Display 228
pin configuration: GPS-mouse 229
pin configuration: imc Grafik Display 228
pin configuration: J1587-Bus 227
pin configuration: LIN-Bus 227
pin configuration: Mini-DIN8 100
pin configuration: modem 228
pin configuration: REMOTE 20
pin configuration: scanner CRPL/SC2-32 (2 x
DSUB-37) 226
pin configuration: scanner CRPL/SC2-32 (8 x
DSUB-15) 225
pin configuration: special 222
pin configuration: supply plug (LEMO) 19
pin configuration: TEDS 221
PL-13 30
PL-15 30
PL-16 31
PL-4 29
PL-8 30
plaque 24
platinum resistor thermometer 138
Plug & Measure 152
Poisson half bridge 47
Poisson's ratio 51
possible configurations: DI-16 74
possible configurations: DI16-DO8-ENC4 82
Possible configurations: DO-16 86
power supply 19
power unit 18
power-up: digital outputs (DI16-DO8-ENC4) 81
power-up: digital outputs (DO-16) 85
Precautions for operation 24
Product improvement 14
PT100 41, 62, 112, 120, 138
PT100 (RTD) measurement: OSC-16 120
Pt100 in 2-wire configuration 139
- Q -
quadrature encoder 92, 93
Quality Management 13
quarter bridge 46, 70, 134
quarter bridge with 350 Ohm option 70, 134
quarter-bridge configuration 43
quarter-bridge configuration: background 59
- R -
Real Time Clock 217
real-time data reduction 35
receiver: GPS 149
rechargeable battery 21, 23
rechargeable battery: charging 22
Remote switch on 20
Restriction of Hazardous Substances 13
RJ45 socket 151
Rogowski coil 105
Index 239
RoHS 13
rpm-measurement 91
RS422: incremental encoder channel 96, 97
RST 19
RTC 217
RTD 41, 62, 112, 120, 138
RTD measurement: OSC-16 120
- S -
safety banana jack 103
sampling rate 36
sampling rate: constraints 36
sampling theorem 37
sampling: aggregate sampling rate 36
sampling: concept 91
sampling: digital inputs 74
SC2-32 52, 125
SC2-32: current measurement 125
SC2-32: input impedance 125
SC2-32: pin configuration and cabling 126
SC2-32: sensor supply 126
SC2-32: supply voltage 126
SC2-32: Technical specs 202
SC2-32: voltage measurement 125
SC2-32:TEDS 125
scaling for strain analysis 51
scaling: incremental encoder 92
scaling: incremental encoder channels 92
scaling: strain gauges 51
scanner concept 121
scanner module: LV-16 113
scanner module: OSC-16 118
scanner module: SC2-32 52, 125
schematic diagram: DO-HC-16 88
Schmitt-trigger: digital inputs 73
Schmitt-trigger: incremental encoder conditioning
93
SENSE 43
SENSE: general notes 71, 135
sensor database 152
Sensor supply standard (5V) OSC-16 120
sensor supply: C-8 63
sensor supply: DCB-8 72
sensor supply: ISO2-8 111
sensor supply: LV-16 114
sensor supply: LV2-8 117
sensor supply: OSC-16 (optional) 120
sensor supply: SC2-32 126
sensor supply: SEN-SUPPLY 151
sensor supply: UNI-8 141
sensors requiring adjustment of their supply 140
sensors with current signals: incremental encoder
channel 97
sensors: classes 36
SENS-SUPPLY: Technical specs 216
SEN-SUPPLY 151
servicing 24
shielding 18
shielding: C-8 63
shielding: incremental encoder channel 97
shielding: principle 18
shielding: signal leads 18
shieling: ICP expansion plug 143
short-circuit: UNI-8 140
shunt calibration 68, 71, 133, 135
shunt-plug 111, 113, 119, 125
sine/cosine signal generators: HRENC-4 98
single track encoder 92, 93
SL2 32
SL-2 32
SL4 33
SL-4 33
software equipment: imc CRONOS PL 153
storage and triggering options 35
storage options 35
strain gauge: scaling 51
strain gauges 45
STZ-30 (current probe): Technical specs 215
suply voltage: digital inputs 73
supply current: ICP expansion plug 143
supply current: ICP-channels 142
supply current: RTD measurement 41
Supply graphical display 228
supply plug Binder 228
supply plug Souriau 228
supply voltage 19
supply voltage: current probe 100
supply voltage: digital outputs 81, 85
supply voltage: incremental encoder 92
supply voltage: incremental encoder
(DI16-DO8-ENC4) 83
supply voltage: internal, remote control plug 20
supply voltage: ISO2-8 111
supply voltage: isolated voltage channels 111
supply voltage: LV-16 114
supply voltage: LV2-8 116
supply voltage: SC2-32 126
SUPPLY: Technical specs 216
switching device on/off 19
SYNC 92, 151
Sync terminal 18, 151
synchronicity: digital inputs 74
synchronization 18, 39, 151
synchronization: incremental encoder 92
synchronization:technical data 217
SYNTH-8 127
SYNTH-8: Technical specs 204
Synthesizer 127
- T -
Technical data: ACCDSUB-ESD 213
technical data:DCF 217
technical data:GPS 217
technical data:ISOSYNC 217
technical data:synchronization 217
technical data:time base 217
Technical specs: Alphanumeric Display 210
Technical specs: ARINC-bus Interface 208
Technical specs: AUDIO-4 160
Technical specs: BR-4 163
Technical specs: C-8 166
Technical specs: CAN-BUS Interface 208
Technical specs: DAC-8 169
Technical specs: DC-12/24 USV 218
Technical specs: DCB-8 170
Technical specs: DI-16 173
Technical specs: DI-16 (DI16-DO8-ENC4) 176
Technical specs: DI-HV-4 174
Technical specs: DO-16 177
Technical specs: DO-8 (DI16-DO8-ENC4) 176
Technical specs: DO-HC-16 178
Technical specs: ENC-4 180
Technical specs: ENC-4 (DI16-DO8-ENC4) 175
Technical specs: HRENC-4 181
Technical specs: HV-2U2I 185
Technical specs: HV-4I (current probe channels)
184
Technical specs: HV-4I (high-voltage channels)
183
Technical specs: HV-4U 185
Technical specs: ICP-expansion plug 212
Technical specs: ICPU-16 191
Technical specs: ICPU-8 189
Technical specs: imc CRONOS PL 153
Technical specs: imc Graphics Display 210
Technical specs: ISO2-8 192
Technical specs: J1587-BUS Interface 209
Technical specs: LIN-BUS Interface 209
Technical specs: LV-16 195
Technical specs: LV2-8 197
Technical specs: MIC_SUPPLY 162
Technical specs: OSC-16 199
Technical specs: SC2-32 202
Technical specs: SENS-SUPPLY 216
Technical specs: STZ-30 (current probe) 215
Technical specs: SUPPLY 216
Technical specs: SYNTH-8 204
Technical specs: UNI-8 205
TEDS 152
TEDS: advantages 152
TEDS: applications 152
TEDS:SC2-32 125
temperature measurement 112
temperature measurement: C-8 61
temperature measurement: maximum sampling rate
121
temperature measurement: OSC-16 119
temperature measurement: UNI-8 136
temperature table: IPTS-68 40
thermo plug 41
thermocouple measurement: C-8 62
thermocouple measurement: OSC-16 119
thermocouple measurement: UNI-8 136
thermocouples 112
thermocouples: colour codes 40
thermocouples: DIN and IEC 40
thermoplug 61
threshold: ENC-4 (DIOENC) 83
threshold: incremental encoder 93
time base:technical data 217
time counter: GPS 149
Index 241
time measurement 91
time measurement: conditions 91
Totem-Pole (DI16-DO8-ENC4) 81
Totem-Pole (DO-16) 85
Totem-Pole: DO-HC-16 87
track (X,Y) 92, 93, 96
transducer 105
Transitional Recording 35
transportation damage 17
Transporting 17
trigger options 34
two-track sine/cosine signal generators 98
- U -
UNI-8 128
UNI-8: balancing 135
UNI-8: bandwidth 141
UNI-8: bridge measurement 133
UNI-8: connector plug 141
UNI-8: current measurement (2-wire for sensors
witha current signal and variable supply) 132
UNI-8: current measurement (differential) 131
UNI-8: current measurement (ground-referenced)
131
UNI-8: current-fed sensors 130
UNI-8: full bridge 133
UNI-8: half bridge 134
UNI-8: input impedance 128
UNI-8: PT100 (RTD) measurement 138
UNI-8: Pt100 in 2-wire configuration 139
UNI-8: Pt100 in 4-wire configuration 139
UNI-8: quarter bridge 134
UNI-8: quarter bridge with 350 Ohm option 134
UNI-8: RTD measurement 138
UNI-8: sensor supply 141
UNI-8: shunt calibration 135
UNI-8: Technical specs 205
UNI-8: temperature measurement 136
UNI-8: thermocouple measurement 136
UNI-8: thermocouple mounted with ground reference
137
UNI-8: thermocouple mounted without ground
reference 138
UNI-8: voltage measurement 128
UNI-8: voltage measurement with zero-adjusting
(tare) 130
UNI-8: voltage source at a different fixed potential
130
UNI-8: voltage source with ground reference 129
UNI-8: voltage source without ground reference
129
uninterruptible power supply 21
- V -
velocity measurement 91
voltage channels: ICP expansion plug 143
voltage measurement: AUDIO-4 53
voltage measurement: C-8 61
voltage measurement: current probe channels HV-4I
100
voltage measurement: DCB-8 65
voltage measurement: high voltage channels 102,
103
voltage measurement: HV-2U2I 102
voltage measurement: HV-4I 100
voltage measurement: HV-4U 102
voltage measurement: ICPU-16 109
voltage measurement: ICPU-8 107
voltage measurement: ISO2-8 110
voltage measurement: isolated voltage channels
110
voltage measurement: LV-16 113
voltage measurement: LV2-8 115
voltage measurement: OSC-16 119
voltage measurement: SC2-32 125
voltage measurement: UNI-8 128
voltage: current probe 100, 102
voltage: high voltage 100, 102, 103
voltage: isolated 110, 118
voltage: non-isolated 53, 61, 106, 109, 113, 115,
125
- W -
warm-up phase 18
Waste on Electric and Electronic Equipment 13
WEEE 13
What you should really read! 17
WSGs 45
- Y -
Y2K 13
Year 2000 conformity 13
- Z -
zero marker pulse 92

Imc Cronos PL Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Imc Cronos PL Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2007 imc Mesysteme GmbH

imc CRONOS PL/SL

-Sensors) with ACC/DSUB-ICP2

You might also like